AS350B3 Flight-Manual

FLIGHT
MANUAL
.8eurocopter
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AS 350
.DOT
TYPE
APPROVAL
83
No
H.83
SECTIONS
1, 2,3 AND 4 OF THIS MANUAL,
AS WELL AS THE APPLICABLE
SUPPLEMENTS,
CONSTITUE
THE APPROVED
FLIGHT MANUAL.
FOR CANADIAN
REGISTERED
AIRCRAFT
COMPLIANCE
WITH SECTION
2 IS MANDATORY.
REGISTRATION
APPROVED
No
BY:
The DIRECTION
GENERALE
L'AVIATION
CIVILE
( DGAC
Date
of approval:
DE
)
25 MARS
1998
This Rotorcrafl
Flight Manual
is the translation
of an approved
The note "DGAC approved"
on certain pages means that these
translation
of the French issue approved
by DGAC".
This
.all
RFM is approved
for CANADIAN
pages
marked
"DGAC
approved"
registered
and coded
IMPORTANT
aircraft
IQ).
French flight manual.

pages are an integral
and
consists
of
NOTE
The practical value of this manual depends entirely upon its being up-dated correctly
by the operator.
The effectivity of the manual at the latest revision is specified
on the List of Effective
Pages.
THIS
-:Q;:::=.JJd
~
DOCUMENT
='-1::1:
DGACApproved:
W
SHALL
BE CARRIED
IN AIRCRAFT
AT ALL TIMES.
EUROCOPTER
Direction
Technique
Support
Aeroport internat;onal Marseille-Provence 13725 Mar;gnane Cedex .France
350 83
O.O.P1
97-40
Page 1
.
.
FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
.
DGAC
Approved:
I AI BI CI F I
350B3
O.O.P1.
97-40
Page 2
'"
CUSTOMIZATION
.AIRCRAFT:
350 B3 -No.
"-(I
3139
LISTOFADDITIONAL
APPROVED
PAGES
SECTION
PAGE
0.O.P1
3 *Op*
98-38
2.2
2 *Op*
98-38
3.2
5 *Op*
98-38
4 *op*
98-38
.3.3
DATE CODE
SECTION
PAGE
DATE CODE
t~
:4
LIST OF THE LATESTNORMAL
APPROVED
REVISIONS
No.
Date
98-38
No.
NORMAL
REVISION: 0
DGACAPPROVED
DATE :23 SEP. 1998
Date.
~
"-=..
DGACApproved:
350 B3
O.O.P1
98-38
Page 3
*op*
"
C-~C
,-
FLIGHT MANUAL
~U~TOMI.ZATI.ON;
.A/C
-5/11 :
LIST OF ADDITIONAI- APPROVEDPAGES
S~crION
PACE
DATECODE __~CTION
PAGE
DATECODE r
THIS AIRCRAFTDOESNOTOFFERANYPARTICULAR
FEATURES
":
REQUIRI.NG
THECUSTOMIZAnON
OF THE FLIGHTMANUALON
GREENPAGES.
",
,\
'c
."{!
8
DGACApproved:
I A I BIC I F I
350 83
O.O.P1
97-40
Page 3
.
.
.
.
FLIGHT MANUAL
PART 1
GENERAL
...
LIMITATIONS
...
EMERGENCYPROCEDURES
...
NORMALPROCEDURES
...
PERFORMANCE
...
SUPPLEMENTS
...
DGAC
Approved:
IA IB I CIF I
350 83
O.O.P2
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHTMANUAL
COMPOSITION
OF CONDITIONAL
REVISIONS(RC)
e
This manual assigned to the helicopter mentioned on the title

page,
contains the following pink pages except those canceled when the
conditions are complied with.
CAUTION
IF A NORMAL
REVISION (RN) MODIFIESTHE PAGENUMBER
FORANY INFORMATION
CONCERNED
BELOW,THE READER
WILL HAVETO CHANGE
THE NUMBER
OF THE PINK
PAGEBY HAND, SO THATTHE INFORMATION
REMAINSIN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE
PARAGRAPH
CONCERNED.
e.
No.
SECTION-PAGE
DATE
Applicable
before condition
is met :
RC A
2.1
97-40
MODIFICATION350A08-3929
Night VFR flight
RC B
4.1
98-28
MODIFICATION TU 27C
Starting
procedures
RC C
2.1
2.1
1
2
98-36
98-36
MODIFICATIONS
072803 and 072808
Increased speed
2.1
98-36
2.1
2.2
6
3
98-36
98-36
3.2
98-36
4.1
5.1
7
9
98-36
98-36
NOTE:
The date
followed
is coded and consists

by the number of the
DGACApproved:
I A I B II:
I D I F]
of the last
week in this
two figures
year.
350 B3
of the
0.0
98-36
year
.P3
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
COMPOSITION
OF CONDITIONAL
REVISIONS(RC)
~
This manual assigned to the helicopter
mentioned on the title
page,
contains the following pink pages except those canceled when the
conditions are complied with.
CAUTION
IF A NORMAL
REVISION(RN) MODIFIESTHE PAGENUMBER
FORANYINFORMATION
CONCERNED
BELOW,THE READER
WIll HAVETO CHANGE
THENUMBER
OF THE PINK
PAGE8Y HAND, SO THATTHE INFORMATION
REMAINSIN ACCORDANCE
WITHTHE
PARAGRAPH
CONCERNED.
"~
Section
Page
Date
Applicable
before condition
is m~t :
.-:
.8
jI
,
~
,
: The date is coded and consists of the last two figures

followed by the number of the week in this hear.
DGAC
Approved:
I A I 8 I CI F I
350 83
of the year
().().F>~
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
.
COMPOSITION
OF RUSH REVISIONS (RR)
.The
manual contains the following additional yellow page(s) :

N RR
SECTION
PAGE
DATE
CODE
2A
2.1
1 "RR"
99-02
2.2
3 "RR'
99-02
3.2
5 "RR'
99-02
3.3
4 'RR'
99-02
2.1
1 "RR"
99-40
.28
N RR
SECTION
PAGE
DATE
CODE
Supersedes
RR 2A 2.1 page 1
2C
4.1
4.1
2D
RESERVED
2E
2F
.Not
3 "RR'
4 "RR'
00-40
00-40
3.1
4 "RR"
00-45
0.0.P4
1 RR"
02-14
3.3
4 "RR"
02-14
applicable for
CAA Certification
.DGACApproved:
II II ICID1
Iv 1'-'
35083
I
IFIG'
Ir I~
O.O.P4
02-14
Page
1
'RR"
.,..
--c
FI.IGI-IT MANUAL
COMPOSITION
.The
Ma.nual ~onta.ins the following
No
S~CTION -PAGE
additional
CODE
DATE
No
yellow page(s) :
SECTION-PACE
CODE
PATE
;1
.
;I
ii
I
c
i
DCACApproved:
W.!J.l1J
350 B3
().().~~
97-40
PageJ.
.,.".
--,
FLIGHT MANUAL,
'
JoIST OF APPROVEDEFFEffiVE
PAGES
DOT CERTIFICATION
(J.) Page Revision Code
-R ; Revised, to be replaced
-N
; New, to be inserted
SECTION
O.
O.
O.
O.
O.
O.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1.. 0
1..
].. 1
1
a.
...o.
]..
1..
1..
]..
2.
2,
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
a.
,...,
2
2
3
3
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
].
].
].
],
2
2
2
2
PJ.
Pl
PI
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6].
PAGE
1
2
3
j.
J.
j.
J.jO2
].2
P6
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11.
J.
2
3
4
DATE (1)
SECTION
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
98-36 N
97-40
98-36
97-40 R
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
0
1
].
].
].
1
2
2
2
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
98-36
98-36
98-36
97-40
98-36
98-36
98-36
98-36
98-36
98-36
97-40
97-40
98-36
98-36
98-36
98-36
3,
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3,
3.
3.
4.
4,
4.
4.
4.
4.
4.
4.
4.
4.
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
1
1
1
1
].
1
1.
1
2
R
R
R
R
R
~
R
It
R
R
R
R
N
PAGE
P6
P6
DATE (1)
1
1
2
3
4
5
J.
23
97-40
97-40
97-40
f'
97-40
97-40I
97-40I
97-40
98-36 R,
98-36
R
~.
5
6
J.
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
98-36
97-40
97-40
98-36
97-40
98-36
97-40
97-40
97-40
98-36
98-36
98-36
98-36
98-36
98-36
98-36
98-36
98-36
98-36
98-36
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
-"-
8
DCACApproved:
W
350 B~
a.o.ps
98-36
PAge1
."
FLIGHT MANUAL
.
SECTION
4.
4.
4.
S.
5.
5.
S.
5.
5.
5.
5.
5.
5.
5.
2
2
2
0
1
1
1
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
].
PAGE
P6
DATE (1)
2
3
4
1
1
2
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
SECTION
PACE
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97~,C
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
98-36 R
98-36 R
8
LISTOF THE LATESTNO~MAL
APPROVEDREVISIONS
No
Date
0
1
97-40
98-36
DGACApproved:
W
No
D~te
3S0 B3
().().~!5
98-36
Page 2
:
FI.IG1-IT MANUAL
Sf.CII~ -~:
GENERAl.
CONTENTS
Page
]..1
PRELIMINARY
NOTES
1.2 UPDATING
1.3
SYMBOLS
ANDCONVERSION
TABLES
I
8
.
1~,
.t~i:~','""
" "f:':',,'i~j;',;.:~~~;;c,
,;&~f~.,_i
DGAC
Approved:
I.A.IB
35083
IC I FJ
1.0.P6
97-40
"
Page 1.
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
~
~
Page
1.1
PRELIMINARY
NOTES
1.2
UPDATING
1.3
SYMBOLS
ANDCONVERSION
TABLES
.
.
DGACApproved:
I A I BICIF I
350 B3
1.0.P6
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT
=l
SECTION1.1
.PRELIMINARY
1
NOTES
GENERAL
To achieve the required degree of safety, this manual must be used in
conjunction with the relevant regulations covering aircraft
operation,
such as aerial navigation laws in the operator's country.
It is essential for the crew to become familiar with the contents of this
manual, particularly
with the information specific to customized
configurations,
and to check all revisions and related requirements.
DESCRIPTION
OF MANUAL
This manualcontains legally approved information, together with

additional
manufacturer's
information
not subject to approval.
-The approved information is contained in PART1 "FLIGHT MANUAL",

in SECTIONS1,2,3,4,5 and in the SUPPLEMENTS.
-The information not subject to Approval is contained in PART2
"COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL", as a complement to PART1.
This information is covered by SECTIONS6, 7, 8, 9 and 10.
Each PARTof Manual makes up a whole and, for this reason, incorporates
its own list of effective
pages and is revised separately.
The list of effective

pages (P5) identifies
all the pages which compose
the manual.
The total number of P5 pages is shown on the List of Effective
Pages,
identified
l/xy where xy is a number between 01 and 99 corresponding to
the number of P5 pages.
2.1
Basic Aircraft
The basic helicopter
2.2
R
R
R
R
R
specifications
are covered by SECTIONS1 through 10.
SDecial Svstems and Procedures

Information concerning optional equipment systems and operational
procedures is covered by SUPPLEMENTS.
These are mini Flight Manuals
covering any differences
from the basic aircraft
information,
SECTION
by SECTION. The SUPPLEMENTS
are approved on an individual basis.
DGAC
Approved:
I A I B I CI DI F I
350 B3
1. 1
98-36
Page 1
.
.
FLIGHTMANUAL
2.3
Adaotation
of Manual to certification
reQuirements
Specific certification
requirements may necessitate
text or layout of certain pages.
Therefore,
a specific
Flight
modifications
to the
Manual (PART1) is drawn up for each
certification.
Each Flight Manual includes its own particular
title
page; the
alphabetical
code, corresponding to the relevant certification,
appears
in the lower left-hand corner of each page of the approved PART1.
2.4
Customization modifications
(printed
on green paper)
Special features of a particular

helicopter may justify
prioritary
to the information on certain basic manual and supplement pages.
These pages, printed on green paper, are filed
corresponding white pages.
The information
the information
deleted.
I A I 8 I C I D I FIG I
in the manual over the
contained in the green pages supersedes or supplements

covered by the relevant white page. No white page is
Page 0.0.P1 or SUP.0.P1 page 3 give the list
DGAC
Approved:
addenda
of green pages.
350 83
1. 1
97-40
.
.
Page 2
FLIGHT
.SECTION
MANUAL
1.2
~
1~
I
This Manual is updated periodically
revisions (RN).
through rush revisions
(RR) or normal
2 REVISIONS
The Manufacturer makes every effort to keep this manual updated by revisions
to complete the user's information and capabilities.
Each revision is
accompanied by instructions summarizing the major points affected by the
change and advising the person responsible for incorporating the revised
pages in the manual. (The instruction
sheet can be filed separately from
manual).
The user is responsible for ensuring proper updating of the manual
complying with the List of Pages given at the beginning of PART1, PART2
and of each supplement, since each of the these PARTSor Supplements is
revised separately.
.
-the
The date code is composedof the last two digits

by the numberof the week in that year.
2.1
.
.
Normal revisions
(printed
of the year, followed
on white paper)
Normal revisions fully or partially

update the manual. The pages may be
new pages or may supersede the existing pages.
They are printed on white paper.
The manual effectivity
is specified on the new introductory (0.O.P1 or
SUP.)()(.PS).
Normal revisions are identified
in numerical order.
2.2
Rush revisions
(printed on yellow paper)
Rush revisions partially

update a few major points in the manual.
The new information is given on a page which must face the former text to
be modified or completed.
The Rush Revision is printed on yellow paper.
No white page is deleted.
The revised pages are specified on a separate list (0.0.P4 or SUP.0.P4
page 1)
Rush revisions are identified
by the number of the next normal revision
and a letter suffix in normal alphabetical order. Several rush revisions
may be issued between two normal revisions. All rush revisions are
canceled when the normal revision bearing the same number is issued. If
certain rush revision provisions remain after the subsequent normal
revision, they are confirmed by a new rush revision with another
identification
code.
DGAC
Approved:
I A I 8 1(.1 F I
350 83
1.2
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
2.3
Conditional
revisions
RC (printed
on pink paper)
The revised manual issued on white pages, corresponds to the recomnended

standard.
For helicopters authorized to fly at an earlier standard, the conditional
revision (RC) retains the previous standard.
The user is responsible for enDodiment of the aircraft modification(s)
required for compliance with the reconmendedstandard, after which the
pink pages may be deleted under the user's responsibility.
The pink pages are specified on a separate list (0.0.P3 or SUP.0.P3
page 1).
r!m
: These pages are unaffected by normal and rush revisions

customization.
or by
2.4
The
"ERRATUM"
Drocedure
-affect
In the case of minor errors (typing errors, bad printing) likely to

the understanding of the text, the "ERRATUM"
procedure is used
to make quick corrections between revisions. In this case, the pages
affected by the procedure are re-issued completely and the date code is
underlined for identification.
These pages are summarized on an
accompanying sheet which is not identified.
.
DGAC
Approved:
I AI B I C IF I
350
B3
1.2.
97-40
Page 2
FLIGHT
MANUAL
2 CONVERSION
TABLE
2.1
Metric
to
enqlish
Multiply
By
centimeter(cm)
meters(m)
meters
persecond
(m/s)
kilometers
-kilograms
(km)
liters (1)
liters (1)
(kg)
bars
(bar)
kilometers
2.2
Enqlish
0.3937
3.2808
196.85
nautical
0.2642
0.2200
2.2046
USgallons(USgal) .
UKgallons(UKgal)
pounds
(lb)
...pounds
0.5400
(NM)
inch
(psi)
knot
By
inches(in)
2.5400
feet (ft)
0.3048
feet perminute(ft/min)
0.00508
nauticalmiles(NM)
,... 1.8520
USgallons(USgal)
3.7850
UK gallons
(UK gal)
(kt)
pounds per square

(kt)
DGAC
Approved:
To obtain
centimeters
(cm)
meters(m)
meters
persecond
(m/s)
kilometers(km)
liters (1)
4.5460
pounds
(lb)
I A I B Ic I F I
per square
miles
to metric
Multiply
knot
inches(in)
feet (ft)
feet perminute(ft/min)
0.5400
14.5040
per hour (km/h)
To obtain
liters
0.4536
inch
(psi)
kilograms
(kg)
...0.0689
1.8520
(1)
bars
kilometers
per hour
350B3
(bar)
(km/h)
1.3
97-40
Page 2
-I
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
1.3
SYMBOLSAND CONVERSIONTABLES
1
SYMBOLSAND ABBREVIATIONS
ATMOSPHERE
-Relative
-Outside
-Outside
--FRENCH
ENGLISH
air density
air temperature
air pressure
0
es
p
0
OAT
p
ALTITUDE/HEIGHT
-Pressure
-Density
.:E::::t
-=-EiiP"tY
altitude
-Zp
Hp
altitude
weight
-Equipped
e~ty
weight
-Operating
e~ty
weight
-All-up
weight
-Maximum take-off
weight
Zo
Ho or DA
MV
MOE
MT
II
EW
EEW
OEW
AUW
MTOW
Vi
Vc
Vp
VNE
Vy
Vz
Vw
VSD
NR
1AS
CAS
TAS
VNE
VY
R/C
Vw
VTOSS
NR
---MVE
SPEEDS
=-Indicated
air speed
-Calibrated
air speed
-True
air speed
-Never
exceed speed
-Optimum
climbing
speed
-Rate
of cl imb -Rate
of descent
-Wind
velocity
-Take-off
safety speed
-Rotor
speed
MQrg : Unless otherwise specified, the air speed

values used refer to indicated air speeds
,.
HOVER/TAKE-OFF/LANDING
-In
ground effect
-Out
of ground effect
DES
HES
ENGINE (or POWER) PARAMETERS

-Power
-Torque
-Engine
generator
speed
-Ng difference
-Free
turbine
speed
-Generator
exhaust gas temperature
-First
limitation
indicator
W
C
Ng
ANg
NTl
t4
IPL
MISCELLANEOUS
-Engine
-Main
gear box
-1ntennediate
gear box
-Tail
gear box
GTII
BTP
BTI
BTA
ENG
MGB
1GB
TGB
-Vehicle
VEMD
VEIID
DGACAPproved:
IA I B I CIF I
and engine managementdisplay
1GE
OGE
W or PWI
T or Tq
Ng or N
ANg
Nf
t4
FLI
350 B3
1.3
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
CONTENTS
Pages
2.1
OPERATING
12
LIMITATIONS
TYPES
APPLICABILITY
OF
OPERATION
APPROVED
---
1
13
12
11
14
10
9876453
ELECTRICAL
TORQUE
ROTOR
LUBRICATION
ENGINE
APPROVED
MAIN
FIRST
BASIS
MAXIMUM
WEIGHT
CENTRE-OF-GRAVITY
ROTOR LIMITATION
OF
BRAKE
LIMITATIONS
LIMITATIONS
LIMITS SPEED
FLIGHT
CERTIFICATION
AND
SPEED SYSTEM
LIMITATION
HYDRAULIC ENVELOPE
INSTRUMENT
LIMITS
LIMITATIONS
POWER
SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
5
5
6
8
10
16
20
18
19
17
15
OPTIONAL
TRANSPORT
PROHIBITIONS
MINIMUM
LANDING
LIFED
COMPONENTS
CREW
AND EQUIPMENT
OF
STOPPINGPERSONNEL
LIMITATIONS
LIMITATIONS
ON
10
SLOPES
11
11
11
11
11
2.2
PLACARDSAND INSTRUMENT MARKINGS

12
INSTRUMENT
PLACARDS
MARKINGS
1
3
R
OGACApproved:
IAIBIClolFI
2.0.P6
35083
98-36
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
,I
B
CAUTION:
RR 28 (SECTION 2.1 page 1) SUPERSEDES
RR 2A (SECTION 2.1 page 1)
The paragraph 2, is to be replaced by :

2 TYPES OF OPERATION APP~
Operating the helicopter is approved, out of icing conditions, for:
-Day VFR flight
-Night VFR flight when:
-modification 350AO8-3929 or modification 350AO7-2839

or modification 072810 has been applied, and
-the required equipment are installed and serviceable, and
-provided such operation is permitted by the flight regulation
country concerned.
.
DGAC Approved:
IA!
IclDI
IFIG!
35083
2.1.
99-40
Page 1
*RR*
FLIGHT MANUAL
SECTION 2.1
.OPERATING
LIMITATIONS
APPLICABILITY
THE LIMITATIONS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION ARE MANDATORY.
They cover the basic aircraft
version.
Any additional
restrictions
resulting
from installation
of optional
equipment items are specified
in the relevant
SUPPLEMENTS.
TYPES OF OPERATION APPROVED

Operating
the
out
of icing
conditions,
for:
5.1
is
approved
in the
"NORMAL" category
of FAR PART 27.
WEIGHT LIMITS
-Maximum
and
BASIS OF CERTIFICATION
The helicopter
is approved,
-Day VFR fl ight

-Night
VFR flight,
when the required
equipment items are installed
serviceable,
provided
such operation
is permitted
by the flight
regulations
of the country concerned.
helicopter
permissible
weight
2250 kg
(4961lb)
CENTRE OF GRAVITY LIMITS

Lonaitudinal
C.g.
The c.g. datum is located

3.40 m (133.8 in) forward
of the main rotor
head centre line.
The longitudinal
c.g.
limits
are given by the graph below:
Within the cross-hatched
zone, comply with the particular
VNE limitation.
DGAC Approved:
I A I c I D I FI
350 B3
2.1
98-36
Page 1
2.1
FLIGHT MANUAL
5.2
Lateral c.q.
-LH
-RH
limit
limit
The datum is the aircraft

6
0.18
0.14
m (7.08
m (5.51
in)
in)
symmetry plane.
MAXIMUM
SPEED
6.1
6.1.1
VNE with doors closed

VNE Power-on
-Absolute
VNE is 155 kt (287 km/h -178 MPH)at zero pressurealtitude.
-At higher altitudes
this speed is to be reduced by 3 kt (5.5 km/h
or 3.5 MPH) per 1000 ft or 18 km/h per 1000 m.
-In cold weather the following must be subtracted from VNE :
10 kt (19 km/h -12 MPH) when OAT is below -30' C.
-In
the cross-hatched zone in the C of G graph, VNE is limited
to 133 kt or to the value determined above (whichever is the lowest
value).
6.1.2
VNE Power-off
-Absolute
VNE is 125 kt (231 km/h -144 MPH)at zero pressurealtitude.
-At higher altitudes
this speed is to be reduced by 3 kt (5.5 km/h
-3.5 MPH) per 1000 ft or 18 km/h per 1000 m without dropping below
65 kt (120 km/h -75 MPH).
-In
cold weather, reduce the VNE as follows:
20 kt (37 km/h -23 MPH) when OAT is below -20'C without
dropping below 65 kt (120 km/h -75 MPH).
DGACApproved:
IAIBICIDIFI
35083
98-36
Page 2
R
R
R
2.1
FLIGHT MANUAL
6.2
6.2.1
VNE with doors open or rellK>ved

Aircraft
fitted
with four standard doors (LH and RH hand doors)
VNE is limited to 70 knots (130 km/h -81

permissible configurations:
.4 doors rellK>ved
.2 R.H. doors rellK>ved ]
.2 L.H. doors removed
6.2.2
Aircraft
fitted
MPH) for the following
Any other configuration
with one or two sliding
is prohibited
doors (optional)
If all four doors have been rellK>ved, VNE is limited

(130 km/h -81 MPH).
The other authorized configurations
summarized in the tables below.
to 70 knots
and corresponding
VNEare
ANY CONFIGURATIONS
NOTMENTIONED
AREPROHIBITED.
SLIDING DOOR ON THE LH SIDE AND STANDARD DOORS ON THE RH SIDE

LH SLIDING DOOR OPEN OR REMOVED
CLOSED
RH
DOORS
OPERATING
-OPENING
-CLOSING
REMOVED
135 kt (250 km/h -155 mph) OR VNE (*)

70 I<t (130 km/h -81
mph)
THE SLIDING DOOR:

110 kt (204 km/h -127 mph)
80 kt (148 km/h -92
mph)
SLIDING DOOR ON THE RH SIDE AND STANDARD DOORS ON THE LH SIDE

RH SLIDING DOOR OPEN OR REMOVED
CLOSED
LH
DOORS
REMOVED
OPERATING
-OPENING
-CLOSING
110 kt (204 km/h
-127
70 kt (130 km/h -81
mph)
OR VNE
(*)
mph)
THE SLIDING DOOR:

60 kt (111 km/h -69 mph)
60 kt (111 km{h -69 mph)
(*) whichever is the lowest of the 2.
DGACApproved:
IAIBICIDIFIGI
35083
97-40
Page
FLIGHTMANUAL
SLIDING
DOORS ON THE RH SIDE AND ON THE LH SIDE
CLOSED
CLOSED
RH
DOOR
0
~
LH DOOR
OPENORREMOVED
BASICVNE
6~N
REMOVED
60 kt
110kt (204km/h-127 mph)

ORVNE*
OPERATING THE SLIDING DOORS:

-OPENING
60 kt (111 km/h -69 mph)
-CLOSING
60 kt (111 km/h -69 mph)
(*) Whichever
is the lowestof the2.
7 APPROVED
FLIGHT ENVELOPE
7.1
Altitude
Maximumsubstantiated
7.2
pressure-altitude:
23000 ft
Te~erature
-Minimum temperature
40.(
The instructions
for operation
-Maximum temperature
7.3
in cold weather are given in SUP.4.

ISA +35.( limited to +50.(
Manoeuvrina limitations
Do not exceed the load factor
reversibility
limit.
7.4
(7010 m).
Fliaht
in fallina
corresponding
to the servo-control
snow
-Flight
when visibility
is greater than 1500 m (0.81 NM) :
flight
in falling
snow is authorized.
-Flight
when visibility
is 800 to 1500 m (0.43 to 0.81 NM) :
the total flying time in falling
snow is limited to 10 min. This
time limit includes the time required to leave all snowy conditions,
irrespective
of the visibility.
-Flight
when visibility
is less than 800 m (0.43 NM) : flight
in
falling
snow is prohibited.
~
: For the preparation
DGA(Approved:
I A I B I (I D I F I
before flight,
refer to SUP. 4.
35083
...
2.1
98-36
Page 4
FLIGHT MANUAL
.[~~~~
Replace the existing text (7.2 Temperature) as follows:
7.2 Temperature
-Minimum temperature
400 C
The instructions for operation in cold weather are given in supplement 4.

-Maximum temperature
ISA +350 C limited to +500 C
.
<8
DGAC Approved:
~
350 83
2.
98-03
Page 4
*RR*
FLIGHT
MANUAL
MAIN ROTORSPEED
.8.1
Poweron
-On the ground at low pltch
380 ~ 5 rpm
-In
390 + 4 rpm
stabilized
flight
-5
8.2
Power off
-Maximum
-Minimum
~
.9
430 rpm
320 rpm
: The horn sounds when the rotor speed is :

-below 360 rpm (continuous sound)
-above 410 rpm (intermittent
sound).
ROTOR
BRAKELIMITATION
-Maximum rotor speed for rotor brake application:
-Minimum time between two consecutive brakings
10
i-Maximum
FIRST LIMITATION INSTRUMENT

continuous limitation:
-Take-off
zone (5 min)
-Maximum take-off limitation:
-Maximum transient limitation:
11
170 rpm
: 5 min
9.6
9.6 to 10
10 (Activation
10.4
of the power alarm)
TOROUE
LIMITATIONS
Whenairspeed is lower than 40 kt (74 km/h -46
MPH):
-Maximum transient torque (10 s) : 104 %

-Maximum continuous torque:
100 %
411
Whenairspeed is equal to or greater

-Maximum continuous torque:
DGACApproved:
l_A I B I C I D I F I
than 40 kt (74 km/h -46
MPH):
92.7 %
350 B3
2.1
98-36
Page 5
FLIGHT
12
MANUAL
ENGINELIMITATIONS
The aircraft
is equipped with a TURBOMECA

"ARRIEL 2B" engine.
Operating limitations
are determined by the gas generator rotation speed
(Ng) , by the exhaust gas temperature (t4) or by the free turbine rotation
speed (Nf) depending on the operating conditions.
CAUTION:
12.1
P2 BLEED IS
POWER.
PROHIBITED AT POWERSETTINGS BEYONDMAX CONTINUOUS
Gas Generator Speed
-Maximum transient rating (less than

5 sec.)
-Maximum take-off rating (5 min)
With P2 air bleed off (Refer to CAUTION)
R
-Maximum continuous
12.2
t4 Temperatures
-Maximum
-Maximum
-Maximum
-Maximum
12.3
for engine starting

transient during starting
on takeoff
continuous
750.(
(10 s max.) --865.(
915.(
849.(
Free Turbine Speeds

-Maximum
.continuous
.transient
-Minimum
(5
s max.)
450
349
rpm
rpm
: A rotor speed of 394 rpm corresponds to a free turbine

39970 rpm.
DGACApproved:
IAIBICIDIFI
418 rpm
limits
speed of
2.1
35083
98-36
Page 6
FLIGHT MANUAL
[~~~ .
-.
Replace
existing
text (EMERGENCY
FUELS) as follows:
EMERGENCY
TYPE OF
FUEL
0
S~~~OL
SPECIFICATIONS
.To be associated with.
applicable amendments or Issues
FRANCE
F 12
AVIATION
GASOLINE
AVGAS
F 18
FUELS
AIR 3401
80/87
U.S.A.
MIL-G-5572
GRADE80/87
LIMITATION OF USE
U.K.
Maximum operating time
petrol:
3 h. between
generals overhauls.
-with
AIR 3401
100/130
MIL-G-5572
D-Eng-RD
GRADE100/130
2485
Add 2% mineral
F 22
AIR 3401
115/145
MIL-G-5572 D-Eng-RD
GRADE1151145 2485
Altitude","
F 46
DCEAI
2DMT80
~
~
oil if possible
1500 m
T. "'" 25. C
CAR
I TANK
GASOLINE
MIL-G-3056
DEF 2401
Bank angles
..
durIng
turns < 60
c
;
~
NOTE:
-or
The use of emergency

re-star1ing.
DGAC
Approved:
~
fuels does
not guarantee
hot engine star1ing
35083
2. 1
98-03
Page 7
*RR*
FLIGHT MANUAL
12.4
.E.!!lli
Specifications
are to be used at the latest

NORMAL
amendmentand dash number.
FUELS
SPECIFICATIONS
TYPE OF
NATO
SYMBOL
FUEL
To be associated
applicable amendments
FRANCE
KEROSENE
-50
F 34
(AVTUR-FSII)
JP8
KEROSENE
(AVTUR)
-50
JP1
I
I
F 35
AIR 3405
(F34)
AIR 3405
(F35)
F 43
AIR 3404
(F43)
f' 44
AIR 3404
(F44)
HIGH FLASH
KEROSENE
TS 1 RT
DGAC Approved:
IAlslclDIFI
MIL-T-83133
JP 8
ASTM-D-1655
JET A1
u.K
D-Eng-RD
2453
WITH
D-Eng-RD
WITHOUT
2494
WITHOUT
JET A
HIGH FLASH
POINT JP5
(AVCAT FSII
U.S.A.
ANTHCE
ADDITIVE
ASTM-D-1655
KEROSENE
POINT JP5
(AVCAT)
with
or issues
D-Eng-RD
2498
MIL-T-5624
D-Eng-RD
JP 5
2452
WITHOUT
WITH
WITHOUT
GOST 10227
2.1
35083
98-36
Page 7
FLIGHT MANUAL
REPLACEMENT
TYPE OF
FUEL
NATO
SYMBOL
WIDE CUT
(JP4)
(AVTAG FSII)
F 40
FUELS
SPECIFICATIONS
ANTI-ICE
ADDITIVE
FRANCE
U.S.A.
AIR 3407
MIL-T-5624 D-Eng-RD
(JP4)
2454
LIMITATION
OF USE
WITH
OAT< 25.C
Hp ~2000
~
0
Q
~
WIDE
CUT
D-Eng-RD WITHOUT
(JP4)
(AVTAG)
12.5
U.K.
2486
OAT
<
.c
Hp ~2000
Additives
12.5.1
Anti-Ice
Additive
...
If the fuel does not contain a fuel system icing inhibitor,

the use
of an anti-icing
additive is compulsory if OAT is below -20.C.
Authorized
-AIR
additives:
3652, MIL-I
Concentration
27686, D.Eng. RD 2451, S 748, MIL-I 85470A.

shall
be from 0.10 % to 0.15 % by volume.
R
R
12.5.2
Antistatic
Additive
-SHELL ASA 3, maximumconcentration:

12.5.3
13
0.0001 % by volume.
Fungicide
-8I080R
JF.
R.
LUBRICATIONSYSTEMS
LIMITATIONS
13.1
Authorized
Main and Tail
Gearbox Lubricants
NORMAL USE
OIL TYPE
NATO
SYMBOL
SPECIFICATIONS
(Are to be used at the latest
amendment and dash number)
FRANCE
!q
Mineral base oil.
.SHELL
1_-
0.155
AIR 3525
U.S.A.
MIL.L.6086
TEMP.
USE
U.K.
DTD.581
+50.C
-20.C
PROHIBITED
DGACApproved:
I A I 8 I C I D IF 1
35083
2.1
98-36
Page 8
-
FLIGHT MANUAL
.[~~~
Replace the existing text as follows:
REPLACEMENT
TYPE OF
FUEL
SPECIFICATIONS
NATO
SYMBOL
FRANCE
WIDE CUT
(JP4)
(AVTAG FSII)
WIDE CUT
(AVTAG)
:
-g
F 40
FUELS
U.S.A.
AIR 3407
ANTI-ICE
ADDITIVE
OF USE
U.K.
MIL-T-5624 D-Eng-RD
(JP4)
2454
WITH
DE g RD
-n
-WITHOUT
(JP4)
LIMITATION
2486
OAT< 25"C
Hp ~ 2000 m
..
OAT<25"C
Hp", 2000 m
12.5 Additives
12.5.1 Anti-Ice Additive
If the fuel does not contain a fuel system icing inhibitor, the use of an anti-icing
additive is compulsory if O.A. T. is below -20. C.
Autorized additives:
-AIR 3652, MIL-I 27686, D. Eng. RD 2451, S 748, MIL.1-85470A.
Concentration shall be from 0.10 % to 0;15 % by volume
12.5.2 Antistatic Additive
-SHELL ASA 3, maximum concentration: 0;0001 % by volume.
12.5.3 Fungicide
-BIOBOR JF
.13
LUBRICATION SYSTEMS LIMITATIONS

.13.1
Autorized Main and Tail Gearbox Lubricants

NORMAL
OIL TYPE
NATO
SYMBOL
USE
SPECIFICATIONS
(Are to be used at the latest
amendment and dash number)
FRANCE
U.S.A.
AIR 3525
MIL.L.6086
TEMP.
USE
U.K.
a,
WI
~
.;
Mineral base oil *
* SHELLPROHIBITED
DGAC Approved:
~
0.155
DTD.581
350 B3
-20"C
+50"C
2.1
98-03
Page 8
*RR*
FLIGHT MANUAL
[~~~ .
Replace the existing text as follows:
USE IN COLD
NATO
SYMBOL
OIL TYP:
Fluid syntheticoil
0.150
Fiuid synthetic oil
0148
13.2
Authorized
Tail Gearbox
WEATHER
SP:C:FiCATIONS
(Are to be used al the 'alesl
amendmenl and dash number)
TEMP
USE.
FRANCE I
U.S.J.. I
U.J<.
AIR 3514/
-:~:g
I MILL78081
-:~:g
Lubricants
NOAMALUSE
e
OIL TYP-
NATO
SYMBOL
:
~
SP:C:FiCATIONS
(Are to be used al the lalesl
amendmenl and dash number)
FRANCE I
Fiuid synthetic o~
>
0156
U.S.J.. I
MILL.23699
TEMP
USE
U.K.
I DE~D.2499
-20:C
"SO
cSt.
13.3
Aooroved
Enoine
Lubricants
NORMAL USE
USE PROHIBITEDUNDE!! -30'C
NATO
SP:C:FiCATlONS
OIL TYP:
SYMBOL
Middle viscnsity oil

5 cSt al 98.9"C
0 156
.
FnANCE
U.S.J..
MILL23699
U.J<.
OTHER
OILS
USE PROHIBITEDABOVE 30"C

OIL TYpe
-SYMBOL
Fiuid syn1!1etic
oil
3tD 3.5 cSt at 98.9"C
"
;
2
FnANCE
0.148
0150
Fluid synthetiooil
3.9 cSlaI98.9"C
SP:CIFiCATlONS
U.S.A.
I
U.J<.
MILL7808 I
AIR 3514
AEMOSHELL TURBINE OIL 390
: -The temperature limitations mentioned above apply to engine starting.
DGACApproved:
~
NATO
35083
2. 1
98-03
Page9
*RR*
2.1
FLIGHT MANUAL
13.3
Accroved Enaine Lubricants

NORMAL
USE PROHIBITED
OIL TYPE
Middle viscosity oil

5 cSt at 98.9.C
FRANCE
U.S.A.
u.~
U.K.
MIL.L.23699
0.156
OTHER
Fluid synthetic oil

3 to 3.5 cSt at 98.9'C
-30.C
SPECIFICATIONS
NATO
SYMBOL
USE PROHIBITED
OIL TYPE
USE
UNDER
OILS
ABOVE
30'C
SPECIFICATIONS
NATO
SYMBOL
FRANCE
0.148
U.S.A.
M IL.L. 7808
0
0
..
AIR 3514
0.150
"'
OJ
0
ci
~
>
~
Fluid synthetic oil

3.9 cSt at 9B.9'C
: The temperature limitations

starting.
DGAC App roved:
IAIBICIDIFI
AEROSHELL
TURBINE
OIL 390
mentioned above apply to engine
350 83
98-36
Page 9
FLIGHTMANUAL
13.3
Enaine Oil Pressure and Ten1>erature
13.3.1
Oil Pressure
-Normal
...
pressure
-Minimum pressure
-Maximum pressure starting
13.3.2
2 to 6 bar
(29 to 87 psi)
1.1 bar (15.9 psi)
9.8 bar (142.1 psi)
sequence
Oil Temperature
-Maximum oil
-Minimum oil
temperature
temperature before power appli~ation
115.C
---O.C
14 ~ELECTRICAL
ANO
HYDRAULIC
POWER
SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
14.1
Hvdraulic
system
Fluid
Used
-Synthetic
-Mineral-base
MIL-H-83282 (recommended)
MIL-H-5606 (AIR 3520) -
DTD 585 -(NATO H 515)

If the fluid specification
is changed, refer to the procedure specified
in the Maintenance Manual.
14.2
Electrical
System (direct
current)
-Maximum voltage
Rated voltage range 26-29 V
-Maximum current
15
31.5 V
150 A
200 A with option
OP2783
LANDINGAND STOPPINGLIMITATIONS ON SLOPES
15.1
Parkina on slopes
-Nose-up
10'
-Nose-down
-Sideways
15.2
Slidina
landing
-Excluding
failures,
performing sliding
the maximumspeed for

landings
DGACAPproved:
~lC
6.
8'
1Pn:::ill
40 kt
2.1I
35083
-,
97-40
Page
10
FLIGHT MANUAL
.16
PROHIBITIONS
The following are prohibited:
-Aerobatics
-In flight use of the starter selector in the IDLE position.
-Engine power reduction in flight using twist grip control,
except for autorotational
training, emergency procedures which refer
to it, or for a technical flight.
-Flight
in icing conditions.
17 MINIMUM
CREW
One pilot,
.18
in RHseat.
TRANSPDRT
OF PERSONNEL
-Numer
of persons carried:
6 maximum(pilot
included)
19 MANDATORY
INSPECTIONS/AIRWORTHINESS
LIMITATIONS
Lifed components, and the corresponding S.L.L.
Master Servicing
Recormlendations
replaced
in accordance therewith.
(P.R.E.)
the
are indicated
items
concerned
in the
must be
20 OPTIONALEQUIPMENT
LIMITATIONS
If optional equipment items are installed,
they may involve additional
specific limitations
(See Section SUPPLEMENTS).
.
.
DGAC
Approved:
I A I BI c I F I
350 83
2. 1
97-4D
Page 11
FLIGHT MANUAL
SECTION 2.2
PLACARDS AND INSTRUMENTMARKINGS
1
1.1
PLACARDS
Plates Displayed in the Cockpit
-Operating
limitations.
VNE
POWER ON
H
j~~~~P
pO(1tJ
(11)
0
0
.;
155
POWER OFF:
-30 kts -
ADlalu..
VNE POWER ON
.,;
"!
>
133kts
IAS (kts)1
W C.G.ln
.hatched
zon8
R
DGAC App roved:
IAIBlclolFI
2.2
35083
98-36
Page 1
FLIGHTMANUAL
1.2
Loadina
Instruction
Plates
-Loading instruction
I
plates
.On side face of control

pedestal
.In
rear cargo compartment
CHARGESREPARTIES
MAXI
g
,;;
g
g
>
DISTRIBUTED LOADS MAXI
SUR PLANCHER CABINE ARRIERE

ON REAR CABIN FLOOR
310 kg
682 Ib
0
g
0
SUR PLANCHER AVANT GAUCHE

ON L.H. FORWARD CABIN FLOOR
150 kg
330 Ib
~
~
.In
port cargo compartment
CHARGE
REPARTIE
DISTRIBUTED
.In
MAXI-
80 kg
LOAD MAXI-
1761b
starboard cargo compartment 4i'
~ CHARGE MAXI. 120 kg

~
MAX. LOAD 264 Ib
~
i CHARGE MAXI. 100 kg

;~ MAX. LOAD 220 Ib
.
R
DGAC
Approved:
I A 18 I C I D I F I
35083
~.~
98-36
Page 2
4i'
FLIGHT MANUAL
INSTRUMENT MARKINGS
Colour code
-Red
-Red with white hatching
-Yellow
-Green
-White
-Red triangle
Safety limit
VNE, power-off
Caution range
Normal operating range
Equipment operating limit
Transient limit
The numerical values of the parameters on the VEMDare underlined:

-in yellow in the cautionary zone.,
-flashing
red when the safety limit
is reached or exceeded.
R
(*)
on the
upper VEMD display
R
DGAC Approved:
IAIBICIDIFI
2.2
35083
98-36
Page 3
115.(
FLIGHT MANUAL
RANGE
MARKINGS
INSTRUMENTS
10.4
10
9.6 to 10
Red triangle
Red line
Yellow arc
FIRST LIMITATION
INDICATOR (*)
R
f, Ng
INDICATOR
-4
Yellow arc
Red line
Red triangle
(*)
to 0
0
+ 1
STARTING
EXHAUST GAS
TEMPERATURE(T4)
INDICATOR (*)
Yellow arc
Red line
Red triangle
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
Red line
INDICATOR(**)
Yellow arc
1.1 bar
(15.9 psi)
1.1 -2 bar
(15.9 -29 psi)
6 -9.8
bar
(87 -142.1 psi)
9.8 bar
(142.1 psi)
Red line
VOLTMETER (**)
AMMETER(**)
(*)
(**)
on the
on the
DGACApproved:
IAIBICIDIFI
upper
lower
849 to 915'(
915'(
750.(
865.(
Yellow arc
ENGINE OIL
TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR (**)
FLIGHT
Red line
Yellow arc
-10.(
Underlined yellow
Flashing red
underlined
29 -31.5
Underlined
from 0 -26
yellow
Flashing red
underlined
to 0.(
Volts
from 31.5 volts

volts
From 150 or 200 A depending

on the generator
VEMD display
VEMD display
2.2
350 B3
98-36
Page 4
FLIGHT MANUAL
'.
SEGION
3
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
~
Pages
3.1
EMERGENCYPROCEDURES
1
INTROOUaION
AUTOROTATIONLANDING
ENGINE FAILURES
4
-5
6
3.2
ENGINE FIRE
SMOKEIN THE CABIN
3.3
TAIL
ROTORFAILURE
'
~
-4
~
SYSTEM FAILURES
1
FUEL SYSTEM FAILURES
ENGINE SYSTEMFAILURES
". --~
1
1
VEMD FAILURES
ABNORMALNR/NF READINGS
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAILURES
BLEED VALVE FLAG
~~-
S
6
WARNING-CAUTION-ADVISORYPANEL AND AURAL WARNING

1
AURAL WARNING
WARNING-CAUTION-ADVISORYPANEL
DGAC
Approved:
I A I B IC I F I
350 B3
3.0.P6
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
3.1
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
INTRODUCTION
The procedures
outlined
in this section deal with the conmon types of
emergencies;
however, the actions
taken in each actual emergency must
relate to the con1Jlete situation.
Throughout this section,
"Land immediately",
"Land as soon as possible"
and "Land as soon as practicable"
are used to reflect
the degree of
urgency and are to be interpreted
as follows:
-Land
(or ditch)
immediately
-Land
as soon as possible:
land at the nearest site at which a safe
landing
can be made
-Land
as soon as practicable:
extended flight
is not recommended. The
landing
site and duration
of the flight
are at the discretion
of the
-pilot.
2
2.1
AUTOROTATIONLANDING
Autorotation
Landing
Procedure
following
Engine
Fgilure
-Set
low collective
pitch.
-Maintain
NR in the upper part of the green band.
-Establish
approximately
65 knots (120 km/h) airspeed.
-Select
the
-According
.Re-light
.Otherwise
switch
-Manoeuvre
to head the helicopter
into the wind in final
approach.
-At
a height of approximately
65 ft (20 m) above the ground, flare
to a nose-up attitude.
-At
height 20-25 ft (6-8 m) and at constant
attitude,
gradually
apply
collective
pitch to reduce the sink-rate.
-Resume level attitude
before touch-down,
and cancel any side-slip
tendency.
-Gently
reduce collective
pitch after touch-down.
~
2.2
OFF/IDLE/FLIGHT selector
to OFF.
to the cause of loss of the engine:
the engine (see paragraph 3.2 of this Section).
: close the fuel shut-off
valve
switch off:
generator
alternator
(if installed)
electrical
power master "ALL-OFF"
(if smell of burning).
: 1) It is possible
that
2) The rate of descent
Landing
after
Engine
Failure
the tail
at 65 kt
skid may touch

is 1800 ft/min.
the ground first.
in Hover I.G.E.
-Do not reduce collective

pitch.
-Control
yaw.
-Cushion
touch-down by increasing
collective
pitch.
-Reduce
collective
pitch as soon as the aircraft
is on the ground.
DGACApproved:
I A I 8 IC IF I
350 83
3.
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
2.3
Landina after
Enaine Failure
in Hover O.G.E.
-Reduce collective pitch.

-APPly forward cyclic pitch to gain air speed according to available
height.
-Terminate in accordance with paragraph 2.1 procedure.
2.4
Autorotation
Landina Trainina
Procedure
-lower the collective

to enter autorotatian.
-Maintain NRwithin the upper part of the green band.
-Move the twist grip out of the flight notch and position it on idle
without disabling the flight stop.
The antler TWTGRPan GOVwarning lights illuminate.
The engine regulates
atidleNg
~68%.
: If the procedure needs to be interrupted,

the control
quickly repositioned against the flight stop.
can be
-APply the procedure described in paragraph 2.1 except for the engine.
-After
landing, with the collective down, re-position the twist grip in
the flight notch (the TWTGRPand GOVantler warnings should extinguish).
The rotor speed should accelerate to its normal governed value.
3
3.1
ENGINEFAILURE
Flame-out in Fliaht
The symptomsof an engine failure
are as follows:
.Jerk in the yaw axis (only in high-power flight).

.Drop in rotor speed (aural warning sounds below 360 rpm).
.Tarque at zero.
Ng falling off to zero:
.Generator warning light illuminates.
.Engine oil pressure drop warning light illuminates.
In the event of an engine failure in flight,
carry out autorotation
transition
procedure (see paragraph 2).
DGAC
Approved:
I A I B I c IF I
350
B3
.
3.1 .
97-40
Page 2
FLIGHT MANUAL
.3.2
Reliohtino
the Enoine in Flioht
The normal relighting ceiling is 20000 feet, but,

att~ted
throughout the altitude envelope.
Proceed as outlined
-Booster
-Wait
relighting
below :
pumps
until
ON
Ng falls
below 5 % then carry out starting
procedure.
-GOV (red and amber) warning lights
OUT
-Starting
selector
.Check that NGincreases.
.Check that t4 remains below its limit.
.Check that the engine oil pressure increases.
ON
.Check that
out:
-go
the
may be
following
Warning
Caution
Advisory
Panel light
-P.MOT (ENG.P) should be out at 70 % Ng.

-Lower
the switch guard on the starter
-Check:
switch.
Warning Caution Advisory Panel GENlight
-Booster pump selected

.PUMP and FUELP captions
~
.
.
off.
OFF
Extinguished
: If the starting cycle has to be aborted, return the start

switch to the closed position and switch off the fuel pump.
4 ENGINEFIRE
4.1
Fire durino Enoine Start

-Close the fuel shut-off cock and apply the rotor brake if necessary.
-Switch off the booster pump.
-Crank the engine for 10 seconds then switch off the battery.
-Use the nearby extinguishers to fight the fire.
4.2
Fire in Fliaht
("FIRE" light
on)
-Enter autorotation (see paragraph 2.1).

-Close the fuel shut-off cock to shut down the engine.
-Switch off the generator and alternator (if installed).
-Switch off the electrical
master "ALL OFF" switch if there is a smell
of burning.
DGAC
Approved:
IA I BICIFI
350B3
3. 1
97-40
Page 3
FLIGHT MANUAL
5 SMOKE
INTHE
CABIN
5.1
If
Source of Smokeis identified
-Shut off the corresponding system.

-If
necessary, use the fire extinguisher
-Air the cabin by opening:
.The front ventilator
.The ventilation
ports
.The bad weather windows.
5.2
If
source of Smoke is not identified
-Shut
off the heating * demisting system.

If the
smoke
does
not
clear:
.Switch
off the electrical
master switch ("ALL OFF").
.When the smell of smoke has cleared,
set all switches
including
the generator
and alternator
(if installed),
ventilators.
-cabin
.
to "OFF",
close the
.Reset the "ALL OFF" electrical

master switch to normal position.
.Switch on the generator, check voltage and current.
.If
everything is normal, switch on the circuits one by one until
malfunction is identified.
the
NOTE: If the electrical

power supply system is faulty, carry out the
-appropriate
procedure, as detailed in SEmON 3.3.
6 TAILROTOR
FAILURE
6.1
Tail Rotor Drive Failure

Loss of the tail rotor in power-on flight results in a yaw movementto
the left;
the extent of such rotation will depend on the power and
speed configuration at the time the failure occurs.
6.1.1
Failure
of the Tail Rotor in Hover or at Low Speed
-I.G.E.
: set the twist grip to the idling detent and cushion touchdown by pulling the collective pitch lever.
-O.G.E. : reduce collective pitch moderately, to reduce yaw torque,
and simultaneously start to pick up speed.
6.1.2
Failure
in Forward Flight
-In forward flight reduce the power as much as possible and maintain
forward speed (weathercock effect),
select a suitable landing area
for a steep approach at a power enabling a reasonably coordinated
flight.
-On final approach, shut down the engine and makean autorotative
landing at the lowest possible speed.
* Optional
DGAC
APproved:
IA I BIc I F I
350
B3
3.1 .
97-40
Page 4
FLIGHT MANUAL
SEaION
.SYSTEM
FAILURES
FUEL SYSTEM FAILURES

Refer
3.2
to SEaION
3.3.
ENGINE SYSTEM FAILURES
2.1
.-Test
~
Low Enoine
Oil
pressure
"Gauge pointer
Warning-Caution-Advisory
illuminates.
..Light
does not ill

Shut down engine
Light
illuminates
umi nate
in red arc"
Panel and check ENG. P. light
when tested:
and perform
an autorotation
landing.
when tested:
Land as soon as possible.

2.2
2.2.1
Encine
Oil
Temperature
hicher
-If
2.2.2
values
At Low Speed or in Hover

-Land
if possible.
.Stop
the engine.
.Check that the cooler
than Maximum specified
fan operates.
landing
impossible:
.Increase
speed and reduce power
.Fly
at approximately
80 knots (148 km/h)
The temperature
should fall
rapidly.
If this result
is not obtained.
land as soon as possible.
In Cruising
Flight
Reduce power then proceed
DGACApproved:
I A 18 I C I D I FIG
as described
above.
350 83
I
~.~
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT
MANUAL
3 VEMDFAILURE
3.1
VEMDscreen failure
-Failure
of one screen
.Select
the failed
screen to OFF.
.Read the information on the other screen.

All information is available using the SCROLLpush-button either on
the VEMDor on the collective
pitch lever.
If the top screen has failed, with the lower screen in 3-parameter
mode (ANg, t4, torque). only t4 and Ng will be available
R
(refer to the procedure provided in paragraph 3.3 for compliance
with limitations).
-Double
display
failure
Real failure
is highly improbable;
in practice this case occurs only
when the battery and generator have both been selected OFF (for
example, following application
of the "Fire" or "Smoke in cabin"
procedure).
.Select
the power setting required for level
with the following relationship:
flight
IAS = 100 kt at zero pressure altitude

.Land
without
DGACApproved:
I AI B I CI DI FI
in accordance
-(2
kt per 1000 ft)
hovering.
350 B3
~.~
98-36
.
.
Page 2
.
.
r
FLIGHT MANUAL
3.2
Messaaes
Failure
on VEMD
of a parameter
is
shown on the
indicator
-disappearance
of the needle,
-the
scale being displayed
in yellow,
-display
of a message.
Most caution
messages are sufficiently
self-explanatory
and the pilot
must comply with the action
requested.
If no light
is lit
on the
caution
advisory
panel,
no other action is required
by the pilot.
.LANE
--->
1 (or LANE 2) FAILED

PRESS OFF 1 (or 2)
Self-explanatory
VEH PARAMOVERLIMIT
Vehicle parameter over limit
ENG PARAMOVER LIMIT
Engine
over
limit
-Check
the
paragraph
faulty
3.3.
the
Self-explanatory
Brightness
control
has
failed
One parameter
(Ng, t4,
torque)
is abnormal.
.FLI
FAILED
---> CHECKPARAM
parameter
and refer
to
the procedures
in
R
.GENE PARAMOVER LIMIT
Generator
parameter
over
limit
.BAT PARAMOVER LIMIT
-These
messages appear
on the
vehicle
.BAT.T
parameter
These messages appear when the page for the parameter which is over
limit
is not displayed
at the time of failure.
In this case:
-Press
the SCROLL push-button
to show the out of limit
parameter.
-Check
the parameters.
.CROSS TALK FAILED

--->PRESS OFF 2
.BRT CNTRL FAILED
by :
DGACApproved:
I AI BIC I D I FI
when the
relevant
page and when a limitation
Battery
parameter
limit
is
parameter over
is not displayed
reached.
This message appears when

the battery
temperature
is unserviceable.
350 B3
:J.~
98-36
Page 3
, FLIGHT MANUAL'
3.3
Failure
of llNQ -TorQue
-t4
indicators
In the event of failure

of a first
limitation
calculation
parameter, the
FLI is no longer displayed. The NglllNg, torque, t4 indicators are
displayed instead.
.
A failure message is displayed (Refer to 3.2).
llNQ indicator
.
R
failure
In the event of an indicator failure,

do not exceed the maximum
authorized torque value, and maintain the t4 temperature ValUE! below
810.C.
TorQuemeter failure
.exceed
In the event of a torquemeter failure,

do not allow the engine speed to
the Ng (%) limits in the following table:
toNg
MAXIMUM
CONTINUOUS
-4
10
;;g~
x
-=
~
J:
94
96
92
93
95
90
92
93
95
96
89
90
91
93
94
96
87
89
90
92
93
95
-2
~
~
~
96
0
-40
>
~
-30
-20
-10
10
20
OAT
I
30
COC)
llNQ
and
torQuemeter
indications
failure
Governing failure
(red GOVwarning) can also cause loss of llNg and torque
indications.
The VEMDswitches to 3-parameter mode with only t4 valid and Ng numeric.
Comply with the limitations
in the above table, substituting
the -4 (llNg)
limit with a t4 limit of 810.C.
t4 indicator
failure
-Comply with the Ng limitations

(refer
-Switch off the heating system.
-Do not attempt to start the engine.
~
: If
in
doubt concerning
the values
to "LIMITATIONS" SECTION).
of parameters
to be complied
with following failure

of one or more parameters, the "2 screen
failure"
procedure can always be applied.
DGAC Approved:
350 B3
I AI B IC I D I FI
:3.~
98-36
..-
Page 4
.
FLIGHTMANUAL
.[~~]
2.1
Red liahts
(Cont'd)
The paragraph (GOYindicator
LIGHT
light),
is to be completed by :
FAILURE
PILOT ACTION
GOY
,!
8i
~:
I
In all cases, the NR

must be controlled
so
that the max NR alarm isI
never activated.
-OGACApproved:
350 83
~.~
IAICIOIFIGI
99-02
pa;:R:
---=-J
FLIGHT MANUAL
.'
I RR 2F I
2.1
tt
Red lights
The text
(Cont'
of paragraph
LIGHT
d)
(VOYANTGOV),is
to be replaced
FAILURE
by the following
text:
PILOT ACTION
-Check
MANU mode engaged

GOV
Flight
-Maintain
parameters.
NR in green arc.
Or
Governing
flow
failure:
is
prior
frozen
to
the
fuel
at the value
failure.
-unlock
fuel
"FLIGHT"
detent,the
can be increased
decreased
twist
-Only
tt
the
flow
by turning
or
the
grip.
apply
small
adjustments,
amplitude
synchronized
I
con~rol in order to maintainI
NR ln the green range.
with
collective
pitch
-Fly
the approach at 40 kt and
adjust the fuel flow rate to
maintain NR within the upper
section of the green range.
Slowly reduce the speed if
necessary adjust the fuel flow
rate slightly
on the twist
grip to maintain NR within the
green range.
On final
approach, when the
collective
pitch is increased
on reaching the hover, let the
NR drop for touchdown. After
touchdown, reduce the fuel
flow rate before lowering the
collective
pitch.
tt
the
NOTE: This
failure
result
in
and torque
the VEMD.
paragraph
compliance
limitations.
Return
from MANUmode to
AUTO mode.
-The
can also
loss
of ~Ng
parameters
Refer to
3.3 for
with
AUTO/MANUselector
set back to
irrespective
the
of
on
can be
AUTO position
the NR value.
Then return the control

to the
FLIGHT detent (red and amber
GOV and TWT GRP warning lights
should be extinguished).
DGAC Approved:
IAI
11'\1
ICICI
\'-'\U
IFIG1
\r
350 83
I~I
3.3
02-14
Page
'RR'
..
FLIGHT MANUAL
.B
Add the following text to paragraph '6 TAil ROTOR FAilURE"
.
.
.
CAUTION:
LANDING IS MADE EASIER BY A WIND COMING FROM THE RiGHT. IF THE

AIRSPEED is lOWER THAN 20 kt (36 km/h), GO-AROUND IS IMPOSSIBLE
DUE TO THE lOSS OF EFFICIENCY OF THE FIN.
DGAC Approved
161
Igl~1
IFIG!
350 B3
3.1
OU"'"O'a!~~
1-45
Page
'RR'
c
FlIGHT MANUAL
The text
ff;J
of paragraph 4, is to be replaced by the following
text:
4 AIBnNOtRhM:levNeRntRE:;IcNo~P1ete
loss of NRindication
-Maintain
-land
engine torque
above 10 %
as soon as possible.
MQlE : The NF value can be read on the VEMDscreen. Press "SCROll", then
"+" as many times as required to display the parameter in the
rectangular window at the bottom of the FlI or 3-parameter screen.
r::{J
0
DGACApproved:
350 B3
:3.~
98-38
Page 5
*op*
FLIGHT MANUAL
.6.2
Tail Rotor (ontrol Failure

-SetIAS
70 knots (130 kin/h). in level flight.
-Press the hyd. Test push-button (this cuts off hydraulic power to the
yaw servocontrol and depressurizes the load-c~ensating
servo
accumulator). After 5 seconds, reset the test button to the normal
position.
-Make a shallow approach to a clear landing area with a slight side

slip to the left.
Perform a run-on landing;
the side slip will be
reduced progressively as power is applied.
.
.
DGAC
Approved:
I A 18 1(1.1
35083
3. 1
97-40
Page 5
FLIGHT MANUAL
.4
ABNORMAL
NR/NF
READINGS
4.1
4.2
Free Turbine
Hill
5.2
RPM Indicator
Failure
RPM Indicator
is then
given
by the
Failure
Check that NR reading remains within

pitch
is slowly IIKJdified with engine
Continue flight.
5.1
Rotor
In the event of cOll1Jlete loss of NR indication:

-Maintain
engine torque above 10 % : NR reading
Nf pointer.
-Land
as soon as possible.
governed range when collective

torque above 0 %.
: The NF value can be read on the VEMDscreen.

Press "SCROLL", then
"+" as many times as required to display
the parameter in the
rectangular
window at the bottom of the FLI or 3-parameter
screen.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAILURES

Yaw Servo-control
-In
hover
-In
cruising
flight:
Main Servo-control
Slide-valve
Seizure
: If no IIKJvement about the yaw axis,

land normally;
if rotation
about the yaw axis, cut off hydraulic
pressure by actuating
the switch situated
on the
collective
pitch control
lever.
Reduce speed, entering
into a side-slip
if
necessary,
then cut off hydraulic
pressure by
actuating
the switch situated
on the collective
pitch control lever.
Slide-valve
Seizure
-Actuate
the switch,
situated
on the collective
pitch control
lever,
to cut off hydraulic
pressure.
Load feedback will
be felt
inmediately
; load feedback may be heavy
if the helicopter
is flying
at high speed:
collective
pitch:
20 kgf pitch
increase load
.cycl ic
: 7 to 12 kgf left-hand
cycl ic load
.cyclic
: 2 to
4 kgf forward cyclic
load
.yaw pedals:
practically
no load in cruising
flight.
-Reduce
speed to 60 kt (111 kin/h) and proceed as in the case of
illLlnination
of the "HYD" light.
DGACApproved:
I A I B IC IF I
350 B3
3.2
97-40
Page 5
FLIGHT MANUAL
6 BLEED
VALVE
FLAG
(onVEMD)
The flag disappears

when the bleed valve closes.
The bleed valve is normally
open when the engine
starting
and at low power set~ings.
If the flag does not disappear
at
engine power is reduced, especially
high power settings,

in cold weather.
If the flag does not

Avoid sudden changes
reappear at lower
in power settings.
This
in ignition
failure
results
is
power settings.
shut
down, during
the maximum available
the
of the amber GOV warning
engine
may surge.
light.
.
DGAC
Approved:
I A I BI CI F I
350
B3
3.2.
97-40
Page 6
FLIGHTMANUAL
SECTION3.3
.WARNING-CAUTION-ADVISORY
1
PANELAND AURALWARNING
AURALWARNING
Aural warnings are operative only if the "HORN"push-button is pushed in.
When this push-button is out, the HORNlight of the warning caution
advisory panel is ON.
1.1
.(!:Q!).g
The gong sounds each time a red warning light
1.2
.
.
illuminates.
Continuous tone
Two continuous tone can be heard:
-when NR is below 360 rpm (310 Hz tone),

-when maximumtake-off limitations
are exceeded for more than 1.5
seconds (285 Hz tone).
R
R
R
1.2.1
Reduce collective
limitations.
1.2.2
Check engine parameters.

When the fuel flow control lever is in the "Flight" gate low NR can
logically
only occur following an engine failure.
Apply collective
pitch very gradually.
1.3
R
R
R
Intermittent
An intermittent
Slightly
pitch
to maintain NR in green arc or power within
tone
tone (310 Hz) is heard when NR is above 410 rpm.
increase collective
pitch
in order to avoid exceeding 430 rpm.
35083
lJ
--
:3.:3
98-36
,
r
R
R
R
R
R
DGACApproved:
[;ill:I]).Q
R
R
Page1
.FLIGHT
MANUAL
WARNING-CAUTION-ADVISORY
PANEL
The Warning-Caution-Advisory
lights of different
colors:
Panel located
on the instrument
panel includes
-Red to indicate a failure

requiring immediate action.
-Amber to indicate a failure
which does not require immediate action.
2.1
Red Lights
LIGHT
HYDR
FAILURE
Servo-control system failure.
The pressure stored in the
accumulators allows sufficient
time to reach the fall-back
speed with hydraulic servoassistance.
NOTE: The yaw servo-control
is
equipped with a load
compensator and a
hydraulic accumulator.
which remains pressurized
indefinitely
after a
hydraulic pump failure
or
after hydraulic power
cut-off via the collectivE
lever hydraulic power
release control.
The accumulator may be
depressurized by pressing
the HYD. TEST push-button.
Do not press the HYD.
TEST push button:
this
would cause immediate
depressurization
of the
accumulator and the resul
ting control loads could
be heavy.
PILOT ACTION
In flight:
-Calmly reduce collective
pitch and adjust the airspeed to between 40 and
60 kt (74 to 111 km/h) in
level flight.
-Cut off the hydraulic
pressure, using collective
lever switch.
Control loads are felt:
on collective
pitch
increase
.on forward and LH cyclic.
-If
necessary, increase
lAS, but the control load
feedback will also increase,
especially on the collective
pitch;
as this load
increases, be careful not to
inadvertently
move the twist
grip out of the "Flight"
detent (TWTGRIP and GOV
amber warnings extinguished)
-Make a flat approach over a
clear landing area and land
with slight forward speed.
-Shut down the engine,
holding the collective
pitch
lever on the low pitch stop.
In hover
-Land normally.
-Shut down the engine.
holding the collective
lever on the low pitch
DGAC
Approved:
I A I B I C I D I FIG I
350B3
pitch
stop.
~.~
97-40
Page 2
_co.
FLIGHT MANUAL
[~~~~
Replacethe existing text as follows
-2.1
Red liahts (Cont'd)
LIGHT
P BTP
FAILURE
Main gearboxoil minimum
pressure
MGB.P
-Reduce power, and land as soon as

possible.
~
: The MGB has successfully

passeda bench test consisting
in runningthe gearboxfor
45 min with zero oil pressure
at the powercorrespondingto
minimumpower in level flight
(at 55 kt)
T.BATT
BATTTEMP
Battery maximumtemperature
-Isolate the battery(push-button"OFF")

and land as soon as possible.
P.MOT
Engine oil pressurealarm
-Reduce power.
.
., Checkengineoil pressureindicator:
.If pressureis low or zero shutdown
engineand performan
AUTOROTATIONLANDING.
If pressureis correct, land as soon
as possible.
ENG P
FEU MOT
ENG FIRE
DGACApproved:
~
PILOTACTION
Refer to SECTION3.1 paragraph5.
350 B3
3.3
98-03
Page 3
*RR*
..FLIGHT
MANUAL
2.1
Red liQhts
.LIGHT
(Cont'd)
FAILURE
P BTP
Main gearbox oil

pressure
minimum
MGB.P
PILOT ACTION
-Reduce power, and land as
soon as possible.
~
: The MGBhas successfully

passed a bench test
consisting in running
the gearbox for 4S min.
with zero oil pressure
at the power corresponding to minimum power in
level flight
(at SS kt)
R
T.BATT
BATT
TEMP
Battery maximumtemperature
-Isolate
the battery (pushbutton "OFF") and land as
soon as possible.
P.MOT
Engine oil pressure alarm
-Reduce power.
-Check engine oil pressure
indicator:
.If
pressure is low or zero
shut down engine and perforn
an AUTOROTATION
LANDING.
.If
pressure is correct,
land as soon as possible.
ENGP
.ENG
FEU MOT Refer to SECTION3.1 paragraph 4.

FIRE
DGAC
Approved:
I A I BIC I D I FI
3S0 B3
~.~
98-36
Page 3
FLIGHTMANUAL'
2.1
Red 1iQhts (Cont'd)
LIGHT
GOV
FAILURE
PILOT
ACTION
4It
MANUmode engaged
-Store
the flight data.
or
Governing failure:
the fuel f10~ -Unlock the "FLIGHT" notch, the
is frozen at the value prior to
fuel flow can be increased or
failure.
decreased by turning the
twist grip.
-Only apply small amplitude
adjustments, synchronized
with the collective
pitch
control in order to maintain
NR in the green range.
-Fly the approach at 40 kt and
adjust the fuel flow rate to
maintain NR within the upper
section of the green range.
Slowly reduce the speed if
necessary adjust the fuel flow
rate slightly
on the twist
grip to maintain NR within the
green range.
On final approach, when the
collective
pitch is increased
on reaching the hover, let the
NR drop for touchdown. After
touchdown, reduce the fuel
flow rate before lowering the
collective
pitch.
NOTE: This failure
can also
result in loss of ~Ng
and torque parameters on
the VEMD. Refer to
paragraph 3.3 for
compliance with
limitations.
Return from MANUmode to AUTO
mode.
DGAC
Approved:
I A I 8 I C I D I FIG
-The AUTO/MANU
selector can be
replaced in the AUTOposition
irrespective
of the NRvalue.
Then return the control to the
FLIGHT notch (red and amber
GOVand TWTGRPwarning lights
should be extinguished).
35083
I
~.~
97-40
Page 4
.
'
FLIGHT MANUAL
.2.2
Amber
lights
UGff
GENE
FAILURE
-D.C. power supply failure

(See NOTE1)
-Overvoltage detected
GENE
--Maximum
PILOT ACTION
-Test the D.C. voltage.

-Check the position of the
push-button.
-Attempt to reset
-If
unsuccessful:
Shed the least essential
consumercircuits;
continue
flight.
according to
circumstances. keeping a clos
check on voltage (22 volts
minimum).
flight time on
battery:
Day: 50 min.
Night: 20 min. (see NOTE2)
-Land as soon as practicable.

BATT
BATT
Battery isolated from the d.c.

network; no longer charging
(see NOTE2)
-Check the push-button (ON).

-Keep a watch on voltage.
-Continue flight,
according
to circumstances.
KLAX
Horn not set
-Set the horn by actuating

the push-button situated on
the control pedestal panel
(see paragraph 1 of this
HORN
SECTION)
.
PORT
One or both baggage hold side

doors unlocked
DOORS
~
DGACAPproved:
IA I BI c IF I
: If optional sliding
doors are fitted,
this
can indicate that the
sliding doors are not
locked.
-Reduce airspeed (120 kt 222 km/h -138 ~h maximum).

-Check visually that doors are
closed.
-If
one or both doors are open,
or if checking is i~ossible
:
Land if possible, or continue
flight at reduced speed
(120 kt -222 km/h -138 ~h
maximum).
-Descend at a low sink rate
and end with a shallow
approach.
350 B3
3.3
97-40
Page 5
FLIGHT MANUAL
2.2 Mber liahts (Cant'd)
LIGHT
FAILURE
PILOTACTION
Pm7T
Pitot heating system not

energized
-Check the push-button (ON).

-Monitor airspeed indicator.
C~B
Fuel quantity less than 60

litres (15.8 US gal)
-Avoid
FUEL
large attitude
changes.
.!!ill : Approximately18 minutes

level
flight
remain at
maximum
continuouspower.
-1WT
Throttle
out of "FLIGHT" notch
GRIP
OOV
-Permanently lit:
governing
Function degraded.
-If
necessary, replace the

throttle
in the "FLIGHT"
notch.
-Avoid
abrupt power variations.
-Flashing at idle or during

shut-down: governing is
operating but redundancy is
lost.
FILT
C~B
Fuel filter
clogging
FUEL
FILT
P. COMB Fuel pressure drop on the

FUEL P
engine supply line.

Risk of engine flame-out.
DGAC
Approved:
I AI BICIFI
Reduce engine power

-If
light goes out, continue
flight at reduced power.
-If
light remains on, land as
soon as possible.
-Reduce enginepower.
-Select
booster p~ ON.
-Land as soon as possible.
350 B3
3.3
97-40
Page 6
FLIGHT MANUAL
[~~ .
-.
Complete the Amber lights with:
2.2 Amber liqhts (Cont'd)
T.BTP
MGB.TEMP
DGAC Approved:
.~
Main gearbox oil max. temperature
-Test the waming caution advisory

panel to check the MGB.P light
.If the light does not illuminate,
proceed as for MGB oil pressure at
zero
.If the light illuminates, land and check
the MGB oil level If the oil level is
normal, fly to the nearest base.
350 B3
.
.
3.3
98-03
Page 7
*RR*
FLIGHTMANUAL I
2.2
Antler liahts
(Cont'd)
.LIGHT
FAILURE
T.BTP
PILOT ACTION
Main gearbox oil max.

temperature
-Test
the warning caution
advisory panel to check the
MGB.Plight.
.If
the light does not
illuminate,
proceed as for
MGBoil pressure at zero.
.If
the light illuminates,
land and check the MGBoil
level. If the oil level is
normal, fly to the nearest
LIM BTA
TGB CHIP
Metal particles
in TGB
detected
-Continue
flight
avoiding
prolonged hovering.
LIM BTP
Metal particles
in MGB
detected
-Reduce engine power.

-Monitor MGB.P. and MGB.T.
lights.
Should either or both lights
illuminate
refer to
illumination
of relevantI
MGB.TEMP
.base.
MGBCHIP
light
Metal particles
LIM
MOT
oil
in "LIGHT"
column.
-LAND AS SOONAS POSSIBLE
system
Take-off
is PROHIBITED
until
the checks
specified
in
ENGCHIP
TURBOMECA
Maintenance Manual
have been performed.
: Whenever an electrical
circuit failure
occurs, check the
corresponding fuse and change it if necessary.
Replacement fuses are provided on RH side of cabin.
NOTE2 : List
of functions
-battery
in engine
(s),
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
which must remain ON when flying
on the
only:
-~
: Battery,
-Mi9h!
: Sameas day plus:

Instrument lighting
(1 and 2),
artificial
horizon, position lights,
anticollision
light.
DGACApproved:
I A I B I CI D I F I
VHF, Radio-Nav.
350 B3
~.~
98-36
Page 7
.
.FLIGHT
MANUAL
SECTION 4.1
.OPERATING
1
PROCEDURES
EXTERNAL CHECKS
Ensure that the inspection

associated
with the day's flights
has
been performed:
-either
by the pilot,
in accordance with the Flight
Manual
(SECTION 8),
-or
by the aircraft
mechanic in accordance with the Master
Servicing
Recommendations.
The check list
specified
in the Flight
Manual complies with the
procedure
given in the Master Servicing
Reconmendations.
-Check
that
-Remove
-Carry
the blade
socks,
out the following
the
ground
round the
aircraft
is
clean
R
R
and unobstructed.
if applicable.
check:
i~
~
~
'~:::~~
2--Figure
Station
-Transparent
panels
-Total
pressure
head (PITOT)
-Landing
gear (cross-members,
skids,
wear-resistant
plates)
-Sideslip
indicator
Station
Cleanliness
-Condition
---Cover
removed -Check
--Security
Condition
-Visual
R
clean
check
R
-Engine
Air Intake
-MGB cowling
.-All
Clear (water,
snow, foreign
matter)
Check MGB oil level
(steps).
Close
cowling,
check closed.
-Main
Rotor Head
Inspect
star,
sleeves
(peeling),
spherical
thrust
bearing,
adapters
(separation).
-Main
Rotor Blades
Security
(attachment),
inspect
from
ground, for signs of impact.
-Tail
pipe cover (if fitted)
---Removed
-Engine
cowling
Open
.Transmission
deck and engine --Condition,
cleanliness,
cowling closed
lower fairing
panels
Closed, check
DGACApproved:
I A I BI C I DI F I
350 B3
4.1
98-36
Page 1
R
R
R
FLIGHTMANUAL'
Station
2 (Cont'd)
-Port
hold
-Rear
hold
Door opening action, no loose

objects. Closing, latching.
If applicable:
open door, net hooked
in place, close door.
-Fuel
tank and system
Filler
Station
Condition, attachments.
No oil under scuppers.
---Security
(Dzus fasteners
Oil level
Security.
Condition.
locked).
R
-Heat shield on tail

shaft fairing
-Tail
rotor blades
drive
-TGB and Tail boom fairings

-Tail
rotor guard (if fitted)
Station
-Heat shield on tail drive

shaft fairing
-Oil
leaks
-Tail
boom and TGB fairings
-Tail
Rotor Gear Box
-Tail
unit
-TRH
Station
plug closed, leaks.
Condition, attachments.
Condition of skin, no impact (dents,
etc) , laminated stops (separation).
---Security
(Dzus fasteners locked).
--Security,
condition.
-Starboard
hold
If necessary:
open door, check no
loose objects, connection battery,
close door, check.
-Landing gear (crossmembers,

skids, wear resistant plates) --Security
-visual
check.
-All
lower fairing panels
Closed, check.
-External
power receptacle door -Closed,
check.
-MGB cowling
Check engine oil level (steps).
Foreign objects on transmission deck.
Close cowling, check.
-Hydraulic
Unit/System
Check hyd. reservoir fluid level
R
DGACApproved:
I A I B I C I DI F I
350 B3
4.1
98-36
Page 2
FLIGHT MA"NUAL
B
The paragraph:
2 INTERNAL
CHECKS
The check
-Fuel shut-off control
Forward position, snap wire

fitted
is replaced by :
The paragraph:
3 CHECKS
Forward position, plastic guard

or snap wire fitted
BEFORE
STARTING
THE ENGINE
The check
-Fuel shut-off lever lockwired
Forward
is replaced by :
-Fuel shut-off lever
Forward, safety device in place
.8!
DGAC Approved:
350 B3
4.
00-40
1I~OOg~IE[D
Page 3
'RR'
.
.
.FLIGHT
MANUAL
INTERNALCHECKS
-Cabin
-Fire
extinguisher
-Fuses
-Objects carried
-Door jettison
-Controls:
.Collective
pitch control
yaw pedals
.Rotor brake control
Clean
Fitted
Fitted
Stowed
Checked
Free travel
Free movement
Forward position,
CHECKS BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE
~et:rmine aircraft
performance limits for the expected flying conditions
(Refer to "PERFORMANCE"
SECTION).
Ensure that weight and C.G. limits are observed.
In the cross-hatched zone of the C of G graph in SECTION2, comply with
particular
VNElimitation.
For a standard aircraft,
this zone corresponds to a single pilot alone
or one pilot with a passenger in the rear (For special loading
configurations,
refer to the aircraft
weight sheet and SECTION6).
-Seats and control

-Seat belts
R
R
R
R
R
checks:
pedals
MQI : Check particularly

that the copilot
this seat is not occupied.
snap wire fitted
MQI : The fuel flow control on the collective

grip must not be operated
when the aircraft
electrical
system is switched off.
Carry out the following
R
R
R
R
R
and
Adjusted
Fastened
seat belt is fastened when
-Battery
and Generator in circuit
Switches "ON"
Lights on with a/c battery power:
HYDR, GENE,MGBP, PITOT, ENG.P, FUEL.P, HORN,
.Lights
on with external power:
same light as above plus BATT
-Battery
voltage
Checked
-Press the HYDTEST push-button for approx. 2 seconds to depressurize the
yaw hydraulic accumulator in order to center the yaw pedals
-Collective
pitch lever, yaw pedals
Freedom of travel
-Cyclic
pitch control stick
Neutral
-Collective
pitch control lever
Locked in low pitch
-Cyclic
stick friction
lock
Adjusted
-Collective
lever friction
lock
Adjusted
-Rotor brake released
Forward safety guard
removed
Forward
-Emergency rotary throttle
control
In flight
notch, with
flight
stop in position.
-AUTO/MAN selector
AUTO
-Starting
selector
OFF (switch guard down)
R
DGACApproved:
I A I B I C I D I FI
350 B3
4.1
98-36
Page 3
FLIGHTMANUAL.
-TEST LIGHT push-button (on interseat console).Warning lights on Caution Advisory Panel
andinstrumentpanel
.Target
and software
-TEST FIRE push-button
identification
(on interseat
lit
number displayed
console)
-engaged
.Ignition
of ENGFIRE warning light
-On VEMD
.Engine oil temperature and pressure
.Fuel gauge
-Hydraulic
pressure
-Heating
system*, demister,
conditioner*
-Gyroscopic
instruments
engaged
on both
screens
displayed
quantity
ON
air
OFF
ON
4 STARTING
~ed
andamber)
warninglights
-Switch
on the booster pump
.Check that the blue indicator
-Starting
selector
(for outside air temperatures
.Check
.Check
.Check
.Check
.Check
lights
light
OUT
...
On console
is on (on the instrument panel).
below -20'C,
ON
refer to SUP.04).
that Ng increases.
that t4 remains below its limit.
that the rotor is turning.
that the engine oil pressure increases.
that the following Warning Caution Advisory Panel
go out:
-P MOT(ENG.P) (should be out at 70 % Ng)

-P BTP (MGB.P)
-HYDR.
~
: On the ground, to obtain zero thrust at the tail

necessary to push the LH pedal over 2 cm approx.
rotor, it is
(0.8 in).
R
R
-Engage the horn, the HORNlight should extinguish.

.Check aural warning operates at approximately 360 rpm
.Check that NR is in the green zone of the indicator,
near
the lowerlimit.
-Lower
the switch guard on the starter
-Position
switch.
the rotor brake safety device.
-Disconnect
external power, if used
.Check:
Warning-Caution-Advisory
Panel GENand BAT
lights off.
-Switch
on PITOT heating on pedestal panel.
.Check that the PITOT light go out
* optional
R
DGACApproved:
ill
4.1III~J:::Q:Jn:Q:
350 B3
98-36
Page4
FLIGHT MANUAL
.~~
Paragraph: 4 STARTING
.Comple
the starting procedure as follows
: On the ground, to obtain zero thrust at the tail rotor, it is necessary to push the LH
pedal over 2 cm approx.
.
.DGACApproved
~
35083
4.1
98-03
Page 4
*RR*
FLIGHT MA-'NUAL
B
The paragraph:
2 INTERNAL
CHECKS
The check
Forward position, snap wire

fitted
is replaced by :
The paragraph:
3 CHECKS BEFORE
Forward position, plastic guard

or snap wire fitted
STARTING THE ENGINE
The check
Forward
is replaced by :
-Fuel shut-off lever
Forward, safety device in place
.8
DGAC Approved:
'A1B1C1DIFIGI
""ID""I"'lr'~1
350 B3
,
4.
00-40
Page 3
*RR*
.FLIGHT
MANUAL
-Booster
pump selected
.PUMP and FUEL P captions
OFF
Extinguished
-Check:
.All
warning and caution lights off.
.Electrical
system voltage and current.
.Engine oil pressure.
-Switch on/engage all necessary systems (VHF, lights,
windshield wiper*, etc)
~
.
.*
: Do not use the wiper on a dry windshield
or in light
rain.
-Carry out a hydraulic accumulator test:

.Check:
collective
pitch -locked.
.Cut off hydraulic pressure by actuating the test
push-button
On console
.Check that the HYDRlight illuminates
and sounds GONG
.Move the cyclic stick 2 or 3 times along both axes
separately on ~10 % of total travel, check for hydraulic assistance
absence of control load.
.
.Press the test push-button to restore hy~raulic
pressure
~ ---On
console
Check that HYDRlight goes out.
by
-Carry
out a hydraulic pressure isolation check:
.Isolate
hydraulic pressure by actuating the switch on the
collective
pitch lever:
the HYDRlight illuminates
and
control load is felt immediately, except on yaw pedals, where
control load should remain low because of load-compensating
servo.
.Restore hydraulic pressure using the switch:
the HYDlight goes out
after 2 to 3 s.
~
: In strong wind, apply a little
forward cyclic.
NOTE2 : If the starting cycle has to be aborted, return

to the closed position,
and switch off the fuel
generator.
the start switch

pump and the
Optional
R
DGACAPproved:
I A I B I CI D I FI
350 B3
4.1
98-36
Page 5
FLIGHTMANUAL.
5 CHECKSBEFORETAKE-OFF
-Doors
.
N
-av1ga
-Radio
tnavigation
.ok
10n
ok
-Radio communication
-Collective
and cyclic okfriction
clamps
Closed
Tests, correct
operation
Adjust as required
MQ! : Sufficient
friction
must be applied to the collective
and
cyclic so that the controls do not move without specific pilot
action.
-Pressure
and temperatures
-All
warning and caution lights
Correct
Out
CAUTION: (Ng/t4).
P2 BLEEDIS PROHIBITEDBEYOND
MAXIMUM
CONTINUOUS
POWER
RATING
6 TAKEOFF
Take off by gradually increasing the collective
pitch and maintain hover,
head into wind, at a height of about 5 ft (1.5m).
Check that the engine and transmission monitoring instruments are within
their normal operating ranges.
For transition
from hover, increase speed without increasing the power
demand (power required for hover IGE) and without climbing until IAS is
40 kt (74 km/h).
MQ! : The bleed valve flag disappears when the valve closes.
The bleed valve is normally open when the engine is shut down,
during starting
and at low power.
7~
-Keep the same power and climb,
height/airspeed
diagram.
while avoiding
entering
the
-Above 100 ft (30 m) select max. continuous power and optimum climbing
speed of (Vy) : IAS = 65 kt (120 km/h -1 kt/1000 ft).
.
R
*Optional
.
R
DGACApproved:
I A I BI C I D I F I
350 B3
4.1
98-36
Page 6
..FLIGHT
MANUAL
CRUISING FLIGHT.
8.1
Cruisinq
-For
MANOEUVRES
Fliqht
fast
cruise
apply
max continuous
power.
In the cross-hatched
zone of the C of G graph
with particular
VNE limitation.
8.2
in SECTION 2, comply
R
R
Manoeuvres
-In
turns,
the maximum load factor
is indicated
by "transparency"
of the
servo-controls,
and is therefore
not dangerous.
-In
maximum power configuration,
it is advisable
to decrease collective
pitch
slightly
before
initiating
a turn,
as in this manoeuvre power
requirement
is increased.
-In
hover, avoid rotation
faster
than 6 seconds for one full
rotation.
.8.3
Fl iaht wi th doors open

It is advisable
to check that objects,
cushions,
are correctly
secured before opening one or both
documents in the cabin

of the sliding
doors in
flight.
9
9.1
APPROACHAND LANDING
Approach
-Final
approach should be made into the wind at a low sink
recommended airspeed
of 65 kt (120 km/h).
9.2
rate
and
Landinq
CAUTION:
P2 BLEED IS
PROHIBITED BEYONDMAXIMUMCONTINUOUSPOWERRATING
(Ng/t4).
4It
From hover, reduce collective

pitch very
touch-down is made, then cancel collective
CAUTION:
gradually
until
initial
pitch completely.
WHEN LANDING ON A SLOPE, RETURNTHE CYCLIC CONTROLSTICK TO

NEUTRAL BEFORE FINAL CANCELLATION OF COLLECTIVE PITCH.
4It
DGACApproved:
I AI 8 I C ID I FI
350 83
4.1
98-36
Page 7
FLIGHTMANUAL'
10
AFTER
Enaine
LANDING
and
Rotor
shutdown
-Switch off all unnecessary power-consuming systems.

-Switch off the generator and all switches.
-Wait 30 seconds then position the start selector on OFF.
-Fully
apply the rotor brake when NR is equal to or less than:
.140 rpm normal NR,
.170 rpm maximumNR (in high wind conditions).
-When the rotors are completely stopped: press the HYDtest push-button
for 1 to 2 s, then release, in order to :
.discharge
the hydraulic accumulator,
.re-centralise
the yaw pedals if necessary.
-VEMD flight
report:
On engine shutdown, the lower VEMDscreen displays the "flight
report":
.Engine start number,
Operating
.Number of
number of
.Number of
number of
.Check that
displayed
time
(counted
from
Ng > 60% until
Ng < 50%),
gas generator cycles performed during the flight

cycles,
free turbine cycles performed during the flight
cycles,
the partial cycles figure is not zero and that
in white.
and total
it is
11 TURNAROUND
CHECK(TA)
The turnaround
check consists
tit
and total
R
in :
-Checking MGB, TGBand engine fluid levels.

-Check that there is no flow from the general drain for the engine
platform.
-A rapid check of the main and tail rotor blade skins.
-Checking that all loads are securely tied down, baggage compartment
doors and cowlings are correctly locked.
-Every 15 flight
hours maximum:
.Check the engine forward and aft reduction gear magnetic plugs
(without electrical
indication).
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Should the turnaround time be prolonged, short-term picketing of the

R
aircraft
is recommended: blanking plugs, covers fitted,
even blade socks R.
and poles in winds greater than 40 kt.
R
CAUTION: IN THIS CASE, ALL PICKETINGANDHANDLING
TOOLINGMUSTBE REMOVED
R
BEFORETHE NEXT FLIGHT.
12 USE OF HEATING/DEMISTING
SYSTEM
The heating/demisting
system may be used without restriction
up to
MaximumContinuous Power rating -beyond that its use is prohibited.
DGACApproved:
I A I B Ic I DI F I
350 B3
4.1
98-36
Page 8
..FLIGHT
MANUAL
SECTION4.2
.ENGINE
POWER
CHECK
IN-FLIGHT CHECKPROCEDURE
-Stabilize
level flight
zero or very low.
preferably
at an altitude
where turbulence
is
CAUTION: THESECHECKS
ARE ONLYVALID WITH P2 BLEEDSELECTED
OFF
(ELECTRICALCONSUMPTION
LESSTHAN50A).
-Select
a power setting close to max continuous power on the FLI.
These bleed valve flag should not be visible
under these conditions,
otherwise increase altitude.
.1.1
VEMD
procedure
The torque margin and t4 checks are performed automatically
by the VEMD. Select the "Engine Power Check" page using the SCROLL
button (VEMDon collective
pitch).
The result and the calculation parameters required are displayed on the
VEMDlower display, record the results.
The values provided by the VEMDcan be checked against the graphs
(Figures 1 and 2) (Refer to paragraph 1.2).
R
1.2
Use of the chart

-Record The following parameters:
torque, Ng, t4, NR, altitude
outside air temperature.
-Use the graphs (Figures 1 and 2) as indicated by the direction
the arrows.
TorQue marQin check:
Determine the position of point P on Figure 1.
The engine power is correct if point P is in the "correct"
the graph.
and
of
area in
t4 marQin check:
Determine the position of point T in Figure 2.
The thermodynamic loading is correct if point T is in the "correct"
area in the graph.
MQI : If in doubt as to condition of the engine,

eliminate any error of reading.
DGAC
Approved:
I A I 8 IC I DI FI
repeat the check to
35083
~.~
98-36
Page 1
FLIGHT
MANUAL..
2
GROUNDCHECK PROCEDURE
The engine power check cannot be carried out at high power level on the
ground with a high-power single-engine helicopter of this type.
Before forward flight
in a 5 ft hover, increase the collective
pitch
enough to ensure a momentary Ng increase of at least 1 %.
After having reached a safe altitude,
a nonnal in flight
power assurance
check may be performed.
DGAC
Approved:
I A I B I C I D I FIG
350 B3
I
~.~
.
.
97-40
L-
Page 2
FLIGHT
MANUAL
.CONDITIONS
TORQUE MARGIN CHECK
50
9;40
09~
INCORRECT
.S
30
9.,
20
.u
10
-90
CORRECT
09
%
09
0
--10
-20
-30
-40
15
0
0
10
"
~
~
.e40
,g;
0
~
II:
Z 390
.\
::
~
38
EXAMPLE:
TORQUE (")
OAT = 10.C
Hp = 1000 ft
Ng = 92%
TORQUE
= 83%
NR = 392 rpm
=
P is in the 'correct.
zone
Figure 1
DCA( Approved:
I A I 8 Ic IF I
350 83
4.2
97-40
Page 3
.FLIGHT
MANUAL
SECTION 4
NORMALPROCEDURES
CONTENTS
Pages
4.1
OPERATING PROCEDURES
EXTERNAL
CHECKS
INTERNAL CHECKS
CHECKS BEFORESTARTING THE ENGINE
STARTING
CHECKSBEFORE
TAKEOFF
TAKEOFF
CLIMBING
CRUISING FLIGHT AND MANOEUVRES
APPROACHAND LANDING
10
AFTER LANDING
11
TURNAROUNDCHECK (TA)
12
USE OF THE HEATING / DEMISTING SYSTEM
...5
.
.
4.2
8
8
ENGINE POWERCHECK
1
IN-FLIGHT
CHECK PROCEDURES
GROUNDCHECK PROCEDURES
1
2
DGACApproved:
I A I BI CI D I FI
350 B3
~.().~E)
98-36
Page 1
CONDITIONS.
FLIGHT
MANUAL
T4 MARGIN CHECK
850
%
8
14 \C)
6.
7
-800
4
3
2
750
700
0
0
..
'"
"..
0
2
~650
::
1;:;
30
Hp (11 x 1000)
EXAMPLE:
40
50
OAT ("C)
Hp = SOOO ft
OAT = 1S'C
T4 = 760'C
Ng = 93%
T is in the "correct"
zone
Figure 2
OGAC
Approved:
I A 181 C I F I
350 83
4.2
97-40
Page 4
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
5
REGULATORYPERFORMANCE
DATA
~
Pages
1
INTRODUCTION
SUBSTANnATED WIND ENVELOPE
AIRSPEED CALIBRATION
AIRSPEED -HEIGHT
IGE HOVERING FLIGHT PERFDRMANCE
OGE HOVERING FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
RATES OF CLIMB
NOISE LEVELS
ENVELOPE
~ -9
10
.
.
DGAC
Approved:
350 B3
IA I B ICI F I
5.0.P6
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
5
~EGULATORYPERFORMANCE
DATA
INTRODUCTION
The following perfomlance curves apply to the basic version of the
aircraft.
Refer to the supplements when optional equipment is fitted.
2.1
SUBSTANTIATEDWIND ENVELOPE
Wind envelope for spinnina and stopoino the rotors

Spinning or stopping of rotors has been substantiated
40 kts from any direction and for 50-kt headwinds.
-2.2
for winds of
Wind envelope in hover

Hovering with wind from any direction has been substantiated over the
entire flight envelope up to winds of 17 kts, although this is not to
be taken as a limit.
For example hover at sea level at maximumweight,
for all c.g. locations, has been substantiated at 30 knots.
3
AIRSPEED CALIBRATION
0
150
50
,
100
150
,. ...,
200
250 (km/h)
E
,g
(k1)
250
co
200
100
.150
50
100
0
0
..
0
50
g
>'
2
50
100
(kt)
150
CAS
DGAC
Approved:
I A I B I CIF I
350 B3
5. 1
97-40
Page 1
1"
" -'0
;."
FLIGHT MANUAL
4 AIRSPEED-HEIGHT
ENVElDPE
The avoidance
Detenninina
-Point
Point
A
A ;s
-Point
8
Point 8 is
(74 km/h).
Detennin;na
zone (Z)
fixed
is
Points
by four
at a height
of 8 ft
located
at a height
of 25 ft
variable
points:
A, 8, C, D.
A and 8
located
Points
-Point
C
Point C is defined by
.a
constant
height of
variable
airspeed
weight as detennined
-.a
defined
(2.5
m) at zero airspeed.
(9 m) for
an airspeed
of 4D knots
C and D
:
100 ft (30 m)
depending on the altitude
by line (C).
-Point
D
Point D is defined by :
.a
constant zero airspeed
.a
variable
height depending on the altitude
weight as detennined
by line (0).
and on the aircraft
and on the aircraft
",
j.:
DGAC
Approved:
I A I 8 IC I F I
:f
350
83
5.1.
97-40
Page 2
FLIGHT MANUAL
.CONDITIONS
HEIGHT I VELOCITY
ENVELOPE
~
7DOO
-6000
0
"'
..
:I:
.:
.--~
2000
10
WEIGHT
(lbx100) ~.6
45
40
35
..-
-~ -\0 0 \0 ~
OAT rC)
40 50
~
1ft)
.
.
';~
i;:;;;::;:;;;~
;;:;';;~~~;;,*
,"
;;;;"';';';;';';';;;'.
..-
;:;:i:;i:i::i::::::i::::::;:;;
100:~
:i:':::::::i::i::ili:i::i;::i:::ii;':'i~;"
C
10
20
30
.
0
0
g
>'
Figure 1
OGAC
Approved:
I A I 8 I C IF I
35083
5. 1
97-40
Page 3
FLIGHTMANUAL
5 IGEHOVERING
FLIGHT
PERFORMANCE.
Conditions:
-Zero wind.
-No P2 bleed.
-Electrical
consumption less than or equal to 50 A.
If the electrical
cons~tion
is greater than 50 A, the performance
must be reduced by 50 kg.
-0 s Zp s 23 000 ft.
NOTE1 : This performance is provided on the VEMDperformance page.
-Values
corresponding to Zp/8 torques beyond the certified
flight envelope must not be taken into account
(refer to SECTION
2.1 7),
: The IGE weight is calculated

temperatures.
using the current altitude
and
.
DGAC
APproved:
I A IB IC IF I
35083
5. 1
97-40
Page 4
FLIGHT MANUAL
.CONDITIONS
IGE HOVERING
FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
7
22
20
'
.1
16
-~
g 14
-~
"
"
-12
::
0.
0.
~
10
.4
g
..2
w
c
S
,.:
::~
~
0
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000 (kg)
2200
"'ao'oo""as'OO""40'OO""4S'OO'(ib)'1
WEIGHT
Figure 2
OGAC
Approved:
35083
I A I 8 IC IF I
5.1
97-40
Page 5
FLIGHT MANUAL
6 OGE
HOVERING
FLIGHT
PERFORMANCE
Conditions
-Zero
wind.
-No P2 bleed.
-Electrical
consumption less than or equal to SO A.
If the electrical
consumption
is greater
than SO A, the
must be reduced by SO kg.
-0,;
Zp ,; 23000 ft.
~
: This performance
is provided
on the VEMD performance page.
Values corresponding
to Zp/8 torques beyond the certified
flight
envelope must not be taken into account
(refer
~
-~
performance
to SECTION2.1 7).
: The OGE weight

temperatures.
: Weights
loads.
is
calculated
using
beyond 2250 kg must only
the current
be used with
altitude
and
jettisonable
.
OGAC
Approved:
I A I BI CI F I
350
B3
5.1.
97-40
Page 6
FLIGHT
MANUAL
.CONDITIONS
OGE HOVERING
FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
7
.22
20
.18
18
0 14
;0
2
x
4-0x
::
-12
.:..
Q.
Q.
Z
10
.4
0
0
::j
~
s
..
m
"::
~
>
w
0
1200
3000
3500
4000
200
400
5000
5500
6000
(Ib)
WEIGHT
Figure 3
OGAC
Approved:
IA I 8 I CIF I
35083
5.1
97-40
Page 7
FLIGHT MANUAL
CONDITIONS
-ALLUPWEIGHT
LIMITATION
WITHINTERNAL
LOADS:
CORRECTED
WEIGHT
2250 kg (4961 Ib)
FOR
DETERMINING
.,
THEVz VALUES
(using the graph opposite)
32 34 (lbx100)
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
49.6
-52
54
56
57.3
60
61.7
I
0
0
~
~
>
-40
-30
-20
-10
10
20
30
40
1500
2000
OAT rC)
EXAM PLE :
OAT.
15C
Hp = 8000 ft
ACTUAL WEIGHT.
=:> CORRECTED
Figure
DGAC
Approved:
I A i 8 I CI F I
2500
3000
3500
CORRECTED WEIGHT (kg)

2000 kg
WEIGHT.
2700 kg
35083
5. 1
97-40
Page 8
."
FLIGHT
MANUAL
RATE OF CLIMB
CONDITIONS
-NO
P2 AIR
BLEED
-WITH ELECTRICAL CONSUMPTION'

-FOR ELECTRICAL CONSUMPTION>
PERFORMANCES
ARE DECREASED
-NOTE:
WITH
P2
BLEED
PERFORMANCE
AT T4 LIMIT,
50 A
50 A
70 ft/mln.
RATE
OF
CLIMB
REDUCE
DATA BY 250 ft/min.
a
..a
'II
a
CO) g
g
CO)
a
a
'II
~
'II
I
a
a
..
'II
a
a
'II
'II
:z:
f3
jjj
~
0
III
'II
I
a
a
~
0
III
q;
q;
0
~
z
~
>
to
~
~
"!
~
-40 -30
-20
-10
OAT
EXAMPLE:
10
20
30
40
OAT=15"C
.CORRECTED
500
500
I"""",
0
1
("C)
1000
1500
I""
I""
I""
I""
2
3
4
5
RATE OF CLIMB
2000
(ft/mln)
I'"
'I'"
6 (hm/min)
Hp=8000ft
WEIGHT = 2700 kg =>
RATE OF CLIMB = 1560 ft/min
Figure 5
DGACApproved:
I AI BIC I D I F I
350 B3
5.1
98-36
Page 9
FLIGHT
MANUAL'.
NOISE LEVELS
The noise levels
detennined
under the conditions
of APpendix 16 of the ICAO are as follows:
specified
in Chapter
11
R
R.
Measurement as per
lCAO APpendix 16
dB(A)
ICAO Limit
dB (A)
R
R
R
84.6
86.5
\8
DGACAPproved:
I A I B IC I D I F I
350 B3
5.1
98-36
.
.
Page 10
.,
eurocopter
..
FLIGHT
MANU
FLIG HT MAN UAL
AS 350
83
.SUPPLEMENT
LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS
INCOMPATIBILITYOF UTILIZATION
EFFECTON PERFORMANCE
DATA
IMPORTANT
NOTE
The information
contained herein supplements
or supersedes
the information
given
in the basic flight manual and/or applicable
flight ma!'ual supplements.
The effectivity
of the supplement
at the latest revision is specified
on the LIst of
Effective Pages.
-~;::=:::
JJd
.(~r:--~
EUROCOPTER
Etablissement de Marignane
Direction Technique Support -13725 Merignane Cedex -France
DGACApproved:
I A I B I c I D I FIG I
3S0 B3
SUP
97-40
.O.P1
Page 1
'1
.
.
FLIGHT MANUAL
Pages SUP.O.PI page 3, SUP.0.P3 page 1 and SUP.0.P4 page 1 concern the whole
of the Supplements
assigned to the helicopter
mentioned on the title
pages.
DGACApproved:
I A 18 I C I D I FIG
350 83
I
.
.
SUP.O.P1
97-40
Page 2I
.~Zl..EUROCOPTER
REVISION TO AIRCRAFT PUBLICATION:
.PUBLICATION
CONCERNED:
350 B3
FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENTS

,
CERTIFICATION
CODE:
-The outline of the revision is given below:

.Supplements concerned (added or modified).
-Check that pages in each supplement are those specified in the list of effective pages.
-Withdraw
old and insert new supplements
-Retum the acknowledgement

.-This
affected by this revision.
card.
list of amended pages maybe filed (apart from the manual).
SUP. N
TITLE
REVISION
DATE-CODE
N
0
LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS
99-37
56
ABSEILING
99-37
INSTALlATION
.
.
o.o.po
00-02
.'
-"'
Page 1/1
1;
"t
j
..
FLIGHT MANUAL
CUSTOMIZATION :
A/C : AS 350 83 -SIN
LIST OF ADDITIONAL APPROVEDPAGES
SECTION
PAGE
DATE CODE
SECTION
PAGE
DATE CODE
THIS AIRCRAFT DOES NOT OFFER ANY PARTICULAR FEATURES

REQUIRING THE CUSTOMIZATIONOF THE FLIGHT MANUAL ON
.GREEN
.
.
PAGES.
IDGAC
A I 8Approved:
I C I D I F IG I
35083
97-40
SUP.
::J
Page
P13
FLIGHT MANUAL
...
1 LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS
Some supplements
covering
installations
helicopter
may be withdrawn
from this
supplements appears on this page.
No.
or procedures
not used on this
manual. The complete list
of
DESCRIPTION
OPERATIONAL AND OPTIONAL SUPPLEMENTS
RESERVED
...2
RESERVED
RESERVED
INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATION IN COLDWEATHER
5 to
10
RESERVED
11
EXTERNAL LOAD TRANSPORT"CARGO SWING" 1160 kg (2557 lb)
12
EXTERNAL LOAD TRANSPORT"CARGO SLING"
13
EXTERNAL LOAD TRAN~PORT"CARGO SWING" 1400 kg (3086 lb)
.14
'
HOOK
SAND FILTER
15
RESERVED
161 SFIM 85 T 31 3-AXIS AUTOMATIC PILOT SYSTEM

i
17
: EMERGENCYFLOATATION GEAR
DGAC Approved:
W
350 83
SUP
98-05
.O.P2
Page 1
I
, ~~~,..
LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS(Cont'd)
"'~'unL.
,
No.
DESCRIPTION
2
18
AIR EQUIPMENTOR BREEZE ELECTRIC HOIST 136 kg (300 lb)
19
PENDING
20
HYDRAULIC PUMP DRIVE ON MGB
21
FORWARD
TWO-PLACE SEAT
22LONG
AND
SHORT
FOOTSTEPS
, R.
23RESERVED
24
LOUD SPEAKER INSTALLATION
25
PENDING
,,-it':
:
SPECIAL SUPPLEMENTS
-
50
FERRY FLIGHT FUEL TANK
56 ABSEILING INSTALLATION
DGAC
Approved:
W
1
r
350
B3
--
.
SUP.O.P2.
99-45 Page
2
..
FLIGHT MANUAL
COMPOSITION
OF CONDITIONAL REVISIONS (RC)
The Supplements
contain
when the conditions
the
following
pink
pages except
those
cancelled
are complied 'with.

CAUTION
IF A NORMALREVISION (RN) MODIFIES THE PAGE NUMBERFOR ANY INFORMATION

CONCERNEDBELOW, THE READERWILL HAVE TO CHANGETHE NUMBEROF THE PINK
PAGE BY HAND, SO THAT THE INFORMATION REMAINS IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE
PARAGRAPHCONCERNED.
Sup.
Page
Date
Applicable
before
condition
is met :
.
.
The date code includes

the last two digits
by the week number in that year.
.135OB3
...~
DGACApproved:
of the
..97-40
year
followed
9,::0-SUP.O.P3
.~~~:
Page 1
~1~
-.-
FLIGHT MANUAL
RUSH REVISIONS (RR)

.The
manual contains the following additional yellow page(s) :
SUPPLEMENT
NoRR
PAGE
DATE
CODE
SUP11
1A
4*RR*
98-48
SUP 14
2A
1*RR*
2*RR*
00-07
00-07
SUP.17
1A
2*RR*
02-08
1*RR*
02-08II
SUPPLEMENT
NoRR
PAGE
DATE
CODE
Not applicable for

CAA and ENAC
Certification
.
SUP.0.P4
.
.
DGACApproved:
IA I
IC ID IE IF IG I
35063
SUP
02-08
.O.P4
Page 1
*RR*
I
I
..FLIGHT
MANUAL
(8
COMPOSITION
RUSHREVISIONS(RR)
.OF
The manual contains the following additional yellow page(s) :
SUPPLEMENT NoRR
SUP.11
SUP.14
DATE
CODE
98-48
1.RR.
00-07
1 .RR.
00-07
00-07:'
1A
SUP.0.P4
a
..2.RR.
PAGE
2A
SUPPLEMENT NoRR
PAGE
DATE
CODE
18
iI
DGACApproved:
IAI
1"1
'C1D'
1""'-'1
IFIG'
Irl~1
35083
00-07
SUP .O.P4
Page
.RR.1
FLIGHT
MANUAL
COMPOSITION
OF RUSHREVISIONS (RR)
...The
Supplements
No.
SUP.
contains
-PAGE
the following
CODE
DATE
additional
No.
yellow
SUP.
page(s)
-PAGE
CODE
DATE
...
...
...'
DGACApproved:
I A I 8 IC I D I FIG
350 83
I
SUP
97-40
.O.P4
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
LIST OF APPROVEOEFFECTIVE PAGES

DOT CERTIFICATION
(1)
Page Revision
Code
-R : Revised,
to be replaced
-N : New, to be inserted
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
.
.
DATE
SUP.
SUP.
SUP.
SUP.
0
0
0
0
P1
P1
P2
P2
1
3
1
2
97-40
97-'40
98-05
99-45
SUP.
SUP.
0
0
P3
P4
1
1
97-40
97-40
SUP. 0
SUP. 0
SUP. 0
P5
1/01
1
2
99-45
99-37
97-40
LIST OF THE LATEST NORMAL

APPROVED REVISIONS
No
Date
97-40
98-05
99-37
99-45
DGACAPproved:
No
(1)
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
NORMAL REVISION:
DGAC APPROVED
Date
350 83
DATE (1)
'SUP
99-45
.O.PS
Page 1
FLIGHT
INCOMPATIBILITY OF UTILIZATION
The following
list
approved equipment
~
Operation
of
installations:
the
BETWEENOPTIONAL EOUIPMENT ITEMS
is non-exhaustive
items which are
Inc~atibility
Master Servicing
MANUAL
and covers
inc~atible
of installation
between
Recommendations (PRE).
only
with
items
those OGACone or more items.

is
stated
in the
following
Makes operation
with the
following
equipment items
impossible.
ITEM
15
.2l
gear
Ferry fl ight fuel
32*
External
load carrying
installation
"CARGO SLING" (SUP12)
2l -25
66
-32
-44
External
load carrying
installation
"CARGO SWING" (SUP 11)
2l -25
66
-32
25
Air
22 -23
-32
32
Electric
44
Forward
46
Blind
66
Abseiling
68
TAP kit
Hoisting
installation
hoist
two-place
flying
remain
(SUP 18 )
seat
(SUP 2l )
screens
Installation
(SUP 56)
-46
R
-44
-46
R
15*- 21 -22
44 -46
-66
22 -23
-32
22 -23
-32
15 -22
-23
-23
-25
-32
21
possible
when the floats
are folded.
OGACApproved:
350 B3
---
-68
ambulance
tank (SUP 50 )
-66
-32
23
.*
(SUP 17)
22 -23
22
Emergency floatation
SUP.O
99-37
---
Page 1
"
FLIGHT MANUAL
3.1
INFLUENCE OF OPTIONAL EOUIPMENT ITEMS ON PERFORMANCE

DATA
Where several
optional
equipment items
basic performance
data must be reduced
the influence
of each optional
item.
ReQulatory
performance
-Take-off
weights
When the installation

off weights
specified
weights are provided
flight
performance.
-Rates
are used simultaneously,

the
by the value corresponding
to
data
of an optional
equipment item modifies
the takein the basic Flight
Manual, the new take-off
by new charts
or a penalty
relative
to the basic
of climb
When.the rates of climb are mo~ified,

the r~leva~t
Supplement either
provldes
a new chart or prescrlbes
a reductlon
wlth respect to the
basic performance.
3.2
Additional
-The
performance
reduced
data
performance
data
are
given
in SECTION 10.
~
~
DGAC
APproved:
I A I BI C 1D I FIG
350 B3
I
SUP.O
97-40
Page 2
FLIGHT
MANUAL
..eurocopter
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AS 350
8-
83
SUPPLEMENT
INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATIONIN COLD WEATHER
IMPORTANT
NOTE
The information contained herein supplements or supersedes the information given
in the basic flight manual and/or applicable flight manual supplements
The effectivity Of the supplement at the latest revision is specified on the List of
Effective Pages.
~:=:=.
~-==iI:[
DGAC
Approved:
I A I 8 ICI F I
JJJ
EUROCOPTER
Etablissement
de
Marignane
Direction Technique Support -13725 Marignene Cedex -France
35083
SUP.4.P1
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
LIST
(1)
Page
-R
-N
Revision
:
:
Revised,
New, to
SUPPLEMENT
SUP. 4
SUP. 4
SUP.
SUP.
SUP.
-SUP.
.
.
OF APPROVED EFFEffiVE
to be replaced
be inserted
PAGE
PI
P5
4
4
4
4
DATE
(1
1
1/01
97-40
97-40
N
N
1
2
3
4
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
N
N
N
N

APPROVED REVISIONS
No
Date
97-40
PAGES
DOT CERTIFICATION
Code
No
SUPPLEMENT
PAGE
DATE
NORMAL REVISION:
OGAC APPROVED
Date
DGACApproved:
DATE:
24 DEC. 1997
35083
SUP.4.P5
97-40
---
(1)
Page 1
FLIGHT
MANUAL
.l~
This supplement details all the procedures to be followed when the aircraft
is used in particular
climatic conditions, such as cold weather or snow.
GENERALRECOMMENDATIONS
For rational operation of the aircraft

reconmendedto carry out the following
in cold weather and snow, it

basic operations:
is
-Remove ice or snow deposits from the whole of the aircraft,

particularly
at hinges and movementtransmitting items (main rotor, rotor mast, tail
drive and tail rotor, flight controls, engine controls).
-When the aircraft
recOlmlendedthat:
-.either
has been subjected to very low temperatures,
it
is
reaular around runs be carried out every two hours for

temperatures of about -20.C or every hour for lower temperatures.
.or preheatina of the engine, transmission assemblies and cabin be
effected before take-off (although the helicopter is capable of
carrying out engine start up and rotor spinning at temperatures down
to -40'C) (See Daily operating checks in cold weather).
.
.
DGACAPproved:
I A I 8 I CI F I
35083
SUP.4
97-40
Page 1
L.
FLIGHT MANUAL
3 USE
OFBATTERIES
FOR
STARTING
During long periods of inoperation
stored in a warm area.
it
.
is reconmendedthat the battery
be
If a ground power unit is not available, start-up may be carried out using
the aircraft
battery or two aircraft batteries connected in parallel.
The starting envelope is related to the temperature and is indicated
following chart.
DOMAINE
DE DEMARRAGE
STARnNG
TEMP.
EXT.rc)
OAT rC}
in the
AVEC BATTERIE DE 15 AH
ENVELOPE WITH 15 AH BA7TERY

-35
-30
-10
DEMARRAGE AVEC BATTERIE

CHARGEE
f BAn
-FROIDE
ENGINE START ON
COLD. CHARGED
BATTERY
2 BAn
1;
g
DEMARRAGE AVEC BATTERIE

CHAUOE (20") CHARGEE
1 BAn
~
~
ENGINE START ON
WARM j20.C}, CHARGED
>
BAmRY
2 BAn
4 CHECKSBEFORE
FLIGHT
Independently of the inspections prescribed in the basic Flight
perform the following operations and inspections:
-Main
rotor
Manual,
blades:
Absence of snow and ice.

-Main
rotor
hub and mast:
Absence of ice on the swashplates, the scissors,

the rotor head spring antivibrator.
-Power
the servo controls
and
plant:
.Remove the air intake cover and the exhaust nozzle blank after
removing snow from the aircraft surface.
.Remove snow and ice accretion
either side of the screen.
DGAC Approved:
I AI BI C I F I
in the vicinity
350
of the air intake and on
B3
SUP.4
97-40
Page 2
FLIGHT MANUAL
..It
is in1)erative that the air intake be cleaned

Removethe air intake screen, manually and visually check for snow and
ice inside the air intake duct up to the first stage of the co~ressor
.Inspect drains,
static ports
-Tail
unblanked scuppers; check for snow and ice on vent and
rotor:
Absence of ice on the TRHasseroly (blades, pitch change rods.. .).

.Manually rotate the tail rotor so that the main rotor perfonns 1 turn
at least, then check:
-the swashplate rotation (rotor brake not blocked),
-the TRH rotation,
-the freewheel operation.
.-Structure:
Remove the
-fonning.
cabin
cover
once the
inspection
is over,
to
prevent
ice
from
Make sure that the windshield wiper is not stuck on the canopy.
-FliQht
controls
-EnQine controls:
.Before operating the controls, it is recomnendedto heat-up the inside

of the cabin.
.Operate the controls progressively, then operate the rotor brake
controls, fuel flow control and collective
pitch control over their
co~lete travel.
It is rec~nded
rotor controls.
not to Derfonn extensive travel
of the cyclic
and tail
5~
Whenthe outside air t~erature
amendedas follows:
.to
is below -20'C,
the starting
procedure is
-Position
the starting selector on IDLE (instead of ON) and keep it there
until the engine oil te~erature
reaches O.C. Then move the selector
ON.
DGACAPproved:
IA I BI CIF I
350 B3
SUP.4
97-40
Page 3
FLIGHT MANUAL
6 AFTERSTARTING
WhennlXninal speed is reached, check that all warning, caution and advisory
lights are off, that pressure readings are O.K. Test the hydraulic
accumulators with the collective lever locked at full low pitch.
Whencontrol loads are felt, move the cyclic stick grip 3-4 cm (at the
handle) to evaluate the load, then center the stick (no load) and restore
pressure.
If operating loads are considered higher than at normal temperatures, move

the cyclic stick 3-4 cm forward (nose-down) for 2 minutes to warm up the
spherical thrust bearings.
Move the yaw pedals about 50%of their
mid-position.
-7
travel
range on either
side of the
IN CASE
OF ENGINE
FAILURE
Following an engine failure at light weight, the stabilized rotor speed may
be below the audio warning threshold:
the pilot can switch off the horn
using the relevant push-button.
S AFTER
lAST FLIGHT
OF THEDAY
-Observe the general recommendationsmentioned above.
-When the rotor stops rotating, place the cyclic pitch stick close to the
neutral position and the collective pitch lever locked at full low pitch,
with tail rotor blades in the horizontal position.
-Care must be taken not to leave doors open.
-Install
the air intake cover and exhaust nozzle blank.
-When the aircraft
is parked in an unsheltered area it is recommendedto
apply anti-icing
materials and to carry out aircraft parking and
mooring.
DGACAPproved:
I AI 8 I CIF I
35D 83
SUP.4
97-40
Page 4
.
.
FLIGHT MANUAL
.18
eurocopter
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AS 350
.~
83
SUPPLEMENT
EXTERNAL
LOAD TRANSPORT (1160
kQ -2557
lb)
"CARGO
SWING"
.IMPORTANT
NOTE
The information contained herein supplements or supersedes the Information given
in the basic flight manual and/or applicable flight manual supplements
The effectivity of the supplement at the latest revision is specified on the List oj
Effective Pages.
THIS SUPPLEMENT MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE FLIGHT MANUAL WHEN THE

EQUIPMENT MENTIONED ABOVE IS INSTALLED ON THE AIRCRAFT.
-~:;:=::JJ!l
~-""~
DGACApproved:
I A I 8 Ic I
EUROCO
Direction
PTER
Technique
Etablissement
Support
-13725
Mangnane
35083
de
Marlgnane
Cedex
-France
SUP.11.P1
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHTMANUAL
LIST
PAGES
DOT CERTIFICATION
(1)
Page Revision
-R
: Revised,
-N
: New,
to
SUPPLEMENT
SUP. 11
SUP.l1
Code
to be replaced
be inserted
PAGE
P1
PS
1
1/01
DATE
(1
97-40
97-40
SUP.l1
97-40
2
3
4
5
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
N
N
N
N
LISTOF THE LATESTNORMAL

APPROVED
REVISIONS
No
Date
No
Date
0
PAGE
DATE
(1
NORMALREVISION: 0
DGACAPPROVED
DATE; 24 DEC. 1997
97-40
DGACApproved:
W
SUPPLEMENT
N
N
SUP.l1
SUP. 11
SUP.l1
-SUP.l1
OF APPROVED EFFECTIVE
35083
SUP.11.P5
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
1~
The "CARGOSWING" external
load carrying
installation
is composed of :
-A suspended pyramid frame (3) designed to reduce swinging of the load,
equipped with a release unit (4). The release unit hook can be opened
electrically
in normal operation
and mechanically
in emergency
conditions.
-A control
and indicating
system, for the pilot,
con.,rising
:
.load
indicator
(I),
on the instrument
panel, with a zero setting
control
(2) ;
an electrical
system supplying
power to the normal release circuit
via
pushbutton,
stick
on
the
control
console
and
switch
the
pilot's
1,
2
0
0
.;0
cyclic
.-
"
~
N
.
.
on
grip;
.an "EMERGENCYRELEASE" (jettison)

control
handle mounted on the
underside of the collective
lever.
The load indicator
electrical
circuit
is protected
by a fuse and the
nonnal release hook control
circuit
by two fuses.
,.;
ci
:>
-~
LIMITATIONS
The limitations
laid down in the basic Flight
but are con.,leted
by ~he following
limita~ions.
-Maximum load
The maximum permissible
slung
-Maximum Qross weiQh~ with

Maximum permissible
gross
hover O.G.E. can be held.
Maximum weigh~
including
load
Manual remain applicable
is 1160 kg (2557 lb).
ex~ernal load
weigh~ with an external
load is
(See Section of the basic Flight
ex~ernal
load:
that at which
Manual).
2800 kg (6173 lb).
CAUTION: THE MAXIMUMPERMISSIBLE WEIGHTWITHOUT EXTERNAL LOAD IS

-LIMITEO
AS SPECIFIED IN THE LIMITATIONS SECTION OF THE BASIC
FLIGHT MANUAL.
DGACApproved:
IA I B ICI
35D 83
SUP.11
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
-LonQitudinal
C.Q. limits
Use chart below to define longitudinal

weights.
c.g. limits
with respect to
CENTRAGE ( m )
~
~
-~
II)
:I:
"~
-II)
~
LIMITEARIlERE
REARWARD
UMIT
~
g
>'
2
CG ( in )
-PROHIBmON
Carrying of external passengers.

-~
Absolute maximumpermissible
speed with a load on the hook is 80 kt
(148 km/h -92 MPH).

Particular
care must be exercised
on the sling.
loads
are being
: The pilot is responsible for determining the limit

according to the load and sling length.
DGAC
Approved:
IA I 8 Ic I
when bulky
carried
speed
350
83
SUP.
11.
97-40
Page 2
FLIGHT MANUAL
-Instruction
plate
in the cockpit
indicates:
CARRYING OF EXTERNAL LOADS

CLASS OF APPROVEDAIRCRAFT/LOAD COMBINATIONB. WHENEXTERNAL
LOADS ARE CARRIED, NO PERSONMAY BE CARRIED UNLESS:
-HE IS A FLIGHT CREWMEMBER;
-HE IS A FLIGHT CREWMEMBERTRAINEE; OR
-HE PERFORMSAN ESSENTIAL FUNCTION IN CONNECTIONWITH THE
EXTERNAL-LOADOPERATION.
OR
EMPORTDE CHARGESEXTERNES
CLASSE DE COMBINAISONSGIRAVION-CHARGESAPPROUVEEB AUCUNE
PERSONNENE PEUT ETRE TRANSPORTEEA MOINS DE :
-ETRE UN DES MEMBRESDE L'EQUIPAGE.
UN COURSDE FORMATIONEN TANT QUE MEMBRE
D'EQUIPAGE.
-REMPLIR UNE FONCTION ESSENTIELLE AYANT TRAIT A L 'UTILISATION
DU GIRAVION AVEC CHARGEEXTERIEURE.
--SUIVRE
.A
.
.
olates
An instruction
plate,
visible
hook, indicates
to the ground operator

the maximum sling load.
and located
near to
the
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures
Manual
applicable
but are completed by the following
procedures.
EnQine failure
with
external
remain
load
-If
an engine failure
should occur in flight
with an external
load,
establish
autorotational
flight
and inmediately
release the load.
-If
engine failure
occurs whilst
ground personnel
are hooking up the load,
the pilot
should move away to the right,
applying
collective
pitch to
hold the aircraft
up. Ground personnel
are to be forewarned
that in
the event of engine failure
they are to move away to the left.
DGACApproved:
I A I B I CI
350 B3
SUP.11
97-40
Page 3
FLIGHT MANUAL
NORMALPROCEDURES
The normal procedures laid down in the basic Flight Manual remain
applicable but are c~leted
by the following procedures.
Carring heavy loads is a delicate operation, due to the possible effects
of a swinging load on the flight behaviour of the helicopter.
Consequently,
pilots are advised to train with gradually increased sling loads before
undertaking heavy load carrying operations.
~
: IN WET WEAnlER, nlICK RUBBERGLOVESSHOULD BE WORNBY THE

OPERATORHANDLING THE HOOKAND LOAD. RELEASETHE CHARGEOF
STATIC ELECTRICITY BY PLACING AN ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORCABLE
OR TUBE BETWEENTHE GROUNDAND THE CARGORELEASE UNIT (Hook).
-Check of the installation

-On
the ground, before carrying
out a load transport
operation:
.Check that the hook opens correctly both in normal and jettison
control modes.
.Zero the load indicator.
.In flight,
press the "SLING" pushbutton in order to set the system in
readiness for normal release of the load which will be accomplished by
actuating the rocker-switch on the cyclic stick control grip.
-~
'
.When the load is secured, apply collective pitch very smoothly,
while maintaining the aircraft
directly above the load. Whenthe cables
are taut, dwell briefly before raising the load.
.Lift
the load off the ground vertically,
keeping a watch on the load
indicator, then move off in a forward clint!.
-Manoeuvres
All control movementsshould be made very gently, with very gradual
acceleration and deceleration, and only slightly banked turns.
IX;AC APproved:
I A I BI C I
3S0 B3
SUP.11
97-40
Page 4
FLIGHTMANUAL
.[~~~~J
Paragraph
NORMALPROCEDURE
In the subparagraph Checkof the installation

"Checkthat the hook ...control
after:
modes"
text added as follows:

~
.Check the free rotation of the retaining latch and correct operation of
its return spring.
.350
83
SUP.II
DGACApproved:
I A I C I DIG
98-48
Page4
*RR*
FLIGHT MANUAL
-~
Establish zero translational

ground speed sufficiently
high to ensure
that the load is not dragged along the ground, then descend vertically
until the load is deposited. The load indicator reading is zero.
-~
To release the load, actuate the switch on the cyclic

Check that the load is effectivelv
If
.5
the load is not off,
stick.
released.
actuate the jettison
handle to release it.
PERFORMANCE
-The
Performance Data given in the basic Flight Manual apply.

The performance curves for weights in excess of 2250 kg (4961lb) are
plotted in dotted line on the performance charts contained in the
PERFORMANCE
Section of the basic Flight Manual.
.
.
DGAC
Approved:
I A' 81 C I
35083
SUP
97-40
.11
Page 5
.
FLIGHT
.18
MANUAL
eurocopter
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AS 350
8-
83
SUPPLEMENT
EXTERNAL LOAO TRANSPORT"CARGO SLING"
IMPORTANT
The information
contained
in the basic flight manual
The effectivity
herein
and/or
of the supplem
NOTE
supplements
applicable
en!
or supersedes
the information
flight manual supplements.
at the latest
revision
is specified
given
on the
list
of
Effective Pages
THIS
SUPPLEMENT
EQUIPMENT
-~;::::
~~
DGAC Approved:
IA I 8 I C I F I
MUST
MENTIONED
JLZ
BE INCLUDED
ABOVE
IN THE
IS INSTALLED
EUROCOPTER
Direction
Technique
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ON THE
Etablissement
Support
-13725
35083
WHEN
THE
AIRCRAFT.
Marignane
de
Marignane
Cedex
-France
SUP.12.P1
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHTMANUAL
LIST OF
APPROVED
EFFECTIVEPAGES
DOT
CERTIFICATION
-(1)
Page Revision Code

-R : Revised, to be replaced
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
SUP.l2
SUP.12
P1
P5
1
1/01
DATE (1)
97-40
97-40
DATE (1
N
N
SUP.12
97-40 N
SUP.12
SUP.12
2
3
4
97-40
97-40
97-40
-SUP.12
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
N
N
N
I.
.I
APPROVED
REVISIONS
No
Date
No
Date
0
NORMALREVISION: 0
DGACAPPROVED
DATE: 24 DEC. 1997
97-40
DGACApproved:
35083
SUP.12.P5
97-40
Page 1II
FLIGHT MANUAL
1~
The external
-A
-A
load-carrying
includes:
release unit featuring electrical

control of hook release in nonnal
operation and mechanical opening in emergency.
control and indicating system, for the pilot, con1)rising :
.load indicator (1), with a zero setting control (2).
.an electrical
system supplying power to the nonnal release circuit via
a press-key on the control console and a switch on the pilot's
cyclic
stick grip.
.an "EMERGENCY
RELEASE"
(jettison)
control handle mounted on the
underside of the pilot's
collective lever.
The load indicator electrical

circuit is protected by a fuse and the
nonnal release hook control circuit by two fuses.
~
~
2
LIMITATIONS
The limitations
are c~leted
by the following limitations.
-Maximum
but
load
The maximumpermissible
sling load is 750 kg (1660 lb).
-Maximum oross weioht with external load

Maximumpermissible gross weight with an external load is that at which
hover O.G.E. can be held. (See PERFORMANCE
Section of the basic
Flight Manual).
Maximumweight including
CAUTION:
-IN
external load:
2800 kg (6173 lb).
MAXIMUMWEIGHT WITHOUT EXTERNALLOAD IS LIMITED AS SPECIFIED

THE LIMITATIONS SEaION OF THE 8ASIC FLIGHT MANUAL.
DGACApproved:
35083
I A I 8 I (I F I
SUP.12
97-40
installation
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
-Lonaitudinal c.o. limits

Use graph
below to define
longitudinal
c.g.
limits
with
respect
to
weights.
...CG
-.a
( m)
~
D
~
--
-"
--"iij
:I:
:I:
s:
s:
>'
~
-Prohibition
~~~~
...CG
( in )
external
passengers.
-~
Absolute maxim... permissible
speed with a load on the hook is 80 knots
(92 MPH) (148 kin/h).
particular
when bulky loads are being carried
on the sling.
NOTE:
-to
The pilot
is responsible
for
the load and sling length.
DGAC
Approved:
I A I 8 I CIF I
determining
the limit
speed according
35083
SUP.12
97-40
Page 2
FLIGHT MANUAL
-Instruction
Dlates
An instruction
plate
in the cockpit
indicates:
CARRYING OF EXTERNALLOADS
CLASS OF APPROVEDAIRCRAFT/LOAD COMBINATIONB. WHENEXTERNAL
LOADS ARE CARRIED, NO PERSONMAY BE CARRIED UNLESS:
OR
EMPORTDE CHARGESEXTERNES
CLASSE DE COMBINAISONSGIRAVION-CHARGESAPPROUVEEB AUCUNE
PERSONNENE PEUT ETRE TRANSPORTEEA MOINS DE :
UN DES MEMBRESDE L'EQUIPAGE.
-SUIVRE UN COURSDE FORMATIONEN TANT QUE MEMBRE
D'EQUIPAGE.
-REMPLIR UNE FONCTION ESSENTIELLE AYANT TRAIT A L' UTILISATION
DU GIRAVION AVEC CHARGEEXTERIEURE.
--ETRE
.A plate,
visible
hook, indicates
3

the maximum sling load.
and located
near to the
EMERGENCYPROCEDURES
Manual
applicable
but are c~leted
by the following
procedures.
Enqine
failure
with
external
remain
load
-If
an engine failure
with an external
load,
establish
autorotational
flight
and immediately
release the load.
-If
engine failure
occurs whilst
ground personnel are hooking up the load,
the pilot
applying collective
pitch to
hold the aircraft
up. Ground personnel are to be forewarned
that in
the event of engine failure
they are to move away to the left.
NORMALPROCEDURES
The normal
applicable
procedures
laid
but are c~leted
down in the basic

by the following
Flight
Manual remain
procedures.
Carrying
heavy loads is a delicate
operation,
due to the possible
effects
of a swinging
load on the flight
behaviour of the helicopter.
Consequently,
pilots
are advised to train with gradually
increased sling loads before
undertaking
heavy load carrying
operations.
WARNING: IN WET WEATHER, THICK RUBBERGLOVES SHOULDBE WORNBY THE

-OPERATOR
HANDLINGTHE HOOKAND LOAD. RELEASE THE CHARGEOF
STATIC ELECTRICITY BY PLACING AN ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR
CABLE OR
TUBE BETWEENTHE GROUNDAND THE CARGORELEASE UNIT (Hook).
DGACApprov@d:
I A I B IC IF I
350 B3
SUP.12
97-40
Page 3
FLIGHT MANUAL
-Check
ofthe
installation
On the ground, before carrying out a load transport operation:

Check that the hook opens correctly both in normal and jettison control
oodes.
Zero the load indicator.
In flight,
press the "SLING" pushbutton in order to set the system in
readiness for normal release of the load which will be acc~lished
by
actuating the switch situated on the cyclic stick grip.
-~
.When the load is secured, apply collective
pitch very sooothly, while
maintaining the aircraft
directly above the load. Whenthe cables are
taut, dwell briefly before raising the load.
.lift
indicator,
then move off in a forward
keeping
clintJ.
a watch on the load
--Manoeuvres
All control movementsshould be madevery gently, with very gradual
-~
Establish zero translational
high to ensure
that the load is not dragged along ground, then descend vertically
until
the load is deposi1:ed. The load indica1:or reading is zero.
-~
To release 1:he load, aC1:uate the switch on 1:he cyclic

Check tha1: the load is effectivelv released.
If
the load is not off,
s1:ick grip.
actuate 1:he je1:tison handle to clear it.
5 PERFORMANCE
The Performance Data given in the basic Flight
Manual remain applicable.
The performance curves for weigh1:s in excess of 4961 lb (2250 kg) are
PERFORMANCE
Sec1:ion of 1:he basic Fligh1: Manual.
DGACAPproved:
I A I 8Ic I F I
35D 83
SUP.
97-40
12
Page 4
I
FLIGHT MANUAL
.18
eurocopter
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AS 350
83
.-SUPPLEMENT
EXTERNAL
LOAD TRANSPORT
"CARGO
SWING"
1400
kQ 0086
.IMPORTANT
lb)
HOOK
NOTE
in the basic flight manual and/or applicabie flight manual supplements.
The effectivity of the supplement at the latest revision is specified on the List of
Eflective Pages
THIS
SUPPLEMENT
EQUIPMENT
-~==JJLJ
~-==q
DGAC
Approved:
IA I 8 IC IF I
MUST
MENTIONED
BE INCLUDED
ABOVE
IN THE
IS INSTALLED
EUROCOPTER
Direction
Technique
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ON THE
Eteblissement
Support
-13725
WHEN
THE
AIRCRAFT
Marignane
35083
de
Marignane
Cedex
.France
SUP.13.P1
98-05
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
(1)
Page Revision
-R
-N
Code
: Revised, to be replaced
: New, to be inserted
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
SUP.13
SUP.13
SUP.13
SUP.13
SUP.13
SUP.13
PI
P5
-SUP.13
DATE (1
1
1/01
1
2
3
4
5
98-05
98-05
98-05
98-05
98-05
98-05
98-05
LlSTE DESDERNIERES
REVISIONS
NORMALES
APPROUVEES
N.
LIST OF APPROVEDEFFECTIVE PAGES

DOT CERTIFICATION
Date
Date
DATE (
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
REVISIONNORMALE: 0
APPROUVEE
DGAC
Le:
6 FEV 1998
98-05
DGAC
APproved:
W
N.
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
35083
..
98-05
Page 1
FLIGHTMANUAL
.1~
The "CARGOSWING"external
load carrying
installation
is cOO1posed
of :
-A
suspended frame designed to reduce swinging of the load,

equipped with a release unit. The release unit hook can be opened
electrically
in normal operation and mechanically in emergency
conditions.
-A load indicator (Figure 1) is located on the RH door pillar and includes

two indicator lights:
.a green "LD OFF" light which indicates that there is no load on the
hook,
.an aDDer "LD ON" light which indicates that a load greater than 7 kg
(15 lb) is present on the hook.
-A
-switching
control
system is provided
for
the pilot:
an "SLING" (ELING) push-button located on the control console for

on the installation,
.a normal release control on the cyclic stick,
.an emergency release handle located under the collective stick.
-Electric
circuits protection:
.the load indicator is protected by a 2.5 A fuse,
.the release circuit
is protected by a 16 A fuse.
0
0
I
1
Figure 1
DGACApproved:
I AI 8I c I F I
35083
SUP.13
98-05
.Page
FLIGHT MANUAL
2LIMITATIONS
The limitations
but are c~leted

by the following
limitations.
2.1Maximum
load
The maximum permissible
2.2
slung
load is
1400 kg (3086 lb).
Maximum weiohts
The maximum weight
with
The maximum authorized
an external
weight
is
that
load
is limited
which
allows
to
2800 kg (6173 lb).
hovering
Flight
out
of
ground effect.
CAUTION:
-THAT
~
2.3
Centre
THE MAXIMUMWEIGHT WITHOUT EXTERNALLOAO REMAINS LIMITEO TO

SPECIFIED IN THE LIMITATIONS SECTION OF THE 8ASIC FLIGHT
MANUAL.
of oravitv
limits
With an external
load.
the longitudinal
the weight as per the graph below.
CG
limits
are defined
according
to
( m )
~a
-~
--~
(!)
3::
-(!)
3::
REARWAII>U
~
g
,;
~
CG (in)
DGAC
Approved:
I A I8 I C IF I
35083SUP.13
.
98-05
Page 2
FLIGHT MANUAL
.2.4~
Absolute maximum permissible
speed with a load on the hook is 80 kt
(148 km/h -92 MPH).
Particular
when bulky loads are bein9 carried
on the sling.
2.5
: The pilot
according
Instruction
is responsible
for detennining
to the load and sling length.
the limit
speed
plates
An instruction
plate
in the
cockpit
indicates:
CARRYING OF EXTERNAL LOADS

CLASS OF APPROVEDAIRCRAFT/LOAD COMBINATION: B.
EXTERNAL LOADS ARE CARRIED, NO PERSONMAY BE CARRIED UNLESS:
-WHEN
OR
EMPORT
DE CHARGES
EXTERNES
CLASSE DE COMBINAISONSGIRAVION-CHARGEAPPROUVEE: B
AUCUNEPERSONNENE PEUT ETRE TRANSPORTEEA MOINS DE :
-ETRE UN DES MEMBRESDE L'EQUIPAGE
-SUIVRE UN COURSDE FORMATIONEN TANT QUE MEMBRED' EQUIPAGE OU
-REMPLIR UNE FONCTION ESSENTIELLE AYANT TRAIT A L 'UTILISATION DU
GIRAVION AVEC CHARGEEXTERIEURE.
A plate,
fairing
..3
visible
near to the hook, indicates
the
and located on the lower

maximum sling load.
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
Manual
applicable
but are con.,leted
by the following
procedures.
EnQine failure
with
external
remain
load
-If
an engine failure
with an external
load,
establish
autorotational
flight
and inmediately
release the load.
-If
engine failure
occurs in the hover or whilst
ground personnel
are
hooking up the load, the pilot
applying
collective
pitch to hold the aircraft
up. Ground personnel are to be
forewarned
that in the event of engine failure
they are to move away to
the left.
DGACApproved:
IA IBI C I F I
350 B3
SUP.13
98-05
Page 3
FLIGHT MANUAL
Load
indicator
failure:
Simultaneous
-In
hoverina
ignition
or extinction
flioht
of both lights:
During hooking or unhooking phase, release the load through the

electrical
control.
If the lights
state does not change, abort the
mission.
-In
forward
Avoid flying
the nearest
flioht
over built-up
areas, perform a cautionary
approach
heliport,
then apply the previous procedure.
on
4 NORMAL
PROCEDURES
-The
normal
applicable
procedures
laid down in the basic
but are completed by the following
.
Flight
Manual
procedures.
remain
Carrying
heavy loads is a delicate
operation,
due to the possible
effects
of a swinging load on the flight
behavior of the helicopter.
Consequently,
pilots
are advised to train
with gradually
increased
sling
loads before
undertaking
heavy load carrying
operations.
CAUTION: IN WET WEATHER, THICK RUBBERGLOVES SHOULDBE WORNBY THE

-OPERATOR
HANDLING THE HOOKAND LOAD. RELEASETHE CHARGEOF
STATIC ELECTRICITY BY PLACING AN ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR
CABLE
OR TUBE BETWEENTHE GROUNDAND THE CARGORELEASEUNIT (HOOK).
4.1
Ground check of the

-On
the
load
installation
indicator
(Figure
1)
.Test
the "LD OFF" (4) and "LD ON" (3) lights.
.Reset
the indicator
zero datum using the control
(2).
.Press
the indicator
test button (1) and check that digits
displayed.
The test button runs an automatic
test of the indicator.
-Engage
the "SLING" (ELING) push-button
on the control
-Check
that the hook actually
opens using both release
and emergency).
DCA(APproved:
IA IB I C IF I
BBBO are
console..
devices (normal
35083
SUP.13
9B-05
Page 4
FLIGHT
MANUAL
.4.2~
-When the load is secured, apply collective pitch very smoothly,
while maintaining the aircraft directly above the load. Whenthe cables
are taut, dwell briefly before raising the load.
-Lift
keeping a watch on the load
indicator,
then move off in a forward climb.
-Check the indicating system.
4.3
Manoeuvres
All control movementsshould be made very gently, with very gradual
4.4 ~
.
Establish
zero translational
high to ensure
that the load is not dragged along the ground, then descend vertically
-until
the load is deposited.
4.5 ~
To release the load, actuate the switch on the cyclic stick.
Check that the load is actuallv
If the load is not off,
release it.
5
released.
actuate the emergency release handle to
PERFORMANCE
The Performance Data given in the Basic Flight
.
.
Manual apply.
The performance curves for weights in excess of 2250 kg (4961lb) are

PERFORMANCE
Section of the Basic Flight Manual.
.
DGACApproved:
I A I B I CI F I
350 B3
SUP.13
98-05
Page 5:
..
FLIGHT MANUAL
'8 eurocopter
FLIG HT MAN UAL
AS
350
83
.SUPPLEMENT
SANDFILTER
Optional:
IMPORTANT
OP 2702
NOTE
The information
contained herein supplements
or supersedes
the information
given
The effectivity
of the supplement
at the latest revision is specified
on the List of
Effective Pages.
THIS SUPPLEMENT
MUST BE INCLUDED
IN THE FLIGHT MANUAL
WHEN
EQUIPMENT
MENTIONED
ABOVE IS INSTALLED
ON THE AIRCRAFT.
-:~~.JJ/l
~:r::--=-q
DGACApproved:
EUROCOPTER
Etablissement
THE
de Marignane
Direction Technique Support -13725 Marignane Cedex -France
350 B3
SUP.14.P1
98-05
Page 1
..
FLIGHT MANUAL

DOT CERTIFICATION
(1)
Page Revision
Code
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
SUP.14
SUP.14
SUP.14
SUP.14
.SUP.14
SUP.14
SUP.14
SUP.14
SUP.14
SUP.14
SUP.14
Pi
P5
DATE
1
1/01
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
98-05
98-36
98-05
98-05
98-05
98-05
98-05
98-05
98-05
98-05
98-36
(1)
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
DATE (1)
.
APPROVED REVISIONS
No
Date
98-05
98-36
No
NORMAL REVISION:
DGAC APPROVED
Date
DATE :1~~
1998
..::CG~D~
.",.",r
TIQu""'.'..
.
DGAC Approved:
w
350 83
SUP.
98-36
14.P5
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
..[~~=J
The text of page 2 is replaced with the following text:

3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
All the emergency procedures specified in the basic Flight Manual remain
applicable.
If the "P2" air valve fails to open (the "P2" message does not appear on the
VEMD and the light, if fitted, remains off), avoid flying the helicopter in
sand-laden atmosphere to prevent premature damage to the engine.
Should the valve fail to close (the "P2" message does not disappear and
the light, if fitted, remains on) flight can be continued without adverse
R
R
R
R
consequence.
8
4 NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures laid down in the basic Flight Manual remain applicable
but are completed by the following procedures.
EXTERNAL CHECKS
-Engine air intake:
.Remove ice or snow from the air intake grid.
Open the engine cowling.
Check for snow, ice or water in the air intake, and particularly under the filter.
-Check the "P2" indication on the VEMD and the illumination of the indicator
light (if fitted) by momentanily switching on the "SAND FILT" push-button.
R
R
ENGINE POWER CHECK

When checking the engine, make sure that the sand filter push-button is set to "off".
When the sand filter is fitted, use the power assurance check chart on the next
,
-page
.,
(Figure 1).
The procedures for checks on ground and in flight, given in SECTION 4, remain
applicable
FLYING IN SAND-LADEN ATMOSPHERE:
-Switch off the heating and de-misting systems.
-Depress the SAND FILT push-button.
-Make sure that the "P2" message appears on the VEMD and that the indicator
light (if fitted) comes on.
R
R
.t:!QI : Operating the sand filter causes t4 temperature to rise by approximately
10.C.
.DGACApproved:
IAI
350B3
IclDI
IFIGI
SUP
00-07
.14
Page 2
*RR*
FLIGHT MANUAL.
Paragraph 1 GENERAL is replaced with the following paragraph:

1 GENERAL
The sand filter installation is designed to protect the engine against ingestion
of sand.
This installation even when it does not use any "P2" bleed air, is also designed
to protect the air intake against any potential induction of snow in flight, in
falling snow.
The system mainly consists of the following:
-a filter fitted on the engine air intake, below the ice protection screen,
-a P2 air pressure supply system,
-an electric control and monitoring system.
During engine operation, the ambient air flows through separator tubes which
constitute the filter. The filtered air is forced towards the engine air intake. The
sana is evacuated by scavenge tubes ventilated by "P2" air.
The electrical circuit supplies an electric valve via the "SAND FILT" push-button.
Opening and closing of the P2 air pressure circuit is controlled by the electric
valve. A "P2" message on the FLI display of the VEMD, optionally repeated by a
blue SAND F. light on the instrument panel, indicates that the electric valve is
fully open. The electrical circuit is protected by the SAND FILT, fuse on the side
panel.
R
R
.
DGAC Approved:
IAI
ICIDI
IFIG!
35083
SUP
00-07
.14
Page 1
'RR'
..
FLIGHT MANUAL
GENERAL
~d
filter
installation
is designed to protect the engine against
ingestion of sand.
This installation
even when it does not use any P2 bleed air, is also
designed to protect the air intake against any potential induction of snow
in flight,
in falling
snow.
The system mainly consists of the following:
-a filter
fitted on the engine air intake, below the ice protection
screen,
-a P2 air pressure supply system,
-an electric
control and monitoring system.
During engine operation, the ambient air flows through separator tubes which
constitute
the filter.
The filtered
air is forced towards the engine air
intake. The sand is evacuated by scavenge tubes ventilated by P2 air.
.
.The
electrical
circuit
supplies an electric
valve via the "SAND FILTn pushbutton. Opening and closing of the P2 air pressure circuit
is controlled
by the electric
valve. A blue SANDF. light comes on to indicate that the
electric
valve is fully open. The electrical
circuit
is protected by the
SANDFILT. fuse on the side panel.
2
LIMITATIONS
The limitations
laid down in the basic Flight Manual remain applicable
with the exception of the following specific limitations:
-The
.
.
flight
envelope restrictions
in case of falling
snow are cancelled.
-Sand filter
operating.
.the heating and demisting systems must be switched off,
DGACApproved:
350 B3
SUP.
98-05
14
Page 1
FLIGHT
MANUAL
3 EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
applicable.
If the P2 air valve fails to open (light remains off), avoid flying the
helicopter
in sand-laden atmosphere to prevent premature damageto the
engine.
Should the valve fail to close (light remains on), flight
can be continued
without adverse consequence.
4 NORMAL
PROCEDURES
The nonmal procedures laid down in the basic Flight Manual remain
applicable but are completed by the following procedures.
EXTERNAL
CHECKS
-Engine
airintake:
Remove ice or snow from the air intake grid.

.Open the engine cowling.
.Check for snow, ice or water in the air intake,
under the filter.
and particularly
CHECKSBEFORESTARTINGTHE ENGINE:
-Test
the indicator
light
located on the instrument panel.
ENGINEPOWER
CHECK:
Whenchecking the engine, make sure that the sand filter
push-button is
set to "off".
When the sand filter
is fitted,
use the power assurance check chart on
the next page (Figure 1).
The procedures for checks on ground and in flight,
given in SECTION4,
remain applicable.
FLYING IN SAND-LADEN
ATMOSPHERE:
-Switch off the heating and de-misting systems.
-Depress the SANDFILT push-button.
-Make sure the SANDFILTER light illuminates.
~
: Operating the sand filter

approximately 10'C.
DGAC
Approved:
causes t4 temperature to rise
350B3
by
SU P. 14
98-05
Page 2l
FLIGHT MANUAL
.~
The text of page 2 is replaced with the following1ext :

3 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
applicable.
If the "P2" air valve fails to open (the "P2" message does not appear on the
VEMD and the light, if fitted, remains off), avoid flying the helicopter in
sand-laden atmosphere to prevent premature damage to the engine.
Should the valve fail to close (the "P2" message does not disappear and
the light, if fitted, remains on) flight can be continued without adverse
R
R
R
R
consequence.
.4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures laid down in the basic Flight Manual remain applicable
but are completed by the following procedures.
EXTERNAL CHECKS
-Engine air intake:
.Remove ice or snow from the air intake grid.
Open the engine cowling.
.Check for snow, ice or water in the air intake, and particularly under the filter.
-Check the "P2" indication on the VEMD and the illumination of the indicator
light (if fitted) by momentanily switching on the "SAND FILT' push-button.
-ENGINE
R
R
POWER CHECK
When checking the engine, make sure that the sand filter push-button is set to "off'.
When the sand filter is fitted. use the power assurance check chart on the next
page (Figure 1).

The procedures for checks on ground and in flight, given in SECTION 4, remain
applicable
FLYING IN SAND-LADEN ATMOSPHERE:
-Switch off the heating and de-misting systems
-Depress the SAND FILT push-button.
-Make sure that the "P2" message appears on the VEMD and that the indicator
light (if fitted) comes on.
~
.DGAC
: Operating the sand filter causes t4 temperature to rise by approximately

10 .C
Approved:
IAI
R
R
ICIDI
IFIGI
350 B3
5 U P .14
00-07
Page 2
*RR*
..
FLIGHT
MANUAL
CONDITIONS
.
TORQUE
WITH
-NOT
MARGIN
SAND
CHECK
FILTER
OPERATING
50
40
9~
INCORRECT
96'
30
9$
CORRECT
9~
20
9a
0"
--10
A.
'rq %
'<0
9<
"
90
-10
-20
-30
-40
15
10
Q.
~40
o -e-
"!
~
~
Z 390
'"
..
~
~
~
38
TORQUE
EXAMPLE:
OAT = 10.C
Hp = 1000 ft
Ng = 92%
TORQUE
Figure
DGACApproved:
NR = 392 rpm
= 83%
=>
P is in the "correct"
350 B3
I
zone
SUP.14
98-05
Page 3
~
FLIGHTMANUAL.
PERFORMANCE
5.1
ReQulatory Perfonnance Data

The perfonnance data laid down in the basic Flight Manual SECTION5.1
remain applicable with the exception of the following data:
5.1.1
Perfonnance in hoering
flight
IGE with sand filter
not operating
Conditions:
-Zero wind
-No P2 bleed
-Electrical
If the electrical
consumption is greater than 50 A, the performance
-0 ~ Zp ~ 23000 ft
~
: This perfonnance is provided on the VEMDperfonnance page.

The values corresponding to Zp/8 torques beyond
the certified
(Refer to SECTION2.1, 7)
NOTE2 : The IGE weight is determined by default

altitude
and temperature.
NOTE3 : With the sand filter
operating,
using the current
the performance is reduced
by 40 kg.
DGACApproved:
I A t 8 I C I D 1Ft G I
35083
SUP.14
98-05
Page 4
.
.
FLIGHT MANUAL
CONDITIONS
IGE HOVERING
FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
WITH SAND FILTER
NOT OPERATING
22
"
20
.18
18
~
-g
14
)(
.::
)(
-12
0-
0-
10
.6
4
0
0
,,;
'"<
w
..
~
"!
~
~
~
1200
'"
1400
' .,
3000
1600
I ..,
1800
.I'
3500
2000
,
.,
4000
I
4500
(kg)
.,
2200
..
(Ib)
.WEIGHT
Figure 2
OGAC
Approved:
IAI81CIOIFIGI
35083
SU P. 14
98-05
PageS
FLIGHTMMUAL
5.1.2
Conditions: .
Perfonnance in hovering flight
OGEwith sand filter
not operating.
-Zero wind
-No P2 bleed
-Electrical
If the electrical
consumption is greater than 50 A, the performance
-0 ~ Zp ~ 23000 ft
NOTE1 : This perfonnance is provided on the VEMDperformance page.
Values corresponding to Zp/0 torques beyond the certified
(refer to SECTION2.1, 7)
: The OGEweight is detennined by default
altitude
~
using the current
and temperature.
: Weights in excess of 2250 kg may only be used with

jettisonable
loads.
NOTE4 : With the sand filter
operating,
the performance is reduced
by 40 kg.
DGAC
Approved:
I A I 8 I C I D I FIG I
350 83
SUP.
98-05
14
Page 6
.
.
,
FLIGHT MANUAL
CONDITIONS
OGE HOVERING
.
FLIGHT
WITH
PERFORMANCE
SAND
FILTER
NOT OPERATING
22
.
20
.18
5
18
0
0
0
~
14
~
4~
0
0
:: 12
.:.
0.
0.
J:
J:
10
-.6
8
4
0
C!
"'
..
"'w
~
'"
~
~
~
~
0
1200
'"
1400
I .,
3000
.,
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
(kg)
28000
I ' , , , I ' ..,
I ' , , , I ' .,
, I .,
, .I
'
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000 (Ib)
.WEIGHT
Figure 3
DGACApproved:
350 B3
I
SUP
98-05
.14
Page 7
FLIGHT~'lNUAL
CONDITIONS
-ALL UP WEIGHT LIMITATION WITH INTERNAL
LOADS:
2250
kg ( 4961
CORRECTED
Ib)
FOR
WEIGHT
DETERMINING
THE Vz VALUES

32
34
(lbx100)
36
38
40
42
44
~6
~8
49.6
52
54
56
57.3
60
61.7
I
0
0
.;'"
on
0
g
>
-~O -30
-20
-10
10
20
30
~O
2000
OAT rC)
EXAMPLE:
2500
3000
3500
OAT = 1SoC
ACTUAL
Hp = 8000 ft
=:> CORRECTED
WEIGHT
= 2000 kg
WEIGHT
= 2700 kg
Figure 4
DGAC
Approved:
I A I 8 I C I D I FIG
3SD83
I
SU P. 14!
98-DS
Page 8
..
FLIGHT MANUAL
CONDITIONS
-NO P2 AIR BLEED
-WITH
ELECTRICAL
CONSUMPTION
~ 50 A
-FOR
ELECTRICAL
CONSUMPTION>
50 A
PERFORMANCES
ARE DECREASED
70 It/min
-NOTE
WITH THE SAND FILTER OPERATING,
THE PERFORMANCE
BY 80 It/min.
RATE
OF CLIMB
WITH
SAND
FILTER
N
OT OPERATING
IS REDUCED
CO) 0
~
'"
'"
~
.
.
N
0
iii
--
z
~
>
-40
-30
g:
~
>
W
-20
-10
OAT
10
20
30
40
minI
.1""""'1""""'1""""'1""""'1""""'1""""'1""""'I"""
( C)
2
RATE
EXAMPLE:
OAT = 1S.C
(hm/mln)
OF CLIMB
Hp = 8000 ft
CORRECTEDWEIGHT= 2700 kg => RATEOF CLIMB = 1330ft!min

Figure 5
DGAC
Approved:
I A 181 C I D I F I
350 83
SUP
98-36
.14
Page 9
FLIGHT MANUAL
..0
eurocopter
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AS 350
8-
83
SUPPLEMENT
SFI!!
S5 T 31 AUTOMATIC PILOT
THREE-AXIS
IMPORTANT
NOTE

in the basic flight manual and/or applicable flight manual supplements.
The effectivity of the supplement 8tthe latest revision is specified on the List of
Effective Pages.

~~:=:=.J!l
EUROCOPTER
~~
Direction
OGACApproved:
I A Isl
CI F 1
Technique
Etablissement
Support
-13725
Marignane
350S3
de
Marignane
Codex
-France
SUP.16.P1
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL

DOT CERTIFICATION-(1)
Page Revision
Code
'- N : New, to be inserted
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
SUP.16
SUP.16
SUP.16
SUP.16
SUP.16
Pl
P5
-SUP.16
SUP.16
SUP.16
SUP.16
SUP.16
SUP.16
SUP.16
SUP.16
.
.
DATE
1
l/Dl
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40

APPROVED REVISIONS
No
Date
97-40
DCACApproved:
W
No
(1)
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
DATE (1)
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
NORMAL REVISION: 0
DGAC APPROVED
Date
DATE:
24 DEC. 1997
35083
SUP.16.P5
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
.1~
The three-axis (pitch, roll, yaw) autopilot (AP) is intended to hold
the attitudes and heading selected by the pilot.
Additional IIKJdescan provide:
.
.
-airspeed hold,
-altitude
hold,
-acquire
and hold of heading selected on the HSI.
The AP unit mainly consists of :
-A
-A
control panel on the console.

co~uter underneath the cabin floor
data from the following detectors:
.vertical
gyro,
.horizontal
situation
-.gyro-c~ass,
indicator
on copilot's
side that receives
(HSI),
.air data sensor,

.control
pedal displacement detector,
.lateral
accelerometer.
-An artificial
load release system.
-A control for adjustment of the rudder pedals friction.
-Three control actuators (one per axis).
-Two trim actuators (on pitch and roll axes).
-Three galvanometers (pitch, roll, yaw).
-Three "disengaged channel" indicating lights (P, Rand Y).
-An AP coupler monitoring panel.
-A failure monitoring unit.
This nO>du1e
monitors the operation of the pitch and roll channels at
different
levels by co..,aring the data delivered from the instrument
panel vertical gyro and gyro horizon:
.Attitude
sensors.
.Command inputs generating system.
.Control actuators.
In case of abnormal operation, this unit warns the pilot and cuts out
the defective channel. It starts operating automatically as the AP
pitch and roll channels are engaged.
DGACApproved:
I A I B I CI F I
350 B3
SUP.16
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
1.1 AUtoDilot Control Panel (Figure 1)
CPt
GIS[BJ
NAV
mM
BIC
V/L
F/D
Description
-Function
No.
1
Pitch channel engagepushbutton
Roll channel engagepushbutton
Yawchannel engagepushbutton
Altitude hold pushbutton
Airspeed hold pushbutton
Selected
heading
holdpushbutton
Coordinatedturn modepushbutton
Failure monitoring unit and APdisengagepushbutton
Only the functions of the pushbuttonsidentified on the figure can be

used. Whenpressed in, these pushbuttons illuminate to indicate that their
functions are effective.
This causes the green ONmarking to appear.
DGAC
Approved:
I A I 8 Ic I FI
35083
SUP.16
97-40 Page
2
FLIGHT MANUAL
.1.2
Instrument Panel Galvanometers

(Figure 2)
The galvanometers indicate the position of the series-mounted actuators
with respect to their middle position; when the actuator is centered,
the pointer is in the middle. In pitch and roll, the actuators are
recentered automatically.
~e00
. ~
-~
ABRER
NOSE UP
CJ4
C:J4
CJ4
Figure 2
Iten
No.
.
.
Description
P (pitch)
R (roll)
Y (yaw) galvanometer
Amber indicator
Direction
galvan<Xlleter
of Indication
Indicates a nose-down order given

by the autopilot
Indicates a roll-to-right
order
given by the autopilot
Indicates a yaw-to-left order given
by the autopilot
Whenon, the associated channel(s)
is (are) not enaaaed
galvanometer
lights
@n : The yawgalvanometerpointer is recentered by movingthe

rudder pedals in the direction
1.3
shown by the pointer.
Cvclic Stick GriD Controls

The autopilot controls are located on pilot's
grips (if dual controls installed) :
and copilot's
cyclic
stick
-A
four-way beep-trim button. Allows the pilot to operate the stick and
change the aircraft attitudes.
trim release pushbutton. Momentarily releases pitch and roll channel
artificial
feel loads.
-A pushbutton. Disengages AP system.
-A
1.4
Vertical
Gyro Valid Data LiQht (If
installed)
An aJltJer GYROlight on the failure monitoring panel illuminates

indicate that the vertical gyro valid data signal is lost.
DGAC
APproved:
I A I 8 I CI F I
350 83
to
SUP.
97-40
16
Page 3
FLIGHT MANUAL
1.5 Autopilot (ontrol Pushbuttons(Figure 3)
-On the instrument panel or on the console.

PITCH
TRIM
mM
ACTUATOR
Description
~~~
i
-~
Pitch trim actuator release
2 Roll
trim
actuator
release
ACTUATOR
-Function
No.
Permanentrelease of artificial
Pitch
loads in
and Roll.
TRIM
ELEASE
-On the console

AnON/OFF
pushbuttonlocated on the console controls the static inverter
(115-V and26-V, 400Hz, a.c. powergeneratingsystem).
1.6 Autopilot Monitorina Panel (Figure 4)
2
:3
~o
o.
IT
No.
Descri
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A.P. warning light (blinking, red)

TRIMcaution light (blinking, amber)
Light dimmer
TESTfunction indicator light
TESTselector switch
Selected headinghold modeengagement
advisory light (green)
Altitude hold modeengagement
Airspeed hold modeengagement
GYROwarnin
1 i ht
DGAC
Approved:
IAI 8 I ( I F I
amber
350
83
SUP.16.
97-40
Page 4
FLIGHT MANUAL
.2
LIMITATIONS
Apart from the specific
limitations
down in Section 2 remain applicable:
given
below,
all
the limitations
laid
-When the aircraft

is on the ground, the AP must be disengaged except
when checks are to be performed.
-Do
not engage the AP before take-off
if trim test is not satisfactory.
-If
height
is less than 400 ft (120 m), the pilot
must keep his hand
on the cyclic
stick.
-Minimum
gross weight with AP in operation:
1300 kg.
3
.
EMERGENCYPROCEOURES
All
emergency
remain
-3.1
procedures
applicable,
specified
together
in
with
the
Section
following
of
the
additional
basic
Flight
Manual
procedures.
~
If jerks or sudden movements independent of air turbulence
are felt
during flight
with autopilot
engaged, this may be caused by the
autopilot.
Consequently
disengage the autopilot:
-If
the anomaly disappears

after
disengagement,
re-engage each channel
in turn until
failure
is identified.
Retain channels that operate
properly.
-If
the anomaly persists
the AP is not at fault.
Re-engage the
autopilot
if required.
3.2
3.3
Failure
of hydraulic
specified
Failure
gyro
of the
vertical
INDICATION
-AP light
10 sec.
blinks
for
(Fig. 4).
-GYRO light
illuminate
or gyro horizon
flag
comes into view.
-P,
R, MONIT pushbutto
lights
on AP control
panel go out (Fig. 1).
-P and R lights
(below
galvanometers)
illuminate
(Fig.
2,
Detail
4 .
svstem
-Comply
with procedure
-Disengage
AP
DGACApproved:
I A I 8 IC IF I
in Section
3.
or gyrQ horizo!!
SYMPTOM
PIlOT..SACTION
-Automatic
disengage~nt
of pitch and roll
channels or of failure
monitoring
unit.
-Manual
control
by the
pilot.
The yaw channel
remains operative
-The HDG, ALT and A/S
modes are inoperative.
-Continue
flight.
350 83
SUP.
97-40
16
Page 5
1_-
FLIGHT MANUAL
3.4
Failure
ofthe
avro-clllllass
INDICATION
SYMPTOM
.
PILOT'S ACTION
-AP light blinks for

10 seconds (Fig. 4)
-The yaw channel disengages -Yaw control by the

automatically.
Y and TIC
pilot (Yaw channel ano
pushbutton (3,7 Fig. 1)
heading hold are
light goes out and Y
inoperative).
indicator light (3 Fig. 2)
illuminates.
-Failure
flag appears -The "selected heading"
-Continue flight.
on HSI (HDG).
function disengages
automatically.
HDG
pushbutton light (Fig. 1)
and HDGindicator light,.
(Fiq, 4) go out.
-3.5
Sudden failure
of the auto-Dilot
INDICATION
SYMPTOM
-AP light blinks for

10 seconds (Fig. 4).
-Autanatic
of faulty
3.6
PILOT'S ACTION
"
-Hardover to the
defective axis.
-Manual control by tnE

pilot (power
reduction may be
required to comply
with the limitations)
disengagement
channel
-Continue
flight.
TRIM malfunction
INDICATION
SYMPTOM
-TRIM light illuminate

for 10 sec. (Fig. 4)
and defective trim
disengages
automatically.
-Before operation of the

safety system (autanatic
disengagement), the stic
tends to move in the
direction of the failure.
PILOT'S ACTION
-The pilot can no longer

operate trim.
DGACApproved:
I A I B IC I F I
-Manual control by th
pilot.
-Momentarily disengag
the artificial
loads
to trim stick.
-Disengage the faulty
trim function.
-Continue flight.
The autopilot
continues to operate
without the faulty
axis being trimmed
-Bring galvanometer
pointer back to the
centre using the
stick trim release
button.I
350 B3
SUP.16
97-40
Page 6
1-
FLIGHT MANUAL
.3.7
BlockaQeof artificial
load system
INDICATION
SYMPTOM
-Blockage
of cyclic
PILOT'S ACTI<I
stic
Release the stick

trim loads:
.The blockage disappears:
disengage
the stick
trim
release pushbutton
and continue flight.
.The
sists blockage
: break permechanical
shear pi
of load co"1'ensator
shaft by applying
a
10 daN load approx.
on cyclic stick.
3.8
A.C.
oower suoolv
failure
INDICATION
-AP light
10 sec.
SYMPTOM
blinks
for
(Fig. 4).
-AP disengages
cally
PILOT'S ACTION
automati-
-Check
that
pushbutton
in.
-Continue
without
3.9
.
Total
In
power supply
the
event
automatically
DGACApproved:
I A!
BI C IFI
of
flight
autopilot.
failure
a total
and
ALTER
is pressed
cannot
power
be
supply
failure
the
autopilot
disengages
re-engaged.
350 B3
SUP
97-40
.16
Page 7
FLIGHT MANUAL
4 NORMAL
PROCEOURES
Apart from the specific procedures given below, the normal procedures laid
down in the basic Flight Manual remain applicable:
Mm : In case the copilot's cyclic stick has been removed check for
presence of threaded shunt plug on relevant connector (28-VDC
power supply to autopilot).
4.1
Checks before take-off

-Pushbuttons
-Released
.TRIM RELEASE (ARTIFICIAL

.PITCH TRIM ACTUATOR
.ROLL TRIM ACTUATOR
LOADS)
-Cyclic
stick
-Friction
untightened
-Rudder
pedals
-Friction
tightened
-Static
inverter
-Horizontal
Situation Indicator
and copilot's gyro horizons
--Pilot's
4.1.1
Autopilot
-Pushbutton pressed in
-HDG flag not visible
-Flag not visible
test
-Test selector switch set to LTS

(Detail 5 on Figure 4).
-Lights
on control panel
(Fig. 1) illuminate.
-Lights
on AP monitoring
panel (Fig. 4) illwninate
(21/2 second time delay).
-Test function light (4)
-Test
-Test function light (4)

(Figure 4) extinguishes.
-P, R, Y, MONITpushbutton
lights illuminate (Fig. 1).
-Lights
below galvanometers
extinguish (Detail 4, Fig. 2).
-Check cyclic stick and
relevant galvanometer pointer
move in the right direction.
-Lights
below galvanometers
illuminate.
-AP light (Fig. 4) blinks for
10 seconds.
-Lights
on control panel
(Fig. 1) extinguish.
selector
switch set to O.
Pitch, roll
engaged.
and yaw channels
.Four-way beep trim button:

successively actuate in each
direction.
.Switch off autopilot through AP
release pushbutton on pilot's
cyclic stick.
Then repeat this step through
samepushbutton on copilot's
cyclic stick (if fitted) after
re-engaging the three autopilot
channels.
DGACApproved:
I A I 8 I CI F I
(Figure
35083
4) illuminates.
SUP.16
97-40
Page 8
.
.
FLIGHT MANUAL
.4.1.2
Failure monitoring
-Pitch
unit test
channel engaged
-Pitch
pushbutton light
illuminates
(Fig.
1).
-MONIT pushbutton light
illuminates
(I;ig.
1).
illuminates
(Fig.
1).
-Actuate four-way button to offset

-Cyclic
stick moves in the
cyclic stick in pitch direction.
chosen direction.
-Test selector switch set to MONIT, -Cyclic
stick stops moving.
(Fig. 4).
-Galvanometer re-centers
(light on).
-AP warning light flashes
(Fig. 4).
-GYRO warning light illuminates
(Fig. 4).
(Fig. 1).
pushbutton light
extinguishes (Fig. 1).
-Test selector switch set to 0
-Roll channel engaged.
-Roll
pushbutton light
-flashes
--Pitch

illuminates (Fig. 1).
Sameprocedure as the pitch channel.
4.1.3
-Pitch
.
.
"
channel engaged.
-Test selector switch set to TRIM

(Detail on Fig. 4).
-Test selector switch set to O.

-Disengage pitch channel.
4.1.4
Pitch trim test

-Relevant pushbutton light
(Fig. 1) illuminates;
ON appears.
-TRIM caution light (Fig. 4)
illuminates with 2-second
time delay, then alternate
nose-up displacement of cyclic
stick with TRIM light (Fig. 4)
blinking.
-P pushbutton light
extinguishes.
(Fig. 1)
Roll trim test

-Roll
-Test
channel engaged.
selector switch set to TRIM.
-Test selector switch set to D.

-Disengage roll channel.
-Same as pitch trim test above

with alternate displacement
of cyclic stick to the left.
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATETHE AUTOPILOT IF THE TRIM LIGHT DOES NOT

-ILLUMINATE
OR REMAINS ON STEADY DURING THE TEST.
DGAC
APproved:
i A I B I C IF I
35083
SUP.16
97-40
Page 9
FLIGHT MANUAL
4.2AutODilot
enoaoement
before
take-off
-Engage the three autopilot
-Test
(Fig.
~
4.3
selector
switch set to 0
4).
-Check that the channels are

engaged. P, R, Y, MONIT
pushbutton lights illuminate:
ON is visible (Fig. 1).
-Test light extinguishes (item
4, Fig.
4).
: DO NOT ALLOWniE AIRCRAFT TO

REMAIN ON niE GROUNDWIl1I ni
AP ENGAGEDAS niE TRIM
ACTUATORSMAY UNWIND, niUS
CAUSING THE STICK TO MOVE
AGAINST niE STOP.
ODeratina the autooilot
-4.3.1
channels
in fliaht
Basic modes (P, R, Y, TIC)

4.3.1.1
Pitch and roll

-Hands off the stick.
-Artificial
loads released.
-Overriding
the artificial
loads
-Through
the 4-way button.
-Autopilot
holds attitudes.
-Autopilot
operates as a damper.
-Trim actuators are inhibited.
The actuators counteract
within the limits of their
authority.
-Deviation
in the direction of
operation of the attitude
references.
4.3.1.2 Yaw
-Feet
off the pedals
!!QIU
: Collective pitch/yaw
coupling is efficient
when some friction
is
applied to the pedals.
It is therefore
recOlmlendedto apply
friction.
: When the RH rudder
pedal is near the stop

(e.g. high LH cross
wind) moving the
collective pitch lever
fully upward requires a
greater effort than the
usual value due to sprin
rod.
DGAC
Approved:
I A I B I CI F I
-Channel holds "present

heading" within the limits of
its authority.
Operating the
pedals causes the heading
reference to be altered. The
pilot must bring the aircraft
to the desired heading
(angular speed less than'
1.S./sec.) then reroove his
feet from pedals so that
the yaw channel
can hold
the new heading.
3S0
B3
SUP.16
.
97-40
Page 10
I
I
FLIGHT MANUAL
.4.3.1.3
Coordinatedturns (T/C)
When airspeed
is above 50 kt (92 km/h -57
MPH), the pilot
can
alter
heading by flying
the aircraft
to a bank angle above 7.. The
yaw channel then coordinates
the turn.
4.3.2
Additional
4.3.2.1
modes (HOG, ALT,
Selected
heading
This mode may be operated

57 MPH).
when the airspeed
When this mode is engaged, the autopilot

heading
reference selected
is then on
nil).the HSI
The yaw
via channel
the roll
.
4.3.2.2
-This
Altitude
mode may be operated

69 MPH).
tJlli
4.3.2.3
is above 60 kt (111
holds
km/h -
the engagement
mode only
when vertical
(A/S)
when the airspeed
When this mode is engaged,

airspeed
through the pitch
the autopilot
channel.
is above 50 kt
holds
the
(92 km/h -
engagement
landina
Disengage
the autopilot
channel.
It is recommended to engage this

speed is lower than 1000 ft/min.
Airspeed
After
(92 km/h -
captures and holds the

provides
channel coordination.
(the roll
attitude
when the airspeed
This mode may be operated

57 MPH).
4.4
is above 50 kt
(ALT)
When this mode is engaged,

altitude
through the pitch
.
.
A/S)
(HDG)
the
autopilot
via
the
cyclic
stick
pushbutton.
PERFORMANCE
::~d.
DGACApproved:
IAI 8 Ic IF I
35083
SUP.16
97-40
Page 11
FLIGHT MANUAL
.18
eurocopter
FLIG HT MAN UAL
AS 350
8-
83
SUPPLEMENT
EMERGENCYFLOATATION GEAR
.IMPORTANT
NO1'E
The information
contained
The effectivity
of the
Effective Pages
THIS
SUPPLEMENT
EQUIPMENT
~==q
DGAC
Approved:
IAI 8 IC IF I
supplement
MUST
MENTIONED
-~::=::
Jil
herein supplements
and/or applicable
at the
BE INCLUDED
ABOVE
or supersedes
the information
latest revision
IN THE
IS INSTALLED
EUROCOPTER
Direction
Techmque
is specified
FLIGHT
MANUAL
ON THE
-1372S
WHEN
THE
AIRCRAFT.
Etablissement
Support
given
on the List of
Marignane
35083
de
Marignane
Cedex
-France
SUP.17.P1
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
.LIST
OF APPROVEDEFFECTIVE PAGES
DOT CERTIFICATIDN
(1)
Page Revision Code

SUPPLEMENT PAGE
SUP.17
SUP.17
SUP.17
SUP.17
SUP.17
P1
P5
DATE (1)
1
1/01
1
2
3
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-4D
97-40
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
DATE (1
N
N
N
N
N
.
.

APPROVED REVISIONS
No
Date
97-40
DGACApproved:
W
No
NORMAL REVISION:
DGAC APPROVED
Date
DATE:
24 DEC. 1997
35083
SUP.17.P5
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
.1~
The
emergency
if necessary.
floatation
gear allows
The installation
is designed
or prepared hard ground with
.
.
The emergency
floatation
the helicopter
to allow the aircraft

floats
inflated.
gear c~rises
to
to
alight
land
on water '
on an airstrip
-two
skid assent>lies
-two
parallel
float
assemblies,
one on either
side
-a
float
inflation
system including
two cylinders
-an
electrical
control
system.
of the
helicopter
0
0
~
g
,;
~
LIMITATIONS
All limitations
independently
specified
in the basic
of the following:
Manual remain applicable,
-Floats
stowed, system not armed
.no special
limitations
-Floats
stowed, system armed or floatation
gear inflated
maximum IAS in powered flight:
135 kt (250 kmfh)
maximum IAS at less than 40 % torque:
100 kt (185 kmfh)
-Maximum altitude
for float
inflation:
6600 ft (2000 m)
-When flying
over water at an altitude
below 400 ft (122 m) the
floatation
gear system must be armed.
-Minimum weight:
when the OAT is lower than O.C, the minimum weight
must remain greater
than 1480 kg (3263 lb),
in order to comply with
the min. rotor
rpm upon engine fialure.
DGAC
Approved:
IA I 8 I CIF I
35083
SUP.17
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
3 EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
In the event of engine failure or other need for ditching.

rpm and apply the following procedure:
-Arm the emergency floatation
-Fire
the float inflation
80 kt -148 km/h)
gear firing
cartridges
check rotor
system
(Recommended
maximumfiring
speed
-COI11'lete the auto rotation procedure as described in the basic Manual.

Alight broadside-on to the sea; avoid ramning of the nose of the floats
on touch-down.
: Inflation of emergencyfloatation gear reducesthe rotor speed

by 20 rpm in autorotation
descent.
IMPORTANT
NOTE: WHEN
THE HELICOPTER
IS AFLOAT.THE FORWARD
DOORS
MUST
OPENED
BY ACTUATING
THEJEmSON CONTROL.
-BE
4 NORMAL
PROCEDURES
Normal procedures specified in the basic Manual remain applicable.
independently of the following:
-External
checks:
.Float covers properly laced

.Correct cylinder pressure
Limit pressure values are given by the following
table:
TEMPERATURE
C.
-10
FAHRENHEIT
DEGREE -50
20
68
30 40 50
86 104 122
PRESSION
MAXI BARS 256
MAXPRESSURE
PSI 371
PRESSION
MINI BARS23
IIIN PRESSURE
PSI
~
34
: A placard located near the cylinders

pressure values.
.Float
elements locked down
-Arming
the emergency floatation
indicates
the limit
gear
.Depress the FLOATARMING(ARM.FLOT.SEC)

push-switch
.Check that both lights
SEC) push-switch.
DGAC
Approved:
I A 181 c I F I
illuminate
in the FLOATFIRING (PERCUTFLOT
3S0B3
SUP.17
97-40
Page 2I
--
FLIGHT MANUAL
.B
4 NORMAL
PROCEDURES
-External checks:
.Correct cylinder
pressure
Placard added as follows:

-The
..Placard
limit values
are applicable
(post Mod 07 3026) :
(ref. 217664-0)
c
~
~
~
.
.
following
TEMPERATURE'C
FAHRENHEIT DEGREE
-45 --40 -30 -20 -10 0

-49 --40 -22 -4 14 32
PRESSION MAX BARS

MAX PRESSURE PSI
PRESSION MINI BARS
MINI PRESSURE PSI
242 247 257 268 278 288 298 308 318 328 339 349 362
35013582 3728 3887 4032 4177 4322 4467 46124757 4917 5062 5250
224 229 239 249 259 269 279 289 299 309 319 329 339
3249 33213466 36113757390240474192 43374482 4627 4m 4917
DGAC Approved:
IAI
10
50
350 83
ICIDIEIFIGI
20
68
30
86
40 50 60 70
104 122 140 158
SUP.
02-08
17
Page 2
'RR'
~--
FLIGHT MANUAL
.5
PERFORMANCE
With the emergency floatation
gear in stowage position the performance
data specified in SECTION5.1 remain applicable except for clintling
performance which is reduced by 50 ft/min (15 m/min) at 55 kt IAS.
.
.
.
OGAC
APproved:
IA IB I C I F I
350 83
SUP.
97-40
17
Page 3
.e
FLIGHT MANUAL
eurocopter
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AS 350 83
8-
SUPPLEMENT
136 kQ (300 lb)
ElEGRIC
HOIST
AIR EQUIPEIIENT OR BREEZE
IMPORTANT
NOTE
The effectivity of the supplement at the latest revision is specified on the List of
Effective Pages.

EQUIPMENT MENTIONED ABOVE IS INSTAllED ON THE AIRCRAFT.
-~;::=::.JLJ
~-~
DGAC
Approved:
IA I 8 I CI F I
EUROCOPTER
Direction
Technique
Etablissement
Support
-13725
Marignane
3S083
de
Marignane
Cedex
SUP.
97-40
-France
18.P1
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
LIST OF APPROVED
EFFErnVE PAGES
DOT CERTIFICATION
(1)
Page Revision Code

SUPPLEMENT PAGE
SUP.18
SUP.18
SUP.18
SUP.18
SUP. 18
.
,
.
.
P1
P5
1
1/01
1
2
3
DAlE
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
(1)
(1)
,
NORMALREVISION: 0
DGACAPPROVED
DATE: 24 DEC. 1997
97-40
DGAC
Approved:
W
DAlE
N
N
N
N
N

APPROVED
REVISIONS
No
Date
No
Date
0
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
35083
SUP.18.P5
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHTMANUAL
.1~
The hoist installation
is designed to lower or haul on board people or
loads, while the aircraft
is hovering.
The aircraft can be fitted with either of the two electric

BREEZEBL 16600 or AIR EQUIPEMENT
76370.
hoists:

comprises essentially:
-A pivoting jib (2) provided with a locking bolt (3), nK>untedon the
port side of the helicopter.
-An electrically
operated winch (1) fitted with:
.a 33.5-metre (llO-ft)
cable in the case of the BREEZEhoist
.a 40-metre (130-ft) cable in the case of the AIR EQUIPEMENT
hoist.
-A snap hook nK>untedon a pulley-block tackle (6).
-An electrical
control system including:
.A cable jettison guarded switch on the pilot's
collective
lever, which
is used to sever the cable in an emergency.
rocker switch (7) on the hoist operator's control grip, which is used
to raise, lower and stop the cable.
The system is energized by means of a pushbutton on the control
console.
-Two cable guards (8) secured to the LH landing skid.
,
-.A

is protected by :
.a 100-Ampfuse provided in the electrical
master box
.a 60-Ampfuse (4) provided on the aft wall near the hoist operator's
grip support. Both these fuses power the hoist.
two 2.5-Amp. fuses protecting the "emergency release" circuit
.a 2.5-Amp. fuse protecting the "up-down" circuit.
A mechanical cutter provided on the rear wall allows the hoist operator
to sever the cable, if necessary.
.:/
4
5
0
0
-d--~~d-
>
~
DGACApproved:
~---:::~~J
~-""'"
IAI BI c I F I
~
.;
8
350 B3
SUP.18
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
2LIMITATIONS .
The limitations
laid down in the basic Flight Manual remain applicable
full with the addition of the following specific points:
-Minimum crew:
one pilot
in
and one hoist operator.
-Maximum load on the hoist cable: 136 kg 000 lb).

For the aircraft equipped with the A.E Hoist, before embodiment of
modification AMS1587, limit rigid c~act
loads to 80 kg (176 lb).
-landing
with a suspended load of 136 kg 000 lb) is not permissible.
-Speed limitation
in forward flight with hoist cable reeled in and no
load on :
.Refer to SECTION
2 of the Basic Flight Manual.
-3
EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures laid down in the basic Flight Manual remain
applicable but are completed by the following procedures:
incorporates a pyrotechnic cable cutter controlled
by a guarded pushbutton, located on the pilot's collective
lever or cyclic
stick handgrip, which permits the load to be released in an emergency.
In the event of a complete electrical
failure, have the cable severed by
means of the mechanical cutter available to the hoist operator.
4 NORMAL
PROCEDURES
The normal procedures laid down in the basic Flight Manual remain
applicable but are completed by the following procedures:
The l.H. door and sub-door must be removed if the aircraft
is not fitted
with the sliding door.
Make sure that both cable guards are present and firmly secured.
The jib locking bolt and the hoist operator's control grip complete with
support must be installed before take-off.
The hoist must be controlled by the hoist operator attached with safety
belt (5) and standing on left side of the cabin. A control grip stowed on
the aft wall and provided with an UP-DOWN
rocker switch (7) marked M/U -D
is available to the operator.
The hoist may also be operated by the pilot, using the rocker switch on
the cyclic stick grip (if the switch is fitted).
DGACApproved:
I A I BI CI F I
35083
SUP.18
97-40
Page 2
FLIGHT MANUAL
.For
carrying out a hoisting operation:

-Stabilize
the aircraft
in hover above the hoisting site
-Ensure that sufficient
power reserve is available to permit moving off
in forward flight once the load is hoisted on board
-Set the jib in hoisting position
-Ensure that SLING (ELING) and FLARE(FUS.ECL) functions are not engaged.
-Engage the HOIST (TREUIL) pushbutton on the control console.
The hoist operator can now control the winch. To bring the load
into the cabin, unlock the jib and pivot it inwards.
The snap-hook can be used to hold the load while the hoist cable is being
unhooked.
Do not ~ve off
-appear.
in forward flight
until
the load is hoisted on board.
With "Air Equipement" hoist, when rigid compact loads (over 80 kg -176 lb
post mod AMS1587) are being hoisted, inconsequential oscillations
may
Operate the hoist.
~
: AIR EQUIPEMENThoist
Dverheating of the winch motor must be avoided. Consequently

never exceed 6 consecutive hoisting operations plus one
descent with maximumload, and maximumcable reel-ou1: or equivalen1:.
NQ!U
: 8REEZE hoi st
After each opera1:ion of the winch (lowering or raising) wait 30

seconds. After 1:hree complete cycles (first lowering with maximum
load; the following two lowerings with no load; plus three
raisings at full load) it is recommended
to stop the winch for
forty minutes.
.
.
5 PERFORMANCE
With hoist jib folded,
unaffected.
the performance data laid down in Section 5.1 are
"
DGAC
Approved:
35083
IA IBICIF I
SUP.18
97-40
~-
Page 3
FLIGHT MANUAL
S eurocopter
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AS 35083
8-
SUPPLEMENT
HYDRAULIC PUMPDRIVE ON MGB
Optional:
op 14B7
IMPORTANT
NOTE
The information
contained
The effectivity
of the
Effective Pages
herein supplements
and/or applicable
supplement
or supersedes
the information
at the latest revision
is specified
on the
given
list
of

EQUIPMENT MENTIONED ABOVE IS INSTAllED ON THE AIRCRAFT.
-~::::::::.
~-=-q
DGAC
APproved:
I A I BI CI F I
EUROCOPTER
Direction
Technique
Etablissement
Support
-13725
Marignane
35083
de
Marignane
Cedex
-France
SUP.20.P1
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
LIST OF APPROVEDEFFEmVE
(1)
Page Revision
-R
-N
: Revised, to be replaced
: New, to be inserted
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
SUP.20
SUP.20
SUP.20
.
.
PI
P5
DATE (1
1
1/01
1
97-40
97-40
97-40

APPROVED REVISIONS
No
Date
97-40
DGAC
APproved:
W
PAGES
DOT CERTIFICATION
Code
No
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
DATE (1)
N
N
N
NORMAL REVISION:
DGAC APPROVED
Date
DATE:
24 DEC. 1997
35083
SUP
97-40
.20.P5
1-
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
.1~
The power takeoff
on the MG8 permits a hydraulic
6000 rpm for a rotor speed of 386 rpm.
The drive
is taken
from the MGB spiral
beve)
p~
to
be driven
at
gear wheel.
When the hydraulic

pump runs dry the power taken must be less
so that the aircraft's
performance data is not affected.
than
3 kW
2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations
laid down in the basic
except for special
limitations
below:
Flight
Manual remain
applicable
-The maximum permissible

power is 32 kW.
-When the hydraulic
pump runs dry the power taken must be less than
3 kW so that the aircraft's
performance
data is not affected.
of the hydraulic
pump (under load) is prohibited:
.in
hover
.in
climb
.in
level flight
at airspeeds
below 30 knots (56 kmfh) and above
80 knots (148 kmfh).
--Operation
EMERGENCYPROCEDURES
applicable.
In the
system.
laid
event of an engine
down in the
failure,
basic
immediately
Flight
Manual
remain
shut down the power-driven
NORMALPROCEDURES
The normal
procedures
given
in the basic
Flight
5 PERFORMANCE
.:-;:=
data given in the basic Flight Manualremainapplicable.
DGAC
Approved:
IA I BI CIF I
35083
SUP.20
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
.18
eurocopter
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AS 350
8-
83
SUPPLEMENT
FORWARD1WO-PLACE SEAT
.
.
IMPORTANT
NOTE

The effectivity of the supplem en! a! the latest revision is specified on the List of
Eflective Pages.
~;:=::
~~
JJd
EUROCOPTER
Etablissement
de Marignane
Direct;on Technique Support -13725 Mar;gnane Cedex -France
DGAC
APproved:
350 83
I A I8 Ic I F I
SUP
97-40
--
.21.P1
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
DOT CERTIFICATION
(1)
Page Revision
Code
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
SUP.21
SUP.21
SUP.21
.
.
Pi
P5
1
1/01
1
DATE
97-40
97-40
97-40
NORMALREVISION: 0
DGACAPPROVED
DATE: 24 DEC. 1997
97-40
DGACApproved:
m
DATE (1)
N
N
N

APPROVED
REVISIONS
No
Date
No
Date
0
SUPPLEMENT PAGE
35083
SUP.21.P5
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHTMANUAL
.1~
Whentwo-place seat is mounted in lieu of the copilot's
can carry seven persons.
seat the aircraft
2 LIMITATIONS
The limitations
specified in the Basic Flight Manual and relevant
Supplements remain applicable with the exception of the following specific
limitations:
-The maximumnumber of persons carried
pilot).
is increased to seven (including
-The total weight of the two passengers on the forward two-place seat
shall not exceed 154 Kg (339 lb).
--The
optional dual controls

forward two-place seat.
shall be removed in order to install
the
3 EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
All the emergency procedures specified in the Basic Flight
relevant Supplements remain applicable.
Manual and
4 NORMAL
PROCEDURES
.
.
The nonnal procedures given in the Basic Flight Manual and relevant
Supplements remain applicable.
Special attention shall be paid to c.g. determination.
CAUTION: C.G.
-ACCORDANCE
LIMITS AT EMPTYWEIGHT ARE TO 8E RE-DETERMINEDIN

WITH THE INFORMATIONCONTAINED IN THE MAINTENANCE
MANUAL,
WORK
CARD25.22.20.401.
!jQR : Flying with one pilot.
then with 7 persons on board present very
significant
differences in c.g. limits.
It is imperative that this
be checked in every configuration.
5 PERFORMANCE
The approved perfonnance data given in the Basic Flight
DGACApproved:
! A I 8 I CI F I
350 83
Manual and
SUP
97-40
.21
Page 1
-::~:l
eurocopter
FLIGHT
AS
MANUAL
350
83
.SUPPLEMENT
LONG AND SHORT FOOTSTEPS
LONG D.35D-591-111-a
SHORT0.350-591-113
fMPORTANTNOTE
The information
contained
herein supplements
and/or supplements
The effectivity
of the supplement
Effective Pages.
at the latest
or supersedes the information

listed in supplement
O.
revision
is specified
on the
given
List of

-:~~
'wi
~?=--~
Aeroport
DGAC
Approved:
I A I C I 0 I ElF
EUROCOPTER
international
Direction
Technique
Marseille-Provence
S!Jpport
13725 Marignane
350 83
Cedex
SUP
99-21
-France
.22.P1
Page 1
FLIGHT
LIST OF APPROVEDEFFEGIVE
MANUAL
PAGES
DOT CERTIFICATION
(1)
Page Revision
-R
: Revised,
-N
: New, to
SUPPLEMENT
SUP.22
SUP.22
SUP.22
Code
to be replaced
be inserted
PAGE
P1
P5
1
1/01
1
DATE
99-21
99~21
99-21
(1)
SUPPLEMENT
PAGE
DATE
(1)
N
N
N
.'

APPROVEDREVISIONS
No
Date
No
Date
0
99-10
99-21
DGACApproved:
w
NORMALREVISION: 1
DGACAPPROVED
DATE: 28 MAl 1999
350 83
SUP
99-21
:CE~.
.22.P5
Page 1
.
FLIGHT MANUAL
GENERAL
The long footstep
(PIN D.350-591-111-a)
on the
cabin access and inspection
of the transmission
The short
faci1ates
footstep
(PIN D.350-591-113)
cabin access.
gear
Flight
Manual and relevant
Flight
Manual and relevant
NORMALPROCEDURES
Flight
Manual and relevant
PERFORMANCE
Performance data
remain applicable
-Rate
.
.
high landing
in the basic
The normal procedures

given in the basic
on the
EMERGENCYPROCEDURES
specified
remain applicable.
.Supplements
gear faci1ates
LIMITATIONS
The limitations
specified
in the basic
Supplements
remain applicable.
high landing
platform.
of climb:
DGACApproved:
I A I C I DIE
I FI
given in the basic

but are completed
reduce
Flight
Manual and relevant
Supplements
by the following
procedures:
by 2,5 %.
350 83
SUP
99-21
.22
Page 1
-l
.18
FLIGHT
MANUAL
eurocopter
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AS 350
8-
83
SUPPLEMENT
LOUD SPEAKER INSTALLATION
Optional:
and:
.IMPORTANT
NOTE
The information
contained
herein supplements
and/or applicable
The effectivity
of the supplement
Effective Pages.
OP1810
OP1811
THIS
SUPPLEMENT
EQUIPMENT
-~:=:::.ud
~-"='q
DGACApproved:
I A I 8 I c IF I
MUST
MENTIONED
aflhe
BE INCLUDED
ABOVE
or supersedes
the information
latest
revision
IN THE
IS INSTALLED
EUROCOPTER
Direction
Technique
is specified
FLIGHT
on the
MANUAL
ON THE
-t3725
WHEN
THE
AIRCRAFT.
Etablissement
Support
given
List of
Marignane
35083
de
Marignane
Cedex -France
SUP.24.P1
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
LIST OF APPROVEDEFFErnVE
DOT CERTIFICATION
PAGES
(1) Page Revision Code

SUPPLEMENT
PAGE
SUP.24
SUP.24
SUP.24
.
,
.
.
,
P1
P5
DATE (1
1
1/01
1
Date
97-40
DGACApproved:
w
DATE (1)
97-40 N
97-40 N
97-40 N

APPROVED REVISIONS
No
SUPPLEMENT
PAGE
No
NORMAL REVISION:
DGAC APPROVED
Date
DATE:
24 DEC. 1997
35083
SUP.24.P5
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
.1~
The loudspeaker
installation
The installation
is designed
to
transmit
high-audio
messages.
comPrises:
-an amplifier
unit incorporating
an audio adjust potentiometer.
on the radio console,
-a microphone,
and
-two
loudspeakers
secured to the landing gear aft cross member.
located
The installation
LS pushbutton.
by the
is protected
by two fuses
and can be controlled
LIMITATIONS
~:~rcraft
is fitted
with the loudspeaker
installation,
all
specified
in the basic Flight
Manual remain applicable,
independently
of the following
specific
limitations:
-limitations
the
Maximum speed
-VNE
Power-on:
.135
-VNE
kt,
.same
or basic
aircraft
VNE if
it
less
than
that
value.
Power-off:
as basic
aircraft
EMERGENCYPROCEOURES
Not affected.
NORMALPROCEDURES
The nonllal procedures in the basic Flight
are cOmPleted by the following
infonllation
.8efore
flight,
installation
for
applicable
and
attachment.
PERFORMANCE
-Hover
-Rate
check loudspeaker
Manual remain
:
performance IGE and OGE : not affected.

of clioo : reduce by 10 %.
OGACApproved:
IAI 8I CI F I
35083
SUP.24
97-40
Page 1
--
FLIGHT MANUAL
.18
eurocopter
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AS 350
8-
SPECIAL
83
SUPPLEMENT
FERRY FLIGHT FUEL TANK
IMPORTANT
NOTE
The information
contained
The effectivity
of the
Effective Pages
herein supplements
and/or applicable
supplement
at the
or supersedes
the information
flight manual suppiements.
latest revision
is specified
on the
given
List of

-~;:=:;.
~--=-q
DGAC
Approved:
I AI 8I CI
J/l
EUROCOPTER
Etablissement de Marignane
Direction Technique Support -13725 Marignane Cedex .France
35083
SUP.50.P1
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHT
LIST
PAGES
DOT CERTIFICATION
(1)
Page Revision
-R
: Revised,
-N
: New, to
SUPPLEMENT
SUP.
SUP.
SUP.
SUP.
SUP.
.
.
MANUAL
50
50
50
50
50
PI
P5
Code
to be replaced
be inserted
PAGE
1
1/01
1
2
3
DATE
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40

APPROVED REVISIONS
No
Date
No
Date
0
SUPPLEMENT
PAGE
DATE
(1)
N
N
N
N
N
NORMAL REVISION: 0
DGAC APPROVED
DATE: 24 DEC. 1997
97-40
DGACApproved:
w
(1)
350 83
SUP
97-40
.SC.PS
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
.1~
The range of the helicopter
can be increased by installing
a special
ferry
flight
tank transversally
in the rear cabin area.
The installation
consists
essentially
of :
-A 47S-litre
(125-US gal.)
capacity
removable tank. The unusable fuel
quantity
is negligible.
-A vent line
-A fuel
transfer
line,
with an isolating
valve,
between the ferry fuel
tank and main fuel tank.
LIMITATIONS
THIS INSTALLATION IS TO BE USED ONLY FOR FERRY FLIGHT WITH THE SPECIAL
PERMISSION OF THE C~PETENT AUTHORITIES.
--Only
The limitations
In addition:
personnel
indispensable
to the accomplishment
of the mission are
authorized
to fly in the aircraft.
-Smoking
is prohibited,
due to the presence of fuel in the tank in the
cabin.
-Maximum airing
of the cabin is to be ensured.
The weight of fuel that can be carried
in the ferry
tank will
depend on the
loading
of the helicopter
and can be determined by referring
to the C.G.
chart,
bearing in mind that the forward c.g.
limit
on take-off
with a full
main tank must not be exceeded.
.
.
DGACAPproved:
I A I B IC I
350 B3
SUP.50
97-40
Page 1
FLIGHTMANUAL
3 EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
If a fuel leak should occur in the cabin:

-Land as soon as possible.
4 NORMAL
PROCEDURES
Checks before fillino
the tank
-Make sure that the ferry flight tank is securely attached.

-Check that the ferry tank vent line is correctly installed.
-Close the transfer valve.
Fillina
-.Weight
Drocedure
-Fill
the main fuel tank
-Fill
the ferry tank to the anKJuntpreviously detennined.
-Check C.G. location:
and momentof el11>tyferry tank are given in Section 6
.Fuel is located at 91.3 in. (2.32 m) from datum line.
In-fliaht
crocedure
-Take off and fly with the transfer valve closed.

-When the fuel gauge reads 80 %, open the transfer valve. The fuel level
in the two tanks is then equal if the quantity in the ferry tank is
approx 79.2 US gal. (3001.).
-If
there is a difference in fuel level, transfer will occur and balance
will be attained within ten minutes.
-When the fuel levels are balanced the quantity corresponding to the gauge
reading is :
Gauge
Reading
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
Litres
805
705
605
505
405
305
205
105
~ US Gal
212
186
159
133
107
80
54
27
176
154
132
UO
88
66
45
23
E IMP Gal
Whenthe gauge reads 20 % the ferry tank is eI!1>tyand the quantity

remaining in the main tank is 27 US gal./23 Imp. gal./105 litres.
DGAC
Approved:
I AI 8 I CI
35083
of fuel
SUP.50
97-40
Page 2
FLIGHTMANUAL
.When
the
effective
transfer
valve is open it is illlDortant
to ensure that
by making sure that the fuel gauge indicator
pointer
transfer
is
is moving
: IF FUELTRANSFER
IS NOTOPERATIVE,LANDBEFORE
THEFUELGAUGE
READINGOF
FALLS
TO 60
%. FAILURE
TOALLOWABLE
LAND ABOVE
60 % MAY RESULT -IN
CENTRE
GRAVITY
MOVING
OUTSIDE
LIMITS.
PERFORMANCE
The approved performance
data
are not affected
by the ferry
contained
in Section 4 of the Flight
flight
tank installation.
Manual
.
.
DGACApproved:
I A I B Ic I
350 B3
SUP
97-40
.50
Page 3
-I
"""'
"'
.-eurocopter
FLIGHT
MANUAL
FLIG HT MAN UAL
AS 350
.SPECIAL
83
SUPPLEMENT
ABSEILING INSTALLATION
Per drawing:
IMPORTANT
355P84.0080
NOTE
The Information
contained
herein supplements
or supersedes
the Information
given
The effectivity
of the supplement
at the latest revision Is specified
on the List of
Effective Pages.
THIS SUPPLEMENT
MUST BE INCLUDED
IN THE FLIGHT MANUAL
WHEN
EQUIPMENT
MENTIONED
ABOVE
IS INSTALLED
ON THE AIRCRAFT.
-:~::=::
.~?:.-~
JI!l
EUROCOPTER
Direction
Technique
THE
Support
Aeroport international Marseille-Provence 13725 Marignane Cedex -France
DGACApproved:
~
350 B3
SUP
99-37
.56.P1
Page 1
Jj
FLIGHT
LIST
PAGES
DOT CERTIFICATION-~
(1)
Page Revision
-R
: Revised,
-N
: New, to
SUPPLEMENT
.
.
.
MANUAL
SUP.56
SUP.56
SUP.56
P1
P5
Code
to be replaced
be inserted
PAGE
DATE
1
1/01
1
99-37
99-37
99-37

APPROVED REVISIONS
N
D t
ae
SUPPLEMENT
PAGE
(1)
N
N
N
NORMAL REVISION:
DGAC APPROVED
D t
ae
DATE
DATE: 13 SEP.
1999
/,~'
~~E~,.~T
-.,;:,
99-37
DGACApproved:
W
(1)
35083
SUP.56.P5
99-37
Page 1
FLIGHT MANUAL
GENERAL
This installation
allows trained personnel to perfonn abseiling.
It consists of two rings fixed to the cabin floor in front of the
passenger's seats and of a protection for the lower rail of each
sliding door.
lIMITATIONS
THE
USE
OF
THIS
TYPE
OF
INSTALLATION
IS
SUBJECTED
TO
THE
APPROVAL
OF
THE COMPETENT
OPERATIONAL
AUTHORITIES.
The limitations
specified in the basic Flight Manual and relevant
Supplements remain applicable;
however, they are completed or
modified by the following limitations:
-Abseiling
is limited to hover flight.
After completion of the abseiling operation, transition
or landing is prohibited with the ropes unwound.
to forward flight
-The load on the abseiling installation

is limited to 120 kg per ring.
A plate affixed close to each ring indicates the maximumload.
.EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
The Emergency Procedures specified

NORMAL
in the basic Flight
PROCEDURES
The normal Procedures specified in the basic Flight Manual and relevant
Supplements remain applicable;
however, they are completed by the
following:
-Before takeoff, determine the weight and CGconditions which will prevail
during the mission, knowing that the load on the asbeil ropes is located
at :
.2.24 m from the longitudinal
datum,
.1.09 m from the aircraft
centerline.
REGULATORY
PERFORMANCE
DATA
The Regulatory Performance Data specified

Manual and relevant
DGAC
Approved:
in the basic Flight
350
B3
Manual and
SUP
.56
CAlli
99-37
Page
FMS0350-607
Page 1 of 4
DART AERO ACCESSORIES
INC
PO Box 23003
Victoria International Airport
Sidney, BC, V8l 5N7, Canada
Tel: 604656 2262
Fax: 604 656 2993
FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
,'
Heli-Utility-BasketTM
EUROCOPTER AS 350 MODELS
STA No. SH94-14
This supplement must be attached to the approved night manual when the listed equipment is
installed. The information contained herein supplements the information in the basic Helicopter
~t,Manual.
:or limitations, procedures and performance data not contained in this document,
V1t
the Helicopter Flight Manual
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 1, OPERATING LIMITATIONS IS MANDATORY.
DOT APPROVED:
I'
L.B. Samoil
Regional Airworthiness Engineer
Pacific Region
Amendment:
A~
Date: "'-1
May 20th,
Copynghll
0ARTAEROACCeSSORIESINC
--"', 1994 ~
'\
'
FMS0350-607
Page 2 of 4
LOG OF AMENDMENTS
Rev.
No.
A
Pages
Revised
None
Revised By
and Date
J.Bradley
May 16, 199
Approved By
and Date
L.B. Samoil
May 20th, 1994
Inserted By
Date
Inserted
I
I
18
DOT APPROVED
"
.I
FMS 0350-607
Page 3 of 4
SECTION
1 -LIMITATIONS
Vne
MAXIMUM Vne -124
Autorotation
KIAS
Vne
-MAXIMUM
AUTORATION Vne -100
KIAS
~MPATABILITY
He/i-Uti/ity-
BasketN is compatible with:

Approved Bearpaws
DART He/i-Access StepsN
Approved Mirror Assembly
DART Vertical Reference Widow
PLACARD: (located on lid)
-:i'l.1~~:~I\'IILI"[\'l'
.~i~I.~~I:~]JI-I~~
i.~=r:.~.J
~]~~~I~
!!.~rj ~Jii ~~
NOTE: THE BASKETS ARE LOCATED CENTRALLY AT:
LONGITUDINAL STATION:
LH LATERAL BL:
RH LATERAL BL:
BASKET EMPTY WEIGHT:
SECTION
2 -NORMAL
I
135 in I
-48 in/
+48 in /
651b /
+3422 mm
-1222 mm
+1222 mm
29.5 kg
PROCEDURES
PREFLIGHT
Ensure lid is closed and securely latched
DAILY INSPECTION
Check physical integrity and security of the He/i-Uti/ity-BasketN
8
DOT APPROVED
Amendment:
A sf
May 20. 1994
~---
FMS0350-607
Page 4 of 4
SECTION 3 -EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
NO CHANGE
8CTION
4 -PERFORMANCE
DATA
CRUISE
Vh reduced by up to 15 KIAS
CLIMB
Rate of climb may be reduced by up to 200 FPM

AUTORATION
Rate of descent may be increased by up to 100 FPM
HOVER
No Change
I
8
DOT APPROVED
8
Amendment:
A (}f
May 20, 1994
I)
\
'linittd .statU of \!mrrica
19rperrmrnr
of ~mnsporrerion
-j'rdcral
~upplemental
9.\1ierion 9.dminisrrerion
~~pe
~ertifi(ate
A::n~
YL~~.u.
Dart
Aero
P.O.
Box
23003
Victoria
British
Canada
~~
dJ
de- ~~
~.d..
d-/n---,"",I'-kk
CDO
SN7
~~
4.d
Airport
Columbia
VaL
""'A-r
Inc.
International
Sidney,
SR00213NY
Accessories
.//
/&u,,;ny
/"~
u~d.d...
a-:-.",.d';"""""'"'r""""""'.tJ.
-/:g~,..,.
",
,k&,"",,_,.d.~
27
u.'""
~1A'..Federal
Aviation
8~F.r.""",
tt.r,.d.9~r,f
-.~
{f-".-Ji'~"./.,...
H9EU
vII...+~
,.,It,,!,,1
(AS-3S0
France
AS-3S0B,
AS-3S0BI,
AS-3S0DI,
t' ~.
"/~"'<'"'l'(,""'-I.--;y/u./""':I"
Ilation
of
Utility
(,;
./',
in
accordance
Series),
Eurocopter
HI
lEU
(AS3SS
AS3S0B2,
AS3SSE,
Series)
AS3S0BA,
AS3SSF,
AS3SSF1,
AS-3S0C.
AS-3S0D,
AS3SSF2
"'-"o-r.
Basket
with
Dart
Aero
Accessories,
Inc.,
Drawing
No.
D3S0-607.
Rev.
B.
dated
February
1994.
";;;",1"/,;.",,
I.
Dart
required
A;;art
'Wt)
is
"",/
Aero
Accessories,
with
this
Aero
Accessories,
required
with
this
,Z~
I'
Maintenance
Inc.
STC.
Flight
,uk,t
"",/1.4..
t,("/.,.a6
nl',
Inc.
Manual
n,~
Supplement
MMS-D3S0-607,
'4H
FMS
Ju/'i',0..1":7..!u/'r",.{,;'/'.':',k,.(
, '" &o,."";,,.../';'.n~""
Revision
D350-607.
Amendment
d...k""/""#""..oa~
~,.d-~
dated
A.
dated
May
ta/~.tJ'.d..~,,':,,';'I_h_-I
'AII""""u,:,,":"'4rlu,.,/d I
',,;,
February
22,
1994
is
20,
1994
(AS-3S0
S~ries
a..I
J'U--""'~'
u.
August
IS,
1994
S,
1994
!/J4t..s"v,.d..d:
'%';Yd.;~h:'~
A,
('/d.n';"bl/""'/U"'.
,I u/v.4ru/';H
-I """
Supplement
.I
May
.'/.
Manual
STC.
.,/J:,;,.
"',.d
.-<"/-jf"J'6c
( ~
~;",/,~;."..
d... ..~~~-
-d&~~
Irwin
N.
Mgr.
New
Brumer(Si.fnat.,.}
York
Aircraft
Certification Office
2:
\inittd .smm of 9:I1Xl...
:Btparnnrntof 'l:rgnsportation-;frocral aniation gJIministration
~upplcmrntat ~J!P( ~ETtifi(at(

(Q:ontinuationcShe:e:t)
JV~k
SROO213NY
Dale of Issuance: August 8, 1994
Limitations and Conditions (continued):
3. Dart Aero Accessories,roc. Flight Manual SupplementFMS D355-607, AmendmentA, datedMay 20, 1994(AS-35S Series
Only) is requiredwith this STC.
4
approvalshould not be incorporatedin any aircraft of thesespecific modelson which other approvedmodifications are
in.. .."rated, unless it is determinedthat the interrelationship betweenthis changeand any of thosepreviously incorporated
approvedmodificationswill not introduce any adverseeffect upon the airworthinessof theaircraft.
-END-
~
FA"
tion of this certificatcis punishablebyaftne of not cxceeding11,000, or imprisonment

not exc,eding3J'ars, or ..
both. .
""0-'.1
(1O-G)
This ,.,tificall ""'7 b, tr4lUfcrr,din ,",dane, witlr FAR 21.17.

PAGE2
-~--~~--~
OF 2PAGES
DEPARTMENT
g...ppl.em.entul
OF TRANSPORT
Wt..J.e Apprnu_l
Numbfr:
This approval is issued to:
Issue No.: 1
Dart Jl.ero Accessories II'.c.

P.O. Box 23003 <:IX)
Victoria
Inte:rnational
Airport
Sidney, British
Oolumbia
Canada
Approval Date: May 20, 1994

Issue Date: May 20, 1994
V8L 5N7
Responsible Region
Pacific
Aircraft/Engine Type or Model:
Eurocopter
Oadian
SH94-14
Type Approval or Equivalent:
Description of Type Design Change:
France AS-350B/B1/B2/BA/C/D/D1
AS-355E/F/Fl/F2
H-83 (AS-350 Series) & H-87 (AS-355 Se-'"ies)
Utility
Basket Installation
~n.stal.lation/O~eratingData, The Utility

Basket Installation
is to be =ied
out LT1
.lul~e~ E~ulpment
accordance with !:Or sealed Dart Aero Accessories Inc.
c..': Limitations:
Drawing No. D350-507, Revision B, dated February 22,
!
I
1994~.
R~red
E~~t:
1) Dart Aero Accessories
I=.
Maintenance MamJal
Supplement MMS-D350-607, Revision A, dated February 22,
1994.
2) AS-350 Series Only: ror Approved copy of Dart Ae=
Accessories L~c. Flight Manual Supplement FMSD350-607,
~_sion
A, dated May 20, 1994~.
3) AS-355 Series Only: ror Approved copy of Da-'"t Aero
Accessories Inc. Flight Manual Suppl~~t
FMSD355-607,
Revision A, dated May 20, 1994*.
8
(*
or later
approved revisions)
Conditions: This approvalis only applicableto the typeI model

of aeronauticalproduct specifiedtherein.Priorto incorporatingthis
modification. it shall be established that the interrelationship
between this change and any other modification(s)incorporated
airwo.n
e m difi roduct.
will not adversely affect ~~~e
L.B. Sarooil
Regi
..ineer
For Minister of Transport
'0OJ,'
"000'
ana:
d...
a
'
':
-.,.
r "h ';oj ~
FMSD350-600U
Page 1 of 4
DART AEROSPACE
2071 Malaview Avenue
Sidney. ac, V8L 5N7
L TO
-~
Canada
Tel: 604656 2262

Fax: 604656 2993
FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENT
Spacepocf
SIDE CARGO COMPARTMENT EXTENDERS
EUROCOPTER AS350/355 MODELS
This supplement must be attached to the approved flight manual when the listed equipment is
installed. The information contained herein supplements the information in the basic Helicopter
-~
Flight Manual. For limitations, procedures and performance data not contained in this document,
--consult
the Helicopter Flight Manual.
.~
CAA APPROVED
Amendment A
Date: 95.09.25
~
1995by CARTAeROSPACEL Tn
,~
,;:; ~
FMS
D350-6
Page 2 of 4
.LOG
OF AMENDMENTS
Rev.
No.
A
Pages
Revised
NEW
Revised By
and Date
B. Williams
ISSUE
95.09.25
.
.
d By
e
Inserted By
<:I;/z
CAA APPROVED
Date
Inserted
FMS D350-600UK
Page 3 of 4
SECTION
1 -GENERAL
NO CHANGE
SECTION
2 -LIMITATIONS
VFR FLIGHT ONLY

Flight under IFR is prohibited with the pods installed.
INTERNAL GARGO LOADING

Maximum
Load in the LH (Port) Hold:
364 Ib (165 kg)
DECAL: (located inside door)
Maximum
Load in the RH (Stbd) Hold:
320 Ib (145 kg)
DECAL: (located inside door)
CAA PPROVED
Amendment:
95.09.25
..
I"~';'~
FM5 D350-600UK
Page 4 of 4
SECTION
3 .EMERGENCY
PROCEDURES
NO CHANGE
SECTION
4 -NORMAL
PROCEDURES
,
DAILY INSPECTION(Preflight)
Check physical integrity and security of the Spac9po~
body and door.
SECTION 5. REGULATORY PERFORMANCE DATA

CLIMB
Climb perfom1ance will be reduced by up to 100 fpm when pods installed.
CAA APPROVED
Amendment
95.09.25
ent by:
..
9058713599. '.
eurocopter
..canada
eurocopter
06/19/00
10:52AM;J~#178;Paga
..,
1/3
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AS350C,D.D1.B. B1,~2, B3,BA.
AS355 E, F, F1. F2
FLIGHT MANUAL
SUPPLEMENT
FOR MODEL
AS 350/
AS 355 HELICOPTERS
WITH LH AND / OR RH CARGO PODS ('.SQUIRREL CHEEKS") INSTALLED
.
This supplement shall be attached to the applicable approved EUROCOPTER
AS 350 and AS 355 Flight Manuals, when the 'SQUIRREL CHEEKS' are installed on the
. ft .2,3.4, and
d
. document comprise
Section
alrcra Inaccor
ancewlt
5 of this
the approved
h DOT STC N 0
SH97-15
SHo7-60Flight Manual Supplement.
Compliance with Section 2, Certification Limitations, is mandatory. Section 1 and 6 (if
applicable) of this document do not require D.O. T. approval but contain information which
may be of use to the pilot and therefore are included as -Manufacturer's DataP.
Department of Transport (Canada) Approved

DEPARTMENT
CANADA
OF TRANSPORT
AERONAUTICAL
yt
ENGI~EERING
DIVISION
~'AY
I~j
...
i
I
!
Regional Airworthiness Engineer
Ontario Region
:
!
!
I
FMS-ECl-9
Page
1
Rev 2
,;
.I
i
i
...!~~~
ent by:
eurocopter
.--~~
~.I_'
eurocopter
canada
1.
GENERAL
9058713599' '
08/19/00
10:52AM;J~*178;Page
2/3
FLIGHT MANUAL AS350 C, D, D1, B, B1, B2. B3, BA .

AS355 E, F, F1. F2
(unapproved)
The optional Cargo Pods rSQUIRREL CHEEKS)" are an enlargement of the lH and I or
RH cargo compartments.
The volume ot the normal baggage compartment with no cargo pods installed is 7.1 cubic
feet on the right side with the battery in the basic helicopter configuration, and B.3 cubic
feet on the left side.
With installation of the Cargo Pods rSQUIRREL CHEEKS") on each side, the baggage
compartment volume is almost doubled (right side 14.1 cubic feet, left side 15.3 cubicfeet).
With the Cargo Pods ("SQUIRRELCHEEKS"') installed, the RH cargo compartment can
carry up to 175 kg (386 Ib), and the LH compartment can carry up to 195 kg (430 Ib). They'
are constructed with a reinforced aluminium floor with no lip at the door for easier loading.
The Cargo pod floor and top can be stood upon by maintenance personnel.
The Cargo Pods have large doors that are hinged to open in the forward direction, with gas
struts to hold the door in the open position.
The doors inc~P9rate high quality door latches which are easy to operate.
Additional RH Cargo Pod volume and weight capacity can be achieved with the additional
installation of Optional Equipment ECl-6, Battery Relocation.
\.
iI
-"
,t
I
i
I
;
;
l-
Page
2.
Rev. 2
FMS-ECL-9
!
!
-'
,
..-
.n t by:
eurocop
t er
9058713599'
-~.~-~
..~.~.'
BurOCC-Jpter
canada
08/19/00
FLIGHT
MANUAL
AS350 C. D, D1. 8, 81.

AS355
2.
LIMITATIONS
3.
No change
EMERGENCY AND MALFUNCTION PROCEDURES
No change
4.
NORMAL
10:53AM;J~#178;Page
.- 3/3
82,83, BA.
E, F, F1, F2
PROCEDURES
No change
5.
PERFORMANCE DATA
The following performance data is equally applicable wi1hLH, RH or both Cargo Pods
installed:
AS 350 C. D. D1, B, B1. 82. B3, 8A
..
a.
For hover IGE and OGE, Use the standard performance charts in Section 5 of the
Flight Manual but reduce the resulting helicopter weight by 30 kg.
NOTE:
The HOGE char1in Section 5 may be extrapolatedto 30 kg above
maximum weight for this calcula1ion,but the the maximum weight of the
-helicopter does not change.
b. For Climb, use the standard perlormance chart in Section 5 ot the Flight Manual, but
reduce the resulting rate of climb by the following amount:
0 tor AS 350 C, D, D1, B, BA:
200 ft/min.
0 for AS 350 B1, 62, and B3:
250 ft/min
AS 355 E, F, F1. F2
a. For hover IGE and OGE, use the standard performance charts in Section 5 of the
Flight Manual but reduce the resulting helicopter weight by 60 kg.
NOTE:
The HOGE chart in Section 5 may be extrapolatedto 60 kg above

maximum weight for this calculation. but the the maximum weight of the
helicopter does not change.
b. For Climb, use 1he standard perlormance chart in Section 5 otthe Flight Manual, but
reduce the resulting rate of climb by the following amount:
0 tor AS 355 E, F. F1 and F2:
-.
NOTE:
AEO
150ft/min
GEl
110 ft/min
At altitudes over 10,000 ft, the AEO climb performance

penalty given above is estimated only.
;
i
I
.DOT
Approved:
FMS-ECL-9
Page
Rev. 23
,
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.18
eurocopter
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT
.AS
350 83
REGISTRATION
MANUAL
No
SERIAL No
IMPORTANT
The practical
The
effectivity
value
of this manual
of the manual
at the
depends
NOTE
entirely
latest revision
upon its being

is specified
correctly
on the
up-dated.
List of Effective
Pages.
-::;Q;:::::
~-~
Jd
EU ROCOPTER
Etablissement
de Marignane
D;,ection Techmque Support -13725 Mar;gnane Cedex -F'ance
350 83
O.O.P1
97-40
Page 1
.
.
.
.
C~PLEMENTARY FLIGHT MANUAL
PART 2
WEIGHT
BALANCE AND
...
SYSTEMS
AND
DESCRIPTION
...
SERVICING
...
OPERATIONAL
...
INFORMATION
ADDITIONAL
PERFORMANCE
...
35083
O.O.P2
97-40
---
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.COMPOSITION
OF CONDITIONAL REVISIONS (RC)
This manual assigned to the helicopter

mentioned on the
contains
the following
pink pages except those canceled
conditions
are complied with.
title
page,
when the
.PARAGRAPH
IF A NORMALREVISION (RN) MODIFIES THE PAGE NUMBERFOR ANY INFORMATION

CONCERNEDBELOW,THE READERWILL HAVE TO CHANGETHE NUMBEROF THE PINK
PAGE BY HAND, SO THAT THE INFORMATION REMAINS IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE
CONCERNED.
section
Page
Date
Appli~able
before
condition
is met :
.
.
t!Q! : The date

followed
is coded and consists

of the last
by the number of the week in this
two figures
year.
3S0B3
of the year
O.O.P3
97~40
Page 1
"
A\lb
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
COMPOSITIONOF
RUSHREVISIONS (RR)
The manual contains the following
No.
RR
3A
SECTION
0.0.P4
8.2
PAGE
additional
DATE
CODE
No.
yellow page(s) :
RR
SECTION
PAGE
DATE
CODE
1 *RR* 01-20
4 *RR* 01-20
350 83
01-20 O.~;~~
.COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
COMPOSITION
.The
manual contains the following additional yellow page(s):
N RR
SECTION
PAGE
DATE
CODE
4A
8.3
19 "RR"
02-13
10.2
1 "RR"
02-13
8.2
4 "RA"
02-18
1 "RR"
02-18
48
.10.2
4C
9.2
9.2
7 "RR"
8 "RR"
02-20
02-20
4D
8.3
2 "RR"
02-25
0.0.P4
1 "RR"
02-25
N RR
SECTION
PAGE
DATE
CODE
.
.35083
O.O.P4
02-25
Page 1
ORR'!
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.COMPOSITION
OF RUSHREVISIONS (RR)
The Manual contains
.
.
No
SEmON
the
-PAGE
following
additional
CODE
~o
yellow
page(s)
SEmON
-PAGE
~TE
COOE
DATE
II
..,
35083
O.O.P4
97-40
Page 1
--COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
LISTOFEFFECTIVE
PAGES
(1)
Page Revision
Code
SECTION
O.
O.
O.
O.
O.
6.
6.
6.
6.
6.
6.
6.
6.
6.
6.
6.
6.
6.
6.
6.
7.
7.
7.
7.
7.
7.
7.
7.
7.
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
0
1
1
2
3
4
4
4
4
PAGE
P1
P2
P3
P4
PS
P6
P6
1
1
1
1
1/03
1
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
3
4
DATE (1)
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
02-03
97-40
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
97-40
00-23
00-23
00-23
97-40
97-40
00-23
00-23
00-23
98-46
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
00-23
SECTION
PAGE
7. 4
7. 4
7. 4
7. 4
7. 4
7. 5
7. 5
7. 5
7. 6
7. 6
7. 6
7. 6
7. 7
7. 8
7. 8
7. 8
7. 9
7. 9
7. 9
7. 9
7. 9
7.10
7.10
7.11
7.11
7.12
7.12
7.12
7.12
DATf
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
4
00-23
00-23
97-40
97-40
98-46
97-40
98-46
98-46
97-40
97-40
97-40
00-23
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97~40
97-40
00-23
97-40
97-40
97-40
98-46
97-40
97-40
00-23
00-23
00-23
97-40
8
35083
0.0. P5
02-03
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
8
SECTION
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
8. 0
8. 1
8. 1
8. 2
8. 2
8. 2
8. 2
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
PAGE
P6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
DATE
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
00-23
98-46
00-23
98-46
98-46
97-40
97-40
97-40
00-23
00-23
97-40
02-03
97-40
02-03
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
00-23
98-46
00-23
98-46
00-23
(1)
R
R
SECTION
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
9. 0
9. 1
9. 2
9. 2
9. 2
9. 2
9. 2
9. 2
9. 3
9. 4
9. 4
9. 4
9. 5
9. 6
9. 7
9. 7
9. 9
9.10
PAGE
P6
DATE
18
19
20
21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
2
1
1
00-23
98-46
98-46
98-46
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
97-40
00-23
97-40
97-40
97-40
02-03
97-40
02-03
00-23
02-03
02-03
02-03
02-03
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
98-46
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
(1)
8
R
R
N
N
N
N
8
35083
O.O.P5
02-03
Page 2
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
8
SECTION
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
7.13
8.0
8. 1
8. 1
8. 2
8. 2
8. 2
8. 2
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
PAGE
-1
P6
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
DATE (1)
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
00-'23
98-46
00-23
98-46
98-46
97-40
97-40
97-40
00-23
00-23
97-40
97-40
97-40
00-23
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
00-23
98-46
00-23
98-46
00-23
R
R
R
R
R
RIO.
R
SECTION
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 3
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8. 4
8.4
9. 0
9. 1
9. 2
9. 2
9. 3
9. 4
9. 4
9. 4
9. 5
9. 6
9. 7
9. 7
9. 9
9.10
9.10
0
10. 1
10. 1
P6
P6
PAGE
DATE (1)
18
19
20
21
1
'2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
2
1
1
23
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
00-23
98-46
98-46
98-46
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
97-40
00-23
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
00-23
00-23
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
98-46
97-40
97-40
97-40
97-40
0~23
00-23
98-46
98-46
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
8
350 83
O.O.PS
00-23
Page 2
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
8
SECTION
9.10
10. 0
10. 1
10. 1
10. 1
10. 1
10. 1
10. 1
10. 1
10. 1
10. 1
10. 2
10. 3
10. 3
10. 3
10. 3
10. 3
10. 3
10. 3
10. 3
PAGE
P6
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
00-23
00-23
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
98-46
00-23
98-46
98-46
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
00-23
00~23
8
LIST OF THE LATESTNORMAL
REVISIONS
No
Date
0
1
2
3
97-40
98-46
00~23
02 03
Date
350 83
O.O.P5
O~-03
Page 3
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
6
WEIGHT AND BALANCE
Page
6.1
GENERAL
-DEFINITIONS
1
WEIGHTS -CONVENTIONAL TERMS
CENTRE-OF-GRAVITY -CONVENTIONAL TERMS
3 WEIGHING
4
6.2
6.3
6.4
CALCULATINGC.G.
,.,
LONGITUDINAL LOCATION OF VARIABLE LOADS

1
CREWAND PASSENGERS
FREIGHT AND BAGGAGETRANSPORT
FUEL
:.
4 C.G. CHARTS
LATERAL LOCATIONOF VARIABLE LOADS
'
CREWAND PASSENGERS
WEIGHTAND MOMENT
OF EOUIPMENT
ITEMS
l.
I
350 B3
6.0.P6
97-40
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
SECTION6.1
.~ENERAL-=~~~
1
1.1
~CAnON
WEIGHT-STANDARDDEFINITIONS
E~tv
Weicht (EW)
This corresponds to the sum of the permanent assemblies and equipment:

-The vehicle and its power plant.
-Equipment commonto all missions.
-Lubricants
and hydraulic fluids.
-Unusable fuel.
EWthen,
.1.2
is constant for a given aircraft.
EQuipped Emotv Weicht (EEW)

This is the sum of :
-Empty weight (EW)
-Specific
operational
or mission equipment.
EEW(OEW)varies according to the proposed mission.

1.3
Operatina
emotv weicht (OEW)

-Equipped empty weight (EEW)
-Crew
1.4
All-up
Weicht (AUW)

-Operating
empty weight (OEW)
-Commercial load (Payload or no paying load)
-Usable fuel
The useful load includes the commercial load and the usable fuel.
.1.5
Maximum
Weicht
Weight is limited
(Section 2).
on takeoff
and landing.
Refer to Limitations
35083
6.1
00-23
Page 1
'""c.,.,"""
.
.
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
CENTRE-OF-GRAVITY -CONVENTIONAL TERMS
2.1
Definition
of the datum trihedral
The centre-of-gravity
figures are dimensions measured perpendicularly to
the faces of the datum trihedral.
The trihedral
is fonmed by the following planes:
a) A horizontal plane parallel to the cabin floor datum, the Z datum
plane and situated 2.60 m (102.3 in.) above this datum.
b) A vertical
plane perpendicular to the cabin floor datum. This Y
datum plane is the aircraft
plane of symmetry. Dimensions to the
left (port) are negative, dimensions to the right (starboard)
are positive.
c) A vertical
plane perpendicular to the two mentioned above, situated
3.40 m (133.8 in.) forward of the centre of the main rotor. This is
the X datum plane, from which the longitudinal
reference stations
and CG positions are measured.
The cabin floor datum is materialized
by the surface of the cabin floor.
0
0
...
2.2
CG location
limits
CG location limits are never to be exceeded (Refer to SECTION2 and

the "LIMITATIONS" paragraph of some SUPPLEMENTS)
CAUTION: A CG LOCATIONWHICHIS CORRECT
ONTAKEOFFMAYCHANGE
IN
THE COURSE
OF THEMISSION, DUETO FUELWEIGHTREDUCTION
OR
LOADINGVARIATIONANDSO EXCEEDACCEPTABLE
LIMITS.
Longitudinal
Lateral
CG must be the more closely watched.
CG need
be considered
only
in
very
dissymetric
loading
configurations.
350B3
6. 1
00-23
---
Page 2
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
3 WEIGHING
.~
is the only reliable way of obtaining:

-Equipped
-Aircraft
The aircraft
empty weight (EEW)

centre of gravity (CG) location.
must be weighed:
-On leaving the works

-Following
any major modification.
4
4.1
CALCULATING CG
Method
~stance
from the centre of gravity
plane is calculated as follows:
of the aircraft
to the datum
Sumof moments= CGlocation

Sum of weights
-Determine the Equipped Empty Weight.

-Referring
to the tables of Section 6.2 (for the longitudinal
C of G
position) or in Section 6.3 (for the lateral C of G position)
list and
add up the weights and moments.
-Check that the total weight is lower than the maximumpermissible
takeoff weight.
-Determine the CG location and check that it falls within permissible
limits.
.
.
35083
6. 1
00-23
Page 3
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
4.2
4.2.1
Examole:
Analysis
for a passenger transport
mission
Before takeoff
1) Determine the maximumpermissible takeoff weight.
2) Note the equipped empty weight and the moment.
3) Refer to tables given below to determine loading conditions;
totalize
weights and moments.
4) Calculate the CG location.
5) Check that CG falls within permissible limits.
Example:
EEW
Crew
Passengers
Side cargo hold
Fuel
TOTAL
CG
i.e.
4.2.2
In flight
longitudinal
kg
m.kg
1200
160
140
50
400
4272
248
356
160
1390
1950
6426
~
1950
= 3.295 m
--
CG is within
limits.
or on landing
Same procedure as above, taking into

of the fuel remaining.
Example:
the permissible
account the weight and moment
-Initial
CG: 3.295 m
-CG after consumption of 350 kg of fuel.
kg
m.kg
EEW
Crew
Passengers
Side cargo hold
Fuel
1200
160
140
50
50
4272
248
356
160
173
TOTAL
1600
5209
Longitudinal
i.e.
--
CG becomes : ~
CG is within
= 3.255 m
1600
permissible
limits.
350 B3
6.1
00-23
Page 4
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
SEGION 6.2
.LONGITUDINAL
1
L~~~~
VARIABLELOADS
CREWAND PASSENGERS
A 1.55m (6.02II
IL
.~
C!
a:
METRICUNITS
IMPERIAL UNITS
WEIGHl MOMENT:m.kg
ka
(A)
(B)
(0
60
BO
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
93
124
155
186
219
248
279
310
341
152
203
254
305
356
~06
457
508
559
610
660
711
762
812
102
136
170
204
238
272
WEIG
lb
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
6102
9153
12204
15255
18306
21537
24400
27459
30510
9999
12999
19998
24997
29997
34996
39996
44995
49995
54994
59994
64993
69993
6693
10039
13386
16732
20079
23426
350B3
6.2
97-40
Page 1
i!
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
2 FREIGHT
AND
BAGGAGE
TRANSPORT
..:
w
~
c:
u;
0
0
..;
"1
>
~
WEIGHT
~
10
20
50
70
80
100
120
150
200
250
300
310
METRIC
UNITS
(B)
15.5
31.0
77.5
108.5
124.0
155.0
186.0
232.5
22.5
45.0
112.5
157.5
180.0
225.0
270.0
337.5
450.0
562.5
675.0
697.5
-IMPERIAL
WEIGHT
lb
50
100
150
176
200
220
250
264
300
330
400
500
600
682
MOMENT:
m.k
~
27.6
55.2
138.1
193.4
221.0
276.3
331.5
414.4
552.6
3051
6102
9153
10740
12204
13424
15255
16109
18306
20137
CD)
(Q
32
64
160
224
256
320
384
46
92
230
322
368
UNITS
.MOMENT:
in.lb
(B)
4429
8858
13287
15590
17716
19488
22145
23385
26574
29231
35432
44290
53148
60412
-ill
CD)
5439
10878
16317
19036
21756
23931
27195
28718
32634
35897
43512
54390
65268
74188
(E)
6299
12598
18897
22172
25196
27716
31495
33259
9055
18110
27165
31874
350 83
6.2
00-23
Page2
.3
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
FUEL
rm[H
g :-1
--~-~,
.; I
.!
~-:::::J~-::=~-
-r-1
3,475m (136.81
In)
~
: Fuel specific
gravity:
~~
0.79
METRIC UNITS
litre
Kg
10
20
40
60
80
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
540
8
16
32
47
63
79
119
158
198
237
277'
316
427
IMPERIAL UNITS
m.KG
28
56
111
163
219
275
414
549
688
824
963
1098
1484
UK gal.
lb
5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
119
40
79
158
238
317
396
475
554
633
712
792
871
940
in.
lb
5472
10808
21616
32561
43369
54177
64985
75793
86601
97409
108353
119161
128601
IMPERIAL UNITS
US gal.
lb
in.
lb
US gal.
lb
in.
lb
5
10
15
20
30
40
33
66
99
132
198
264
4515
9029
13544
18059
27088
36118
70
80
90
100
110
120
462
527
593
659
725
791
63206
72099
81128 90158
99187
108217
50
60
330
396
45147
54177
130
143
857
940
117246
128601
35083
6.2
00-23
Page 3
,
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
CG CHARTS
~~~Wing
charts (metric units and Imperial units) are used to easily
know the aircraft
centre-of-gravity.
Whenthe point obtained is close to
the limits,
it should be confirmed by calculations.
These charts are designed so that
CG move along a vertical
line.
the variations
in the fuel weight make
Example 1 : Total weight 1800 kg for a centre of gravity of 3.30 m.

During the flight,
after consumption of 200 kg of fuel, the
centre of gravity will be 3.28 m (Refer to chart).
Example 2 : Total weight 4000 lb for a centre of gravity of 131 in.
During the flight
after consumption of 600 lb of fuel, the
centre of gravity will be 130 in. (Refer to chart).
The weight and CG limits are given in the LIMITATIONS SECTION~nd may
be modified by the Supplements corresponding to the optional items
fitted.
350 83
6.2
00-23
Page 4
.
.
.
.
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
ABAQUE
DE CENTRAGE
LOADING
CHART
PILOTE
.55
PILOT,,
PASSAGER AR.
I' ,
I ,
REARPASSENGER
BANQBIPLACE
FRETCABINE
CABINFREIGHT
5 ..
w
TWO-PLACE
SEAT
CARGOSLING
7 ~
SOUTESLAT.
SlOE HOLOS
t0 ~
c
CARGOSWING
iI
RESERV.CONV.
FERRYFUEL TANK
~
SOUTEAR.
REARHOLD
4.60
1100
1200
1300
"0
:.
1400
;r
1500':
Q
w
1600
So
1700
(/)
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2300
2400
2500
~
c?'
2600
2700
2800
~
~
.3.30.
3.45
3.29
CENTRE
DE GRAVITE
3.43
-CENTER
OF GRAVITY
(m)
35083
6.2
97-40
Page 5
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
ABAOUE DE CENTRAGE
PILOTE
LOADING CHART
PILOT'
PASSAGERAR.
REAR PASSENGER
.9
BANO.BIPLACE
TWO-PLACE SEAT
.9
FRETCABINE
CABIN
FREIGHT
.,
-
.5
CARGO
SL
s.
~
.8 ~
SaUTESL
SIDE HO
.9 I-
CARGO
SW
.0 0
RESERV.CO
FERRY FUEL r
.3
SaUTE
REAR H
.1
250
300
I-
:I:
52
3500
w
CI)
CI)
450
4000
500
550
6000
~
~
6173
,,;
~
127 12B 129
130 131 132 133 134 135
129.5
CENTRE
DE
GRAVITE
-CENTER
OF GRAVITY
(in)
35083
6.2
97-40
---
Page 6
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
SECTION6.3
.LATERAL
LOCATION OF VARIABLE LOADS

The tables
below give the lateral
CG positions
for
their
moments with respect to the Y plane (positive
right,
negative
dimensions
on the left),
.~
different
weights and
dimensions
on the
CREWAND PASSENGERS
j:::~1i~~I~~~:=~~~~'::J{.L:=~~!i~~1:II~1=~:~~:::J\", ~~!~]~I~=~~~~~:==:J-=-.~\j~~;t~;JIJt~~---~_J
-=
0;
g
:>
~
A = 0.360
B = 0.495
m (14.17
m (19.49
.C
In)
in)
= 0.200
D = 0.597
E = 0.207
m (7.88 in)
m (23.5 in)
m (8.15 in)
F = 0.620
m (24.45
in )
METRIC UNITS
WEIGH
~
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
.120
MOMENT: m.kg
(A)
18
22
25
29
32
36
40.
43
(B)
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
59
~
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
(D)
(E)
(EL
30
36
42
48
54
60
66
72
10
12
14
17
19
21
23
25
31
37
43
50
56
62
68
75
IMPERIAL UNITS
WEIG
lb
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
1417
1700
1984
2267
2551
2834
3117
1949
2339
2729
3118
3508
3898
4288
788
946
1103
1261
1418
1576
1734
2350
2820
3290
3760
4230
4700
5170
815
978
1141
1304
1467
1630
1793
2445
2934
3423
3912
4401
4890
5379
240
260
3401
3684
4678
5067
1891
2049
5640
6110
1956
2119
5868
6357
R
350B3
6.3
00-23
Page 1
,
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
2 AIRAMBULANCE.
HOIST
AND
LATERAL
BAGGAGE
HOLDS
METRICUNITS
WEIGHl
ka
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
~36
-..C&
18
22
25
29
32
36
40
43
47
49
(8)
10
12
14
17
19
21
23
25
27
28
MOMENT:m. kg
(0
(E)
31
37
43
50
56
62
68
75
81
84
21
25
29
33
37
41
46
50
54
56
-L(il
77
93
108
124
139
154
170
185
201
210
28
33
39
44
50
56
61
67
IMPERIAL
UNffi
MOMENT: in.lb
(0
(E)
WEIGHT
1b
1..~
(B)
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
1417
1700
1984
2267
2551
2834
3117
3401
3684
815
978
1141
1304
1467
1630
1793
1956
2119
2445
2934
3423
3912
4401
4890
5379
5868
6357
1634
1961
2287
2614
2941
3268
3595
3921
4248
6079
7294
8510
9726
10942
12157
13373
14589
15805
280
300
3968
4252
2282
2445
6846
7335
4575
4902
17020
18236
1..1::1
---'-Gl
2189
2627
3065
3502
3940
437S
4816.
5254
5691
.
35083
6.3
00-23
Page 2
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
SECTION6.4
.WEIGHT
AND MOMENTOF EOUIPMENTITEMS
The following list covers the optional equipment items. It gives the
approximate weight and moment of the removable components.
DESCRIPTION
WEIGHT
lb
m.kg
2.1
4.6
3.2
275
1.1
2.4
1.7
149
Door + subdoor
14.0
30.9
27.2
2360
High front
10.6
23.4
ka
Aircraft
tool
Cabin fire
kit
extinguisher
.Axe
Low front
MOMENT
in.lb
seat
seat
7.3
16.1
17.1
",'
11.5
1484
,
998
I
Forward
Two-place
seat
11.4
25.22
19.4
1688
21.1
46.5
54.6
4739!
I
I
26.2
57.8
67.6
5867
(High back)
2 Two-place seats,
rear
1 Three-place seat, rear

(complete with armrests)
Dual control
.Skis
2.3
5.1
2.6
225
Battery
17.3
38.1
69.0
5990
Skis complete with 'struts
30.4
67.0
105.6
9165
without struts
23.6
52.0
82.4
7152
67.6
148.8
227.5
19708
Sling (cargo swing)
13.3
29.3
45.9
3977
Wheels for soft ground
44.8
98.9
Ferry tank
35.0
77.2
82.3
7143
Single stretcher installation

(not including stretcher)
0.7
1.5
1.1
95
-
Double stretcher installation

(not including stretcher)
2.3
5.1
3.9
340
15.1
33.3
26.7
2318
Emergency floatation
.I
"
Stretcher
gear
R
R
35083
6.4
00-23
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT
MANUAL'
DESCRIPTION
WEIGHT
MOMENT
kg
lb
m.kq
in.lb
BREEZEelectric
hoist
(136 kg -300 lb)
(arm, winch, grip, pulley-block,
belt, shears)
26.0
57.4
68.4
5947
R
R
R
R
AIR EQUIPEMENT
electric
hoist
(136 kg -300 lb)
(arm, winch, grip, pulley-block,
belt,
shears)
33.4
73.7
87.9
7637
R
R
R
R
BREEZEelectric
44.0
97.1
115.8
10060
(204
kg
-450
(boom,
faired
block,
belt,
hoist
lb)
winch,
R
grip,
pulle)
shears)
R
11.3
25.0
26.56
2305
LOCATOR
search light
10.1
22.3
9.3
809
Low landing gear
42.9
94.5
145.6
12618
55.5
122.2
187.1
16189
gear
Footstep
Loud speaker
Drip pan
-High landing
2.9
6.4
5.5
478
16.6
36.6
63.9
5548
WANDELAND GOLTERMANN
~
~
350 83
6.4
98-46
Page 2
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
7
SYSTEMSAND DESCRIPTION
7.1
MAIN DIMENSIONS
7.2
COCKPIT
7.3
7.4
POWERPLANT
7.5
FUELSYSTEM
7.6
ROTORAND TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
7.7
FLIGHT CONTROLS
7.8
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
7.9
ELECTRICAL POWERSYSTEMS
7.10
PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM
7.11
HEATING AND DEMISTING SYSTEMS
7.12
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
7.13
PARAMETERMANAGEMENT
AND DISPLAY SYSTEM (VEMD)
.
.
350 83
7.0.P6
97-40
Page 1
","Co,
COMPLEMENTARY
FLICHT MANUAL
.SECTION
7.1
MAIN OIMENSIONS
AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS
12.94 m (42.45 It)
.--==~::;~;~~~~~~~~~~::::==~
I
~
f1.86m
(6.10ltdia)
g
-E
_0
m .(1
.0.39
e
N
(1.27It)
CO)
CO)
10.93 m (35.86 It)
-~
--CO)
E~
-cD
..,
---.E
..:~
-"-"
--I
'"
~
'"
--.-.
~
~
...
* Plus 0.20 m (0.65 ft)
when aircraft
equipped with high L/C
35083
7. 1
97-40
-.",
"
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
2 ACCESS
DOORS
AND
COMPARTMENTS
DIMENSIONS
0.82m
1.20m0.85m
2.78ft
E =~
0
.,
.;
E =
.'
~E
,.
co
.:
E=
C\I
()
...
O.42m
1.37ft
E =0
U!
.; .,
0
-E
..0
..
G
g
..C\I
0
co
~
,;
~
3.67ft
1.96
~:
-Available
cabin floor
-Cabin
forward doors
-Cabin
rear subdoors
-LH hold
-RH hold
-Rear
hold
2.60
1- --1.29
0.69
0.43
,. --0.35
0.55
m2
m2
m2
m2
m2
m2
(27.98
(13.88
( 7.42
( 4.62
( 3.76
( 5.92
sq.ft)
sq.ft)
sq.ft)
sq.ft)
sq.ft)
sq.ft)
~:
-Available
-LH hold
-RH hold
-Rear
hold
cabin
volume
3.00
0.235
0.200
0.565
m3
m3
m3
m3
(105.94 cu.ft)
( 8.29 cu.ft)
( 7.06 cu.ft)
( 19.94 cu.ft)
350
83
7.1.
97-40
~"--
Page 2
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
7.2
mgsm
This section is customized.
.
.
.
35083
7.2
97-40
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY FLIGHT
.SECTION
MANUAL
7.3
This
section
is
customized.
.
.
.
35083
7.3
97-40
Page 1
.SECTION
MANUAL
7.4
POWER PLANT
1.1
DESCRIPTION
Installation
The engine
bay.
It
is
by a shaft
1.2
"
Brief
is mounted
at the
top
of the
body structure
installed
aft
of the main gearbox,
to which
mounted
between
two flexible
couplings.
DescriDtion
of
The
engine
is
The
engine
consists
--Axial
free
axial
-Gas
at
turbine
five
forward
c~res50r
(with
end
interchangeable
bleed
of
followed
Generator
design.
separate
Module
the
a fireproof
is connected
EnQine
power
of
C~ressor
Mounted
the
in
it
by
the
modules:
valve)
engine,
a guide
c~rising
a single-stage
vane.
Module
Centrally
located,
comprises:
.a
centrifugal
cOl1>ressor
.a
cOlltJustion
.generator
-Free
At
Turbine
the
-Reduction
Reduces
-Output
Transmits
chanber
turbine
drying
the
c~ressors.
Module
aft
end,
Gear
the
of
turbine
wheel
and shaft.
Module
free
Shaft
consisting
turbine
speed
from
39158
r.p.m.
to
6000
r.p.m.
Module
engine
power
to
the
main
gearbox
and
accessory
drive
couplings.
350 B3
7.4
97-40
.~ -,
Page
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
LUBRICATION
SYSTEM
The engine includes a self-contained
oil cooling system and oil tank.
lubrication
system with an external
Oil system monitoring is ensured by oil teR1>erature and pressure

indicators located on the VEMDbottom screen.
In addition, the Warning-Caution-Advisory Panel includes
lights that illuminate to indicate:
-minimtnn oil pressure
-metal particles on the magnetic chip detectors.
KEYTO FIGURE
OIL SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
S
6
7
Oil tank
Oil teR1>erature indicator
Oil cooler
Chip detection light
Non-return valve
Scavenge PImPS
Suction filter
~
B
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
,8
DESCRIPTI(Jj
Pressure relief valve
Pressurizing puR1>
Heat exchanger
Oil filter
Bypass valve
Clogging indicator
Dil pressure indicator
MininIJmoil pressure light
-!
350
B3
7.4
97-40
Page 2
.COMPLEMENTARY
.r
FLIGHT MANUAL
I:I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
7@
7$ 7@
6op 600 600
I
L
I
J
4 ~ 5
<~
a.O
<'<:
.:
I
I
I
I
I
Oz
1 ~~
--
-a.~
I
I
I
I
I
3
,
L- -:IlnJlJl:L
~w
~
~
I-~
J
J
ASPIRATION
-OIL
SUCTION
LINE
PRESSURE
LINE
Vi
0
PRESSION -OIL
RETOUR
-OIL
RETURN
LINE
35083
7 .4
97-40
Page 3
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL'
ENGINEMONITORING
The control
-Gas
and monitoring
parameters are displayed
on the VEMD.
generator speed:
bNg indicator:
reads the deviation between actual engine Ng
and local PMDNg (as a function of Zp and 8s).
.Ng digital display: remains only available in case of computer failure.
-First
Limitation Indicator (FLI): the three Ng, exhaust gas temperature
and torque parameters are converted on a commonscale. This indicator
provides a synthetic engine power information.
-Torquemeter.
-Exhaust
-Bleed
4
4.1
gas temperature
valve flag,
(t4)
indicator.
at the LH top part of VEMD.
ENGINECONTROLS
Electrical
controls
-EXT PWRBATT push-button

The complete self-test
is perfonned upon computer switch-on
engine controls are in the following configuration:
Starting selector
Fuel control selector
Emergency flow twist grip
only if
OFF (AR)
AUTO
Flight detent
"~
350 B3
7.4
00-23
Page 4
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
-Starting
4It
selector:
In the OFF and IDLE positions,
the foldable
switchguard is raised.
OFF (AR) : Engine shutdown
R
R
OFF --AR
~"') IDLE --I
~
~-',
-RAL
4It
IDLE (RAL) : Steady idling speed

Permits engine oil temperature
build-up when starting
the
.
engine in very cold weather.
FLT (VOL) : Automatic e~g~ne starting

normal condltlons.
.
.,;
~
~
FLT --VOL
Flight
'0
in
position
FWD
-Fuel
control
mode selector:
AUTO: Automatic engine fuel control

mode.
Guarded position.
. 4It
-MAN
MAN:
Locks the fuel

the current
0
~
;:;
~
~
~
fur ~ ~\
::'."v'.'.""'.':':
:::::~~;::::~~:::::
-AUTO
flow
setting
at
value.
Provides for training

in engine
governor failure
(using the.
rotary throttle
control).
Results in illumination
of the
red "GOV" 1 i ght.
'0
FWD
4It
350 83
7 .4
00-23
Page 5
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL'
-Cranking
pushbutton:
Located on the HONEYWELL

unit, this pushbutton perfonns the no-fuel
cranking function in the following configuration:
.Starting
selector
.Fuel control mode selector
4.2
OFF CAR)
AUTO
Mechanical controls
-Flow
control
twist
grip:
When the twist grip is in the flight detent, flow control is

automatically
ensured by the FADECcomputer.
The "TWT GRP" and amber "GOV" lights come on each time the twist
grip leaves the flight detent.
.At mid travel, a microswitch controls the Ng regulated idle function,
thus preventing engine blowout in particular
when practicing
autorotation.
Returning the twist grip to the flight
detent whenever necessary will
switch the computer back to automatic mode.
.In case of failure

of the fuel control system, the pilot can leave
the flight
detent to either increase or reduce the fuel flow as
required. The twist grip includes a surpassable stop in the "fuel
flow increase" direction beyond the flight detent.
-Fuel
shutoff
This control
-Rotor
control:
is used to close the fuel shutoff
valve.
brake control:
Whenthe brake is not released, a microswitch

being started.
prevents the engine from

R
350 83
7 .4
00-23
Page 6
.
.
"
COMPLEMENTARY
,c"""
FLIGHT MANUAL
.B
Paragraph
4.2 Mechanical controls
Replace the subparagraph"
.This
Fuel shutoff control"
by :
.Fuel shutoff control:

control is used to close the fuel shutoff valve.
Replace the subparagraph"
Rotor brake control"
by :
.Rotor brake control:

When the brake is not released, a microswitch prevents the engine from being started.
.
.
35083
7.4
00-40
Page 6
'RR'
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.4.3
Engine
-30
electrical
DDwer suDDlv
ALPHA panel
DESCRIPTION
GOV
-31
FADECpower supply
ALPHA panel
.<I
FUNffiON
GOV
ENG. ACC
CRANK
-32
.
.
FADEC power supply

Power supply to starting
control
electric
valve
Power supply
to
no-fuel
relay
and fuel
cranking
control
cut-off
relay
ALPHA panel
DESCRIPTI<I
START
FUNCTION
Power supply to starting

accessories
(starting
fuel supply electric
valves,
high-energy
box)
3S083
and
7.4
97-40
Page 7
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
-Fuel
control
The fuel control function is perforned by the FADECcomputer according

to the fllll-authority
microprocessor-type digital electronic technique.
The free turbine speed is governed at a value which is related to the
governor speed (Ng) and the collective pitch (antictpator).
The main functions
of the fuel control
system are as follows:
.AutCHnatic engine starting and acceleration

speed necessary for flight.
from idling
speed up to the
.AutCHnatic control of free turbine and gas generator rotational speeds

to maintain a rotor rotational speed corresponding to the selected
value,
rotor
-.Engine
whatever the changes in the aerodynamic

(rapid
or slow loading or unloading).
loads
applied
to
the
speed control to keep engine speed within permissible

operating ranges and in particular as regards speed limitations.
.Rapid engine acceleration
without blowout.
.In-flight
without hunting and rapid deceleration
restarting.
.Engine shutdown.
The FADECc~uter
performs the engine shutdown function and also
performs a the maintenance aid function which is available on the
VEMD.
.
35083 7.4
.
97-40
Page 8
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
r--~
'
CONSIGNE
Nt
.I
I
I PO
Tl
NlAND
TORQUE
UMITS
I Nt
N1UMIT
TORQUE
UMIT
MAJNT
VEMD
CALCULATION
.I
Dir
UGHTS
INDICATIONI
STARTING
ACCESSORIES
CONTROL
I
I
COCKPIT
I
Nl
PO
Tl
ING
GHT
GHT
CH
DATUM
CALCULATION
14
.I
VEMD
I
L_--
I
--1:fJ
~
0
.,;
"1
>
.R
350 83
7 .4
98-46
Page 9
-"
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
SECTION7.5
FUELSYSTEM
.1
FUEL
TANK
1.1
DescriPtion
The spin-molded polyamide fuel cell is located in the body structure
beneath the transmission deck. It is equipped with a gravity refueling
spout on the LH side of the aircraft,
as well as a vent line and a water
bleed valve.
1.2
Caoacity
Fuel
Liters
US gal.
Imp.Gal.
540
143
119
kg
Remarks
Quantity
Total
Usable after.
illumination
of low-level
light
60
Unusable
1.25
15.8
Specific
gravity:
0.79
13.1
0.33
0.28
..079
CONVERSION
TABLE
GAUGEREADING
-CAPACITY/WEIGHT
.Graduatio
10
9
8
7
6
S
4
3
2
1
0
liters
USGal.
540
486
432
378
324
270
216
162
108
S4
0-3
143
129
114
100
86
74
S7
43
29
14
0-0.8
Imp. Gal.
119
107
95
83
71
59
48
36
24
12
0-0.6
kg
lb
427
384
342
299
256
213
171
128
8S
43
0-2.3
940
846
752
658
564
470
376
282
188
94
0-5
.!
350B3
7.5
97-40
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
ENGINE FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM

The engine
fuel
supply
-on
the aircraft:
-on
the engine:
a booster
.a
.a
.a
of the following:I
system consists
pump fitted
to the bottom of the
fuel
tank.
LP fuel pump,
HP fuel pump,
fuel filter
with bypass.
FUEL SYSTEMCONTROLSAND MONITORING

The following
cockpit
provisions
-An emergency throttle

failure.
-A
fuel
shutoff
lever
are available
control
that
to meter
actuates
to the pilot:
the fuel
the shutoff
in the event of a governor

valve
in the engine
fuel
supplysystem
-On the VEMD
:
.A
fuel
contents
1'""'\
,..
gauge (in %).
.A digital
fuel contents
A flow4neter
indicating
remaining flying
time.
line
from 0 to 10 % indicates
the
gauge calibrated
in the chosen units.
the fuel flow in the chosen units and the
-A
"COMB" (FUEL) warning which

the tank.
-A
"p COMB" (FUEL P) warning

below 500 mb.
-A
A yellow
last15min.of flyingtime.
lights
which
up when the low level
lights
up when the fuel
is
reached
pressure
in
drops
R
"FILT COMB" (FUEL FILT) warning which lights

up when the pressure
differential
between the fuel filter
input and output exceeds 700 mb.
-An indicator
is operating.
ITEM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
light
on the instrument
DESCRIPTION!
Booster pump operating

indicator
Booster pump push-button
Fuel low level warning light
Fuel contents
gauge
Standby engine throttle
control
Low pressure warning light
Fuel filter
pre-clogging
warning light
Fuel gauge sender unit
Fuel low level switch
10 Fueltank
bleed
panel to show when the booster
ITEM
11
12
13
14
is
16
17
18
19
20
21
pump
DESCRIPTION
Booster pump
Fuel shut-off
valve
lP fuel pump
Fuel heating
Filter
pre-clogging
pressure
switch
Fuel filter
Filter
bypass valve
Differential
pressure
switch
Fuel pressure transducer
HP fuel pump
Fuel metering unit
35083
7.5
98-46
Page 2
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.
18
--I
INJECTEURS
I
I
.I
I
MOTEUR
ENGINE
I
L
!
1
APPAR
AIRCRA
.5
12
.;
~
"'"
.~
>
t
10
11
POMP. CARB.
FUEL PUMP
R
350 83
7 .5
98-46
Page
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
7.6
ROTORSAND TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
1~
1.1
Main rotor
Of semi-rigid
design,
lubrication
system.
the .STARFLEX. rotor
The three main rotor blades are of flexible

construction.
Pitch variation
is achieved
Seen from above,

Tail
glass-resin
laminated
through distortion
of elastomer
the
rotor
spins
in the clockwise
direction.
rotor
The two-blade
blades rotate
aircraft.
tail
rotor is see-saw mounted on the TGB. The tail
rotor
counterclockwise
as viewed from the right
side of the
TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
The transmission
system consists
-engine-to-main
gearbox
-main
gearbox (MGB)
-tail
rotor drive shaft
-tail
gearbox (TGB).
nor
items.
-1.2
hub has no bearings
For main rotor

-39970
-6125
-2086
coupling
of :
system
speeds of 394 rpm, the rotational
rpm for the free power turbine

rpm for the engine-to-MGB coupling
drive shaft
rpm for the tail
rotor.
speeds are as follows:
shaft
and the
tail
rotor
350B3
7.6
97-40
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
2.1
Enaine-to-MGB Couolina
It transmits engine power to the MGBthrough a shaft and flexible
coupling turning inside a flared coupling tube. The shaft drives the
MGBinput coupling by means of a pulley used to drive a hydraulic
PW'1J.
2.2
Main Gearbox (MGB)

The MGBconsists of three interchangeable modules:
-an epicyclical
reduction gear module with five planet gears providing
4.33 reduction ratio.
-a
bevel reduction gear module with a ring gear and pinion providing
a further 3.59 reduction ratio.
This module is housed in two casings:
-main
.lower
-a
casing supporting a power takeoff coupling

casing with MGBmounting provisions;
lubrication
Lubrication
module attached to the lower casing.
of the MGBis monitored through:
-a
pressure switch causing the "MGB. p" light to illuminate on the

warning-caution-advisory
panel when the pressure drops below 1 bar
(14.50 psi).
-a
thermal switch causing the "MGB. T" light to illll11inate on the

warning-caution-advisory
panel when the temperature reaches 11S'C.
-a
magnetic plug that causes the "MGBCHIP" light

metal particles are present.
to illuminate
when
-as an optional equipment an MGBoil pressure and temperature indicator

can be fitted in addition to the lubrication monitoring system.
The power transmitted through the MGBis measured by a torsion-type
torquemeter fitted to the engine-MGB coupling shaft.
100 % torque is equivalent to 853 Nm.
350
B3
7.6
.
97-40
Page 2
.1
.
.
..~L"E"'ARY
'L1"" MANUALI
..
15
'"
0
.;
...
.~
1
Item
.I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DESCRIPTION
Epicyclical
reduction gear
Planet gear
Sun gear
Low pressure switch
Oil filter
and bypass
Power input module
Rotor brake assembly
Bevel pinion
Item
DESCRIPTION
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Oil level sight

Oil temperature switch
Magnetic plug
Oil pump
Pressure relief valve
Oil cooler
Oil filler
cap
350 B3
7 .6
97-40
Page 3
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
2.3 Tail Rotor Drive Svstem

It
consists
-a
-a
of two items:
forward short shaft at the engine output

long shaft supported by five ball bearing assemblies.
These items are connected to each other by means of flexible

2.4
Tail
Gearbox (TGB)
The TGB is a right-angle

It
2.5
couplings.
is splash-lubricated
drive.
and is provided with an oil
level
sight glass.
Rotor Brake
~:-~~rake
is mechanically
control quadrant.
controlled
by means on the lever on the
Whenthe lever is FORWARD,

the rotor brake is released.
Whenthe lever is AFT, the rotor brake is applied.
R
R
.
.
On brake application,
the lever causes a diaphragm spring to compress,
thus keeping the friction
linings under constant load. A return spring
brings the device back to the "brake released" position when the lever
is moved forward.
.
.
350 B3
7.6
00-23
Page 4
.SECTION
MANUAL
7.7
FLIGHT CONTROLS
The
basic
aircraft
is
fitted
As an optional
item,
controls
in order
to
quickly
The
for
SECTION
When the
aircraft
completed
by
-for
pitch
the
-an
.a
-for
.an
.a
.an
.an
.a
of
servo-controls
in
the
controls
aircraft
can
with
a copilot.
transportation
hydraulic
described
the
fly
with
loads
fitted
at
be
fitted
These
inside
the
to
each
the
RH seat.
with
dual
controls
can
be
removed
cabin.
control
channel
are
7.8.
is
fitted
with
the
optional
autopilot
each
channel
is
following:
and
roll
channels:
electric
actuator
trim
actuator
the
yaw channel:
electric
actuator
collective
pitch
-yaw
coupling
system
elastic
rod
adjustable
friction
lock
on the pedals
pedal
movement
detector.
.
.
35083
7.7
97-40
Page
.SECTION
MANUAL
7.8
HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM
1~
The hydraulic
hydraulically
system
assisted
The
fluid
hydraulic
reduces
the
pilot's
servo-controls
to
used
must
comply
workload
actuate
with
by
the
providing
flight
controls.
specifications
AIR
3520
or
MIL-H-83282.
The total
system
fluid
volume
up to the maximum level
2
..,
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The
hydraulic
-A
-A
gear
pump (20)
regulator
unit
.a
(Figure
system
pressure
is
3 liters
(0.79
US gal.
or
0.66
UK gal.)
mark on the reservoir.
1)
basically
driven
mounted
includes
the
f0110wing
by the
main gearbox.
on the R.H.
side
of
regulating
valve
pressure
switch
(16)
filter
(17)
solenoid
valve
(15).
-A
hydraulic
reservoir
(21)
-Three
single-cylinder
main
the
M.G.8..
containing:
(18)
.a
.a
.a
supplying
the
servo-controls
pump.
(1)
(2)
(3)
driving
the
fixed
swashplate.
Each
with
a safety
In the event
of a hydraulic
pressure
hydraulic
assistance
for
sufficient
failure,
time to
.a
.a
.a
with
.
-A
servo-contro1
hydraulic
non-return
solenoid
is
equipped
accumulator
valve
(5)
valve
(6).
acceptable
single-cylinder
rod.
In the
event
system
is provided
system
control
operating
yaw
servo-control
this
enter
The
rated
system
flight
provides
configuration
loads.
(10)
driving
of a hydraulic
pressure
to actuate
the control
failure,
rod with
operating
loads;
this
system
comprises:
.a
hydraulic
accumulator
(4)
.a
non-return
valve
(5)
.a
pressure-drop
solenoid
valve
(8)
on the
.a
servo
.pressure
comprising:
(4)
the
tail
rotor
control
a load
compensating
acceptable
yaw pedal
accumulator
compensator
(9)
relief
valve
(7).
system
operating
pressure
is
4D bars.
35083
7.8
97-40
Page
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
3 SYSTEM
CONTROLS
AND
MONITORING
(Figure
1)
The pilot is informed of hydraulic system fault conditions by a red "HYD"

low-pressure warning light (14) on the Warning-Caution-Advisory Panel which
ignites when the pressure is less than 30 bar (435 psi).
A switch (11) on the collective pitch lever (12) can be used to cut off all
hydraulic power by opening the three solenoid valves on the main rotor
servo-controls to depressurize the systen.
A push-button (13) on the control
console is used:
-to test the hydraulic accumulators by opening the regulator

valve (15)
-to depressurize the load compensating servo (9).
The hydraulic system filter,
a clogging indicator (19).
located on the regulator unit,
unit solenoid
is fitted
with
.
350837.8
.
97-40
Page 2
23
MANUAL
10
8,
11
~-12
~-13
14
g
g
>'
2
Iten
DESCRIPTION
Item
DESCRIPTIIJI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Roll
servo-control
Pitch
servo-control
Roll
servo-control
Hydraulic
acclJ11Ulator
Non-return
valve
Solenoid
valve
Pressure
relief
valve
Pressuredrop
solenoid
12
13
14
1S
16
17
18
19
Collective
pitch
lever
Accumulator
test
push-button
Low pressure
warning
light
Solenoid
valve
Low pressure
switch
Filter
Pressure
regulator
Clogging
indicator
valve
Load
20
21
Hydraulic
Hydraulic
10
U
c~ensating
Yaw servo-control
Hydraulic
pressure
servo
pump
fluid
reservoir
cutoff
switch
Figure
35083
1.8
97-40
Page
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
7.9
1 -OC
POWERSYSTEM
1~
DC power is provided by a starter-generator
mounted storage battery.
A second identical
and by a 15 ~-hr
storage battery may be installed
as optional equipment.
An external power receptacle on the R.H. side of the aircraft may be used
to supply the aircraft
electrical
system from a 28 VOCground power unit.
The generator and the battery are coupled to the distribution
bus by means
of line contactors, which can only close if the ground power unit is
disconnected.
2
EXTERNAL POWERCIRCUIT
The ground power unit is coupled at ,the primary distribution

of its contactor when the following conditions are met:
-electric
power is available at the external
-the "MASTERSW" pushbutton is released
-the "EXT PWRBATT" pushbutton is engaged.
The "GEN" and BATT" lights
.
.
buffer-
power receptacle
are illuminated.
The battery and the generator are isolated

ground power unit is disconnected.
3
bus by means
from the system until
the
BATTERY CIRCUIT
The battery is coupled to the primary distribution

contactor when the following conditions are met :
bus by means of its
-electric
power is not available at the external power receptacle
-the "MASTERSW" pushbutton is released
-the "EXT PWRBATT" pushbutton is engaged.
The battery may be isolated from the aircraft
power system either:
.manually using the "MASTERSW" and "EXT PWRBATT" switches,
.or automatically by connecting the ground power unit.
350B3
7.9
97-40
Page1
.
.
MANUAL
.
0
0
~
:;j
>
~
350
83 7.9
.
97-40
.-
Page 2I
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
B
Paragraph:
5 ELECTRICAL
Replace the existing title"
SYSTEM CONTROL
"
.
AND MONITORING
5.1.2 Selectors located on the instrument panel"
by:
5.1.2 Selectors located on the instrument panel or overhead panel
8;
8,\
35083
7.9
00-40
Page 3
'RR'
GENERATOR CIRCUIT
The
generator
contactor
is
when
coupled
the
to
the
following
primary
distribution
conditions
are
bus
met
by
means
of
The
generator
may be
-manually:
.by
disengaging
.by
pressing
the
from
the
A push-button
is
When the generator

Caution-Advisory
ELECTRICAL
5.1
5.1.1
aircraft
the "GEN" push-button,

"MASTER SW" and "CRANK"
-automatically
if :
.a
reverse
current
is detected
from
.a
ground
power unit
is connected,
generator
voltage
exceeds
31.5
..the
isolated
provided
to
is isolated,
Panel.
attempt
the
the
its
-electric
power is not available
at the external
power receptacle
-the
"MASTER SW" and "CRANK" push-buttons
are
released
-the
"GEN" pushbutton
is engaged
-the
generator
voltage
exceeds
the. battery
voltage
by at least
0.5
MANUAL
power
V.
system:
push-buttons.
battery
to
the
generator,
V.
resetting
"GEN"
of
light
the
illuminates
generator.
on
the
SYSTEM CONTROL AND MONITORING
Controls
Console
-"EXT
Push-buttons
PWT BATT"
-"MASTER
SW"
-"CRANK"
-"GEN"
-"GENE
RESET"
5.1.2
Selectors
located
-ON/OFF
-Power
switch,
regulation
on
the
instrument
panel
or
on the
overhead
panel
mode selector.
350
B3
7
00-23
.9
Page
.
.
V ~6~d
Ov-L6
50!
9 os
.~U~JJn~ 6U~~J~~S'~U~JJn~ JO~~J~u~6 '~6~~lO/l : SJ~~~J~d
6U~MOllOl ~4~ SA~lds~p OW3A~4~ uo ~6~d ~l~~4~/l ~41

SJ~~~WPJ~a DU~JO~~UOW ~'S
..3N3:>..
..l1VS.. : S~46~l uo~~n~~ J~qwv.dW3111VS.:

~46~l 6U~UJ~Mp~~ :
l~U~d AJOS~/lpv-uo~~n~J~4~ u~ p~pnl~u~ ~J~ S~46~l 6U~MOlLOl ~41

S~4D~1 JO~~~~PUI
Z'S
lvnNVW~H~Il~ A~V~N3W31dWOJ
COMPLEMENTARY
.SECTION
FLIGHT
MANUAL
7.9
2 -AC
POWER SYSTEM
1~
The AC power generation

system
is an optional
installation
required
the aircraft
is equipped
with
an automatic
pilot
or with
certain
gyroscopic
instruments.
Two different
types
of installation
are available,
depending
on the
capacity
250-VA
A.C
Dower
by a static
beneath
the
inverter
from
the DC power system.
cabin
floor.
Performance
characteristics
-Output
-Frequency
-Power
output:
A.C.
28 VDC
115 and 26 VAC
400 Hz
150 VA ) limited
150 VA)
115 VAC
26 VAC
Dower
DESCRIPTION
system
control
2S0
VA
28 VDC
26 VAC
400 Hz
10 VA
OPERATION
The static
inverter
is supplied
the RH side
fuse
panel
(16-amp.
fuse
for
the
10-VA power system).
The
the
to
svstem
-Input
voltage
-Output
voltage
-Frequency
-Power
output
The
svstem
voltage
voltages
10-VA
power
required.
AC power
is supplied
inverter
is located
are as follows:
--Input
when
is switched
panel.
on
by
AC power
distribution
side
fuse panel.
circuits
An amber caution
light
A.C.
power
generation
on the
system.
from
fuse
means
are
bus
for
of
bar
the
the
"INVERT"
protected
instrument
PP9, through
250-VA
power
by
panel
a fuse
system,
push-button
fuses
indicates
located
located
on the
a failure
35083
located
2.5-amp.
of
on
on
LH
the
7.9
97-40
Page
MANUAL
SECTION 7.10
PITOT-STATIC
.It
-A consists
total
pressure
of :
SYSTEM
circuit
-A
static
pressure
circuit
-Three
flight
instruments
.an
airspeed
indicator
.a
vertical
speed indicator
.an
altimeter.
The static
system
side
of the aircraft
order
III
to
supply
The
total
the
aircraft
The
It
the
pressure
total
includes
2 pressure
centerline.
The
pick-offs
pick-offs
under the cabin

on either
are connected
together
in
3 instruments.
pick-off
is
mounted
on the
nose
slightly
pressure
may include
push-button
circuit
supplies
an optional
on the
heating
control
the
airspeed
resistor
A bleed
.
.
valve
be drained
The
aircraft
and
dual
the
left
of
indicator.
operated
provided
by
the
"PITOT"
console.
A light
illuminates
on the Warning-Caution-Advisory
-when
the push-button
is released
-in
the event
of failure
of the heating
resistor
-in
the event
of power supply
failure.
to
to
centerline.
on each
pressure
circuit
panel:
allows
condensation
water
off.
may be fitted
with
an optional
2nd total
pressure
pick-off
instruments.
35083
7.10
97-40
"",","~",,,"
~"'
.""".1,
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
tl ~
1
C!
U;
0
:?i
>
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
DESCRIPTION
"PITOT" push-button
Relay
Airspeed indicator
Rate-of-climb indicator
Altimeter
"PITOT" light on WarningCaution- Advisory panel
Item
7
8
9
10
DESCRIPTION
Static pressure pick-off

Water bleed valves
Total pressure pick-off
(with optional heating)
VEMD
R
R
R
AUTO-PILOTAIR DATACIRCUIT
When the aircraft
is fitted with the auto-pilot,
an air data unit
with static and total pressure complements the copilot's system.
supplied
35083
7 .1 0
98-46
Pag~ 2
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
7.11
AIR CONDITIONING
1
CABIN VENTILATION
Two separate
-Fron1:
circuits
ven1:ila1:ion
The air
taken
dis1:ribu1:ed
opening
and
-Overhead
The
air
Air
is
-circula1:ed
provide
ventilation
to the cabin.
from the
front
cabin
area flows
1:0 1:he crew.

A pull-knob
on
adjustment
of the ventilation
through
the instrument
circuit.
two ducts
panel
and is
controls
ventilation:
taken
from
the upper
1:0 1:he air
outlets
diffused
by opening
cabin
via
area
through
1:he S1:rUC1:ure
and orientation
a ram
pOS1:s.
of each air
air
scoop
is
1:hen
outlet.
.
.
.;
~
g
,;
~
Iten
1
2
3
DESCRIPTII*
FRONT aerator
Control
pull-knob
Overhead air outlets
DESCRIPTI<m
4
5
6
Ram ai r scoop
Ventilation
duct
FRONTair outlets
35083
7. 11
97-40
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
2 HEATING"
AND
DEMISTING
SYSTEM
These systems provide cabin heating and windscreen demisting.

Heating and demisting are achieved by mixing (hot) P2 air from the engine
with air drawn from under the floor,
The air mixture is circulated through two separate circuits to the heating
outlets provided under the front seats and to the demisting manifolds at
the front. Two manually operated valves mounted on the P2 lines are used
to open and control air distribution.
.;
Item
1
2
3
DESCRIPTION
Demisting air diffusers
Demisting control valve
Heating control valve
* Optional
Item
4
5
DESCRIPTION
P2 air ducts
Heating diffusers
35D
83
7.11.
97-40
Page 2
t i36~d
~Z-OO
~ ~ .L
~8OS~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
.i3~~~ ~UOJ~ aW3A i34~ .

'JO~~i3li3S
~46~N/A~a i34~ ~o SU~i3WAq Pi3ll0J~UO~ '6u~~46~l
ss~dwo~ Aq-pU~~s i34~ .
'i3Jn~x~~ 6u~~46~l JO~~~~pu~ ~N i34~ .
'i3~~ld lOJ~UO~ i3u~6ui3 i34~ .
.'i3~~ld
lOJ~UO~ 6u~~46~l i34~ .
pi3~~J6~~u~ 6U~A~4 SJO~~~~pu~ i34~ .
: Si3~lddns
'6u~~46~l
Z ~~n~J~~ Du~~4D~1~
~
~
.
.
.i3l0SUO~ i34~ UO S~i3S O~p~J i34~ .

'li3u~d ~ui3wnJ~SU~ i34~ uo S~i3S O~p~J i34~ .
'i3l0SUO~ i34~ uo (113MA3NOH) ~~un lOJ~UO~ i34~ .
:
t
s~~n~J~~ i3~~J~di3s OM~ Aq ~~l

~NllH~Il
si3~lddns
~~n~J~~ Du~~4D~1i3J~ S~Ui3WnJ~SU~i34L
310SNO) ONV 13NVd LN3wn~LSNI
.li3u~d i3sn~ i3p~S H~ i34~ uo i3sn~ e Aq pi3~~~~oJd i3Je S~46~l i3WOpJei3J i3qt
.i3sn~ e Aq pi3~~i3~oJd s~ ~~n~J~~
i34~ pu~ AJi3~~~q i34~ WOJ~ pi3~lddns Al~~~J~P s~ ~46~l ~ods i3lq~AOW i34L
~
~
.~Ol~d i34~ o~ i3lq~l~~A~ 4~~~MS ~ ~O

SU~i3WAq Pi3ll0J~UO~ pu~ J~qsnq ~~i3J~p AJi3~~~q i34~ WOJ~ pi3~lddns s~ ~46~l
i3WOPJ~i3J i34~ .~~~ ~Jodsu~JL J~V ~~lqnd i34~ 4~~M pi3dd~nbi3 ~~~J~J~~ JO~
~
~
.Ji3~i3WO~~ui3~ode ~o SU~i3WAq Pi3ll0J~UO~ s~ 6u~~46~1
~
~
l~~o~
~
~
~
~
~o i3S~~ u~ ~46~l
A~ui36Ji3wi3U~ s~ pi3sn s~ ~46~l
OM~ ~O SU~i3WAq ~~O pue UO P~4~~~MS i3J~ S~46~l
.i3Jnl~~~ 6u~~46~l
~ods i3lqeAow i34L
.suo~~nq-4snd
i3WOpi34~ ~o sdwel i34L
.sJi36ui3ss~d i34~ JO~ 'J~i3J i34~ ~~ 'S~46~l i3WOp li3A~MS OM~

pu~ Mi3J~ i34~ JO~ ~UOJ~ i34~ ~~ '~46~l ~ods i3lq~AOW ~ ~O s~s~SUO~ Wi3~SASi34~
~NllH~Il.
~NILH~Il
Zt'L
lvnNVW LH~Il~
NI8V)
NOID3S
A~V~N3W31dWO)
.COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
SECTION7.12
.LIGHTING
1
CABINLIGHTING
The system consists of a movable spot light, at the front
two swivel dome lights.
at the rear, for the passengers.
The lamps of the dome lights
push-buttons.
.The
are switched on and off by means of two
The movable spot light

lighting failure.
is used as an emergency light
Lighting
by means of a potentiometer.
is controlled
for the crew and R

R
movable spot light is directly

circuit
is protected by a fuse.
The rear dome lights are protected
R
R
in case of total
supplied from the battery
R
R
R
and the
R
R
by a fuse on the RH side fuse panel.
For aircraft
equipped with the Public Air Transport kit, the rear dome
light is supplied from the battery direct busbar and controlled by means
of a switch available to the pilot.
2
INSTRUMENT
PANELANDCONSOLE
LIGHTING
The instruments
-LiGhtinG
R
R
are lit
circuit
by two separate circuits:
Supplies:
.the control unit (HONEYWELL)
on the console,
.the radio sets on the instrument panel.
.the radio sets on the console.
-LiGhtinG
circuit
R
R
R
Supplies:
.the indicators having integrated lighting.
.the lighting
control plate.
.the engine control plate,
.the NR indicator lighting
fixture,
.the stand-by compass lighting,
controlled
selector,
.the VEMDfront face.
by means of the Day/Night
.R
350 B3
7 .12
00-23
Page 1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL'
The INST. LTS 1 and INST. LTS 2 push-buttons
the 1ighting system.
control
The "CONSOLE"and "PIL. INST. PANELnpotentiometers

of the panels.
~
2.1
the energization
control
of
the brightness
ITE~
circuits
of instrument
DESCRIPTION.
ITE.
DESCRIPTION
INST. LTS1 fuse
10 Lighting of stand-by~ompass
INST. LTS 2 fuse
11
INST. LTS 1 pushbutton
Lighting of indicators
integrated lighting
12
Lighting
INST. LTS 2 pushbutton

13
Engine control
14
NR indicator
15
Lighting
of VEMDfront
16
Lighting
of VEMDscreens
Lighting of radio sets on

instrument panel
17
Lighting
panel
of caution-advisory
Lighting
18
Day/Night selector
Lighting
Graduator
Lighting of control
pushbuttons
8
9
control
R
R
R
R
Danel and console
~
R
: Should one of the two power supply circuits

fail, the other circuit
automatically
takes over the supply of the failed circuit.
The potentiometer of the serviceable circuit ensures the brightness
adjustment for the whole assembly.
IntreQrated
control
having
plate
plate
unit
lighting
fixture
face
unit
of radio sets on
console
35083
7 .12
00-23
Page 2
.!
E a61!d
EZ-OO
~~.L
E80SE
L
I::JI::JI::JI::JI::JI::JI::J
,
'
:"
a
a
II9J.
Dr;~
9~
~~
S~
I'
-':
'-~
Z'lSN
'lH!)I~JCZ1H!)IN
Av~d:
'
<'-"nor
ZlWIN")
O~
~~ II
~J.
I'
'-~ -':'
'-'JJf1N
~~ II
J.J.
@
rJSN
iH9Il~
9
a
~'J.SNI
~ J.H91
AVO
.
a
J.H9IN
IInor
~ linN
~ linN
~'J.SNI
~R-:~o!'.AJ.
9dd
lvnNVW
9dd
A~ViN3W31d~)
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
POSITION LIGHTS
The aircraft
-one
-one
-one
is fitted
with three position
lights:
red light on the port tip of the horizontal stabilizer

green light on the starboard tip of the horizontal stabilizer
white light at rear tip of the fuselage.
The circuit
is protected by two "POS. LT." fuses
The installation
is controlled
by the "POS. LT." pushbutton located on
the control console.
4
ANTI-COLLISION LIGHT
The anti-collision
light
indicates the aircraft's
light.
is fitted
at the top of the vertical
fin and
presence at long range by bright red flashes of
The circuit
is protected
The anti-collision
light
the control console.
by the "A/COLL LT" fuse.

is controlled
by the "A/COL.LT" push-button on
LANDING LIGHT
The landing light is usually mounted at the front

below the cabin.
It can also be fitted
in the nose cone.
RH side of the aircraft,
The landing light is switched ON/OFF using the "LAND LT" pushbutton located
on the control console.
The installation
is protected by 2 "LAND LT CONT"and "LANDLIGHT" fuses
located on the RH side fuse panel.
6
TAXIING LIGHT
The taxiing light is usually mounted at the front LH side of the aircraft,
below the cabin.
It can also be fitted
in the nose cone above the landing light.
The taxiing light is switched ON/OFF using the "TAXI LIGHT" pushbutton
located on the control console. The installation
is protected by a
"TAXI LIGHT" fuse.
.
35083
7 .12
97-40
Page 4
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
7.13
VEHICLE AND ENGINE MANAGEMENT
DISPLAY
1~
The system, which

display
of engine
of the instrument
-two
-one
comprises the VEMDmulti-function

screen, provides
and vehicle parameters.
The VEMD is located
in the
panel and comprises:
calculating
modules:
"screen"
module which
LINE 1 and LINE 2,

comprises two screens
and control
a
center
push-buttons.
CHARACTERISTICS
The VEMD is supplied
with
a dual
28 VDC power supply
and is
protected
by
-circuit-breakers.
3
OPERATING MODES
Three
operating
modes are accessible:
-"FLIGHT"
mode:
by default,
this constitutes
the main operating
mode of
the equipment.
It contains
the ENGINE, VEHICLE, FLI, FLIGHT REPORT,
ENGINE POWERCHECK and PERFORMANCE
pages.
.
.
-"CONFIG"
mode:
this mode contains the pages which are used to configure
the equipment.
This mode is accessed by successively
pressing
the .OFF1"
and "OFF2" keys, then by simultaneously
pressing
and maintaining
"SELECT"
and "ENTER", then pressing
the "OFFl" and "OFF2" keys again.
Release
"SELECT" and "ENTER" keys when the message "RELEASE KEY" appears.
-"MAINT"
mode:
This mode contains
the pages associated
with maintenance
and with the avionic
system. This mode is accessed by applying
the
"CONFIG" mode access procedure but pressing
"SCROLL" and "RESET" keys
instead of "SELECT" and "ENTER" keys.
350 83
7.13
97-40
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
4 VEMD
CONTROLS
3 .
2
-4
6
0
0
0;
,c"
.,~
~
~
IT
DESCRIPTION
2
3
4
OFF1(2)push-buttons:
Cut off the processing
RKldule1 (2) and the upper
(lower) screen.
SCROLL
push-button:
CamlUtethe page.
RESET
push-button:
Returnto nominal display
configuration
SELECT
push-button:
DESCRIPTION
S +/- push-buttons:
Increase/decreasethe numerical
value of the selected data.
6
ENTER
push-button:
Validate the selected data.
BRT+/-push-buttons:
Screenbrightness control
Select the data field.
Figure 1 : VEWcontrol
350
B3
7.13.
97-40
Page2
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.5
OPERATION
The VEMDis switched on when the "BAT" switch is set to "ON",
The equipment perfonns an initialization
test which checks correct
operation of each of the two lines. During the test, the following message
is displayed:
"",-]
If
the test is faulty,
8:
"TEST
IN PROGRESS"
'J
the following
"LANE1 FAILED"
-"PRESS
OFFl"
is displayed:
"LANE2 FAILED"
.,
"PRESSOFF2"
The line concerned can be cut by pressing the associated push-button

(OFFl or OFF2), This validates the initialization
tests and switches the
remaining line to operating mode,
If
the test is correct,
the VEMDautomatically
goes to operating mode.
6 FLIGHT MODE
The flight
.
.
mode is displayed by default,
The "SCROLL"push-button issued to scroll

following diagrams(Figures 2 and 3).
when no other mode is selected.

the pages as shown on the
350 B3
7" 13
97-40
Page 3
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
-Manaaement
ofDageS
innonnal
mode:
-;;;;:-
PHASE
TEST 1-
(RE-)STARTING
FLIGHT
PHASE
PHASE
-ENGINE
TEST
i-
~-Ng
VEHICLE
SHUTDOWN
PHASE
r--
FU
--1
[-
"',
VEHICLE
--1
~ ~ ~ ~
~
-V
~ ~ -- ~ ~
INITIAL
BATT
':.
t!
GINE
PERFOS
ENGINE
NGINE
ENGINE
FLK;HT
REPORT
NGINE
~'g~~
PEAFOS.
VEHICLE
.;.:
':
ENGINE:
~_.
-;
ENGINE
POWER
CHECK
F
L
I
ENGINE
TEST
NGINE
LI
PERFOS
.;
0;
ENGINE
:
.
V
A
CCc
VEHICLE
~ ~
TEST
~GPU
~~~~
ENGINE
NGINE
POWER
.;
CHECK
Automatic
change-over
Page selected
Figure
manually
at
end
of
phase
by pressing
'SCROLL'
2 : Management of pages in nonnal
display
mode
35083 7.13
.
97-40
Page 4
,
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
-TheFIRST
LIMITATION
INDICATOR
(FLI)
Daae
:
mJ
II
0;
~
>
~
Figure 4 : FLI Page

(Values given as an example)
~
: If one of the parameters on the FLI page becomes invalid,

the
ENGINEpage is displayed automatically;
the parameters can then be
read on independent indicators.
0
"'
'"
:g
g
:;;
Figure 5 : ENGINEPage
R
35083
7 .13
00-23
Page 6
.
.
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
-The
.i
VEHICLE paQe :
c
"1
>
Figure
-The
6 :
VEHICLE Page
ENGINE POWERCHECK CEPO paQe :
When the EPC page is displayed,

the first
page provides
the conditions
to be satisfied,
where applicable,
in order to achieve a correct
engine
power check. The check is broken down into three phases:
-a
-a
-a
value stabjlization
phase,
more restrictive
stabilization
margin stabilization
phase.
phase,
;;:
~
.,;
'"
,,;
.Figure
7 :
First
page of the
EPC
R
35083
7 .13
98-46
Page 7
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
The second page displays the result of the EPCaccording to 6 parameters

(Ng, Nf, t4, Zp, Tq, OAT) and the positive or negative differences in t4
and torque.
"
.
.
..-
:g
.,;
"'
>
Figure 8 : Second page of the EPC

-The
PERFORMANCE
paqe :
This page is used to calculate aircraft

performance in the fonn of
takeoff weights, in and out ground effect.
The following
-the
-the
-the
parameters must be set:
equipped empty weight of the aircraft,

weight of the crew,
weight of th~ payload.
Fuel and external

automatically.
parameters Zp and OATare taken into
account
35083
7.13
00-23
Page 8
."'d
,,-,.
11
& ~ .L
~~eJJJ~e
9 OS
'MOLLeA
dn-LLe
e4~
ue4~
a6ed
sseL
u~
eJe
peA~Lds~p
SenLeA
3)NVW~O~1I3d
]90
eJe
pue
Ae4~
]91
'~46!aM
e4~
ue4M
3ION
aJn6!~
~.
'"
'"
0
'"
0
(i.'t)
~.t+
(.!I.Ot)
(to
~.g+
(ax
0&)
091)
.LVO
001
009
(q(
v)
BJ(
(QIOOg).31(
dB
001
sg
sg
>
<
ssa~
ssa.ld
1'1.5'9M
SA9J1 -I + ,10 9Sn
[.]
113~3
.."i'
Oap!"pSlJaAU!
r
[~]
0IU!sBuB4:J
l:J~S
.~
eJnpeJoJd
5U!MOLLO~
e41
ALdde
.senL~A
sa~el
OW]A
e4t
'pelJaLes
s~
'SJel~weJed
1VO
JelewmJed
pue
a41
dZ
J~4toue
JO
AJ!poW
LenlJe
JO
a41
pe6ue4J
e4~
41~M
eJuepJoJJe
.pe!J~pow
IH~11~
u~
aq
U~J
ses~~JJep
IVO
IVO
pu~
dZ
~41
01
OlU~
e6ed
~4t
u~4M
eJe4dsoWle
'pe~J~pow
'sesodJnd
les
lUnOJJe
s~
'M~L
pJepUelS
lvnNVW
s~
6u~uueLd
dZ
u~4M
UO!SS!W
JO~
A~VIN3W31dWO)
I
--
01
~61!d
9P-86
~ .L
8 05
.A~~ .1353~.
SW~~SAS ~4~ u~ ~pow .3JNVN31NIVW.
~
~
;s~
~4~
ss~Jd
~4~ o~ J~}~J
'~6ed
S~4~ ~~x~ 01
.Lenuew uo~~d~JJS~p
'sJe~dde
~6essaw e}I
.~w~~ :l46fL:I
5
~
.~46~L}
~4~ 6u~Jnp p~~J~~~p
'<Ju~d~JJS~p
~!~
(MOLL~'< u~) ~~Je ~6ess~w
.S~LJAJ
Le~o1/s~LJAJ
au~qJn~
aaJ:I
'S~LJA)
Le~ol/s~LJAJ
JoSsaJdwo)
.ALLeJf~eWO~ne
pa:luaw~J)Uf
s~ 4J~4M
'J~qwnu
:l46fL:I
NOlldIH)S30
a6ed
1~Od3~ 1H~Il:l
~311
OJ ~Jn6~:1
'"<
..
g
In
A
.~
..uMop~n4s.
~Uf6u~
ALLeJ~~eWO~ne
~JodaJ Jf~a4~UAS
~4~ S~J~~ap
OW3A ~4~ Ua4M ~6ed .31)IH3A..
~JOd~J ~46~L} }O pua a41 .pawuo}Jad

e 4:1fM M~JJ a4~ ap~AoJd o~ Sf a6ed
~4~
S~)eLdaJ
.a:le~S
~46~L} ~seL a4~}0

s~4~ }O asodJnd
a41
: ~be(J1~Od3~1H~Il:l ~41-
"I1H,"!H'"' A"lN""'",'
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
8
SERVICING
CONTENTS
Pages
8.1
GROUNDHANDLING
1
EQUIPMENTREQUIRED
HANDLING
8.2 ~ER:~~~:G~N~T~U~~~S
-2
FUEL ADDITIVES
8.3
LUBRICANTS
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
5 REFUELING
8.4
2
2
TEST SCHEDULE
1
GENERAL
TEST SHEETS
DAILY OPERATINGCHECKS
1
INSPECTION ASSOCIATED WITH THE DAY'S FLIGHTS
DAILY OPERATINGCHECKSFOR OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
OPERATION IN COLD WEATHER
1
7
10
350 B3
8.0.P6
97-40
~..j.!-_c"
Page 1
C~PLEMENTARY FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
8.1
GROUNOHANOLING
EOUIPMENTREQUIRED
-For
moving the aircraft
by hand:
.single
or twin handling wheels
.jacking
lever.
-For
towing the aircraft
with a tractor:
the above-mentioned equipment.
plus:
.a towing cable.
HANDLING
:-;:;:;
the hel icopter by hand
Dn DreDared Qround
.Position
the ground handling wheels on the mounting studs according
to
aircraft
balance.
.Install
ground handling wheels (wheels outside skids.
see Oetail B).
.Check
that wheels are correctly
locked (see Detail A).
Lift
the aircraft
onto its wheels using a jacking lever.
Lock in this position
with retaining
pins.
On roUQh Qround
.Use twin ground handling wheels.
Install
as described above.
-Towing
the helicopter
Prepare
Elastic
Mill
with
a tractor
the aircraft
as above and attach the towing cable.
cords are wrapped round the undercarriage
front arch.
: Handles secured to the tail

the aircraft
when towed.
boom should
always
be used to guide
35083
8. 1
97-40
Page 1
.
.
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
--
0
m
0
;;
~
~
g
;;
~
350
83
97-40
8.1.
Page 2
,\
MANUAL
..
SECTION
.SERVICING
8.2
INSTRUCTIONS
1~
1.1
1.2
Cormlercial
The
authorized
The
trade
fuels
names
are
of
are
Fuels
given
provided
in
in
the
the
"LIMITATIONS"
SECTION.
TURBOMECA Maintenance
Manual.
Cacacitv
Refer
.2
Desianation
to
SECTION
7 "DESCRIPTIONS
AND SYSTEMS".
FUELADDITIVES
The anti-ice
Specification
additive
when used must meet the requirements
of French
AIR 3652 or the
equivalent
non-French
specifications:
-MIL-I-27686
-D.ENG.RD
2451
-OTAN
S.748
-MIL-I-85470A
The
additive
is
to
be mixed
with
the
fuel
in
-Minimum
concentration,
by volume:
0.10
%.
-Maximum
concentration.
by volume:
0.15
%.
the
following
proportions:
R
If
there
exists
any doubt as to the concentration
of additive
in the
contents
of a fuel
tank,
the fuel
is to be drained
from the tank
and
replaced
by fuel
containing
a known proportion
of additive
within
the
afore-mentioned
limits
unless
it
is possible
to measure"the
concentration
using
a differential
refractometer.
Instructions
obtained
are
permitting
given
by
the
the correct
vendor.
concentration
of
additive
to
350B3
be
8.2
00-23
Page
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
3 LUBRICANTS
3.1 ~::~:-:brication
3.1.1
System
Engine Oils/Commercial Designations

-Authorized lubricants:
-Commercial descriptions:
3.1.2
Refer to "LIMITATIONS"
SECTION.
Refer to TURBOMECA
publications.
Capacity
-Engine oil tank and system capacity:
6.2 litres (1.64 US gal

or 1.36 Imp gal)
3.2 Transmission Comconents

3.2.1
Lubricants/Commercial Designations
The authorized lubricants are given in the "LIMITATIONS"

SECTION.
3.2.2 Capacity
-Main gearbox (system included) : 6.5 litres (1.7 USgal or
1.4 Imp gal)
-Tail gearbox (system included) : 0.33 litre (O.OBUSgal or
0.07 Imp gal).
4 HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS
4.1
Hvdraulic Fluids/Commercial Desianations

The authorized hydraulic fluids are given in the "LIMITATIONS"
SECTION.
4.2 ~
-Total capacity of. system: 3 litres or 0.8 USgal or 0.65 Imp gal.
-Operating pressure:
40 bar (580 psi).
350B3
8.2
00-23
.,
Page2
MANUAL
5 REFUELING
8
0
0
..;
.,;
~
>
~
-Place
-Connect
the helicopter
the
bowser
(1) on the helicopter.

-Check,
on the fuel
-Observe
.Ensure
.Place
.Strictly
.Prohibit
balance
.Strictly
-Fill
inside
the
flowmeter.
-Position
-Disconnect
level
surface.
cable
to the
gauge,
the
quantity
electro-static
of
the following
safety
precautions:
that
the aircraft
electrical
fuel
power
a fire
extinguisher
near
the work
prohibit
smoking
in the
security
the use of any means of lighting
of safety.
.Ensure,
during
defueling
on a
earthing
refueling
unit)
connectors.
prohibit
is
(or
draining
a hangar
or shop.
tanks,
monitoring
and lock
the
the bowser
balance
connector
(1).
-Check
that
the difference
to the quantity
of fuel
to
of
the
filler
earthing
the
fuel
tanks,
plug
(2),
connector
in the
delivered
supply
that
aircraft
quantity
remaining
is
in
of
the
by
bowser
the
whether
fuel
the
tanks.
off.
to
the
(or
rules
the
electro-static
partial
delivered
using
the key.
from the aircraft
aircraft
fuel
and determine
connector
switched
area.
area.
not
conforming
defueling)
connected
balance
or
on
total,
the
bowser
electro-static
gauge
readings
corresponds
the corresponding
weight.
8
35083
8.2
97-40
Page
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL'
Refuelino
with rotors
turnino
CAUTION: REFUELINGWITH ROTORS

TURNINGIS PROHIBITED.
Strictly
comply with the instructions
-Shut the engine down.

-Apply the rotor brake.
-Switch the battery off before getting
-Carry out the refueling operation.
defined below:
off
R
R
R
R
the aircraft.
~
350B3
8.2
02-03
Page 4
COMPLEMENTARY FLIGHT MA~AL
[=~~~J
5
REFUELING
Replac~ the text

followlng
text:
Refuelina
(Refueling
with
rotors
turning)
of the page 4 with the
wit:h rot:ors turning
CAUTION: REFUELINGWITH ROTORSTURNINGIS PROHIBITED

Strictly
comply wit:h t:he inst:ruct:ions
defined
shut t:he engine down.

-Apply
t:he rotor brake.
Switch t:he battery
off before getting
Carry out: the refueling
operation.
off
G;>
below:
the aircraft:.
CAUTION:
THIS PAGE MUST ONLY BE REMOVED FROM THE MANUAL AFTER

INCORPORATION OF MOD TU 66C 073124
350
B3
8.2 .
02-18
Page 4
"RC"
I:
~i'
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUJ{
c,.
[~~~J
Paragraph:
Refuelino
with
rotors
turnino
Replace the text
CAUTION:
Strictly
of this
paragraph with the following
text:
REFUELING WITH ROTORSTURNING IS PROHIBITED.
-Shut the engine down.

-Apply the rotor brake.
-Switch the battery off before getting
-Carry out the refueling operation.
defined below:
off the aircraft.
';
tc'
350 B3
01-20
8.2
Page4
*RR*
"
COMPLEMENTARY FLIGHT MANUAL
B
5 REFUELING
Replace
following
the text
text:
(Refueling
rotors
turning)
of the
page
4 with
the
Refuelina
with
WARNING:
REFUELING WITH ROTORS TURNING SHALL BE PERFORMEDONLY AFTER

PRIOR AGREEMENTIS GIVEN BY THE COMPETENTAUTHORITY IN
rotors
with
turnina
COMPLIANCE
WITH
OPERATIONAL
REGULATIONS.
Strictly
defined below.
Head aircraft
into forward wind sector z 45" if wind above 10 kt.
Lock the collective
pitch lever in full low pitch position.
check main rotor is at nominal speed with fuel flow control in flight
detent.
Limit refueling
at 95% in order to prevent any fuel spillage.
The pilot
must
stop refueling.
After
refueling
have
someone well
give the filler
in
sight
to
signal
the
mechanic
to
plug key to the pilot.
~
~
35083
02-18
8.2
Page 4
'RR'
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
SECTION 8.3
~~~~
1
GENERAL
The test
sheets are intended to sum up the checks to be carried
out in
flight
or on the ground, with rotors
turning
either
after
replacement
of
major components,
or after
an extensive
operation,
or further
to periodic
inspections.
The test
sheets
are
in the
form of reproducible
sheets
which
can directly
be filled
in by the crew.
CAUTION:
SINCE THESE CHECKS DO NOT FORM PART OF NORMALHELICOPTER

OPERATION, THEY SHALL BE CARRIED OUT ONLY BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
UNDER THE OPERATOR'S RESPONSIBILITY.
8
350B3
8.3
97-40
Page 1
00
~
~
E-o
Z
~
~
~
~
=
Eo~
~
.j
t-
00 Q)
s~
~8
..
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL'
.
..
z
~
e:;'"
~ ~
~ 8
~
e:;
~<
c~
0;
=
~
~
Page 2
8.3
z~
t;
~~;
~~
0
~~
~~
101.
CoCO
ZO~
tJ ~~~ ~o
101
~
C
~
i
~~ ~~
0
~
~
~
0 ~~~
[I1 0"5~ .
() ~~~
~
i ..8
~ ...
tJ~.
~
~ os:
j~~
~ ~ 0
~
0 Z
0 ~ ~
7: Eo- ...
~ Z
~.
~~
EoZ
~
~
~
0
~
~ 0 :J~~
~~
00 ~
~
0
j
~
~
~
~
=
~oo~
s~
8~
Eo-~OO ~Q
~ ~ ~
0 ~ ~~~
co
00~
~~tJ.
~
Eo~~j
=
0
~~~
0
=
~i
~z
~ ~
s
~
~
~
j ~
~ b ~~~
00
~~
~Q
ZE=: ~
IQ
~ ~ i~~.
~
00
~
~ ~
E;"0 ~
~~
~~~
~~
~~o
s<~=::s;
~[i5
Zc-J00.
~~
~
~
~
0
~
~~j~~~
~~~~~o
~t)~~~~
~O~~~...Eo~~~~~~~~
Eo~ ~; ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ i; ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ 00
~ 5 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~~~555555~
o...8~000000000000~
...~~~~~~
S ~ ~ 0 0 0 000
~
::s ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~
00
C'I ~
~ ~ 0 0 0 000
0
-~
0
q
0
0
zzzzzzzzzz
ci
~
>
~
35083
02-03
rn
.j
RR4D
(LIST OF TEST SHEETS).
EZ
~
g,.
~
~
~ ~ ~ Eo-0 C rJJ
~
rn
>rJJ
~
=
0
~
0
t=
~
E~
g;
~~~
:1:.
-
0 Z
E~~
~=~
~~
~Co)~o~i
~Q
Z=:
~
0
e-~
~
~~
~ ~~'<
:I: 60~.
Co) ~~~
~aJ
~
~~::
0
~
0
~=
~Q
~~
~
..!
FLIGHT MANUAL
.
..
~
S
~
~E-
~
~
*RR*
Page 2
8.3
~-<
c~
-<:z
.0>-
-E~;
~O
5
<~
~~
:z~
~~
0
0
~ii
c;.~
ZO~
~"
-<
~
~
~
8
~
~
=
~
~
:3
is to be replaced by the
~..
z
~ ...
~c.
.j
0
t=
---z
Ze--
~
O~
Eo-
E--
~
~
~~
-<
~
~ ~
Co)=
~SQ
j~~
~
Eo~0
d
~
EoZ
0
~
~
rn ~ ~~~.
~
~
~
~
g,.
><
Z
~
~
;
0
=
-~
~
Q
E
j
~
~
~~~
o~
o~
~
~
e-0
t:E-
~
~
~z
~
OrnE--
~~~
0,.,
e--""
Eo- 0
z~
~
~
~
~
0
~~~.
~:a
---t=
~ ~ ~
~
~Eo-~
e--~rn
00<
-<
~
~z
~
~
'< ~ <
rn
~
~
~
d
e-- ~~~
O::;J
-<~~
0
~=
o~
j
E;o 0 9
~ Eo- ~
Q == E--
II"
~
g,.:e::
~ ~
~-<
r.lQEo-jc~
~-<Z=.~~
~
>- ~
~ Co) ~
~~t5~~C
~<9z~
~~
Z~
6~
~j
"'O'~"OO
~O~g,.~..e--
z~~~~~~~
O~...'
..,~~
e::: Eo-C == =. == ~
~ rn Z ~ C ~ g,. ~
~
~o~-<-<-<-<O
"~~rJJOOOOOoEo-
Eo-Oc~rnrnrnrnrJJ~
==
Eo- -~
~ ~ ~
'-' ~ ~ r.l ~ ~ ~ r.l ~

:3 ~
= = = == =:I:
~ >
0000
Co) 0
Q...
C'I ~ ~ Ie = r- ~
"""""
0 = = = = = = = 0
ZZZZZZZZZZ-
~ ~
00
-< ~ ~ ~ r.l ~ ~
0
~ "~
z e: t: t: t: t t t: ~
E-t
~
0
E-t
,.r.
~
'"
~
~
~
~
The text of paragraph

following text :
...COMPLEMENTARY
.
.
.
1,1
35063
02-25
.
.~
.
.~
~
0
~
~
r..
~
r.ot
~~~
-I
Po.0
~Q
~
0
0]
"..
~
~
~
Z
0
~I-.
.<
o~""
I::
foj
~1-." :
<
~
oS
00
oS
~f.
~
~
~I::
I._~
Q~
~r..
c~
.2..
~<
~
.!>.
-~
0
!
:::::::
I
i
.:
~
>
foj
e-.
rn
~
Z
0
~
:J
E::
~
~
Il.
u
foj
rn
~e
~
~:
l
3
MANUAL
~~tl.~
-E
..
r.1
A
...
1:0
..::;1
I-.
Page
8.3
tl.
rn
-r.1
GB
~
B
.o.o~'"
BB B
G
~
OJ
~ ~
1 j ~ ~: j j~-
! Ili
j
IIII
~~
:.: :
:.:..
A
~
~
:::;1
r..
;~::::;I:~~E
I-.
:I: :..:I:.: 0
,~ ::
~ : : I-.
r;1~:~~""
.-rn
~C)~~rx,OC)
:;- :'"'1-.
~ ~OJ""
r.1
~ .CJ)~
~~jO..jCJ)l-.rn
~r.1::;1 r..
-~~-~OZ
~~<r.1::;1~r.1
; ~.: .~U
:
: '"'..
:~
.~
1-.'"
~ ~fOl:I:
j
~
:
"'::;1..
~
::
~C)'::I-.:::..
'" ~~
5~
Q)
..~
r..
Q
~
~",...r..
&
~I-.
~.=
rn
'---
~~S
--~
:
:
"'
~ ~ P
~
<~
""
--0
~~
"
"
~..s -rz":
rn
~
~
::
::
, ..:
:
:
:
:
:
:
r.i:i~~
."
O
~~
1-.1-.
~I-.<~"':
"<::;I~
,,",<~r.1
~~Qc)
~ :
..>-:
::::
: : : :
::::
:
:
IIII
E5
..Q)
; 00
:.;
~
~
~foo
~ 6
~~~
_
.:
0
Z
c:...;;;
~...
o~,-..
~"-'
~
0
~r"\
"!
0,-,
35083
98-46
!'
'g
.;S:$
S..
~
~
Z
0"
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
r--
!:!:
~~
8
I::
I::
~
0
00
~
g
..
"-:-:
OJ
8
!:
~
p
8
I::
;3
00
~I::
~
~~
~
0;>'
~~
E-oQ
QriI
rilO
rilE-o
'--
~
Qj
~
.,
.
.
.
N .
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
OJ
ZZ
~~
'01'01
~~
[ill
~~
zz
..'01'01
o.~tO=
ZE-o~~
.: 8"-t:.~
c13
~ g~
riI"tJ,.
t s"tJ
rili"o
~~s
00
Obi)
...
~~
.~
~~
0)
.
Qj
0)0;
OJ
~
~""
~
e.~
00.
o~
~o
Qj..~gjOJ...,riI.-
""1::
~
0
U
g
~
'<rz1..
0 E-o
~
-"'
~~
:::>~
zz
~Zl::
[~ Ii,,~,~
~m
,-,,-,
"'-"bO...
~""'
~O'o
00-
.,.
riI
~
;::3
~
":j
=
E-o
]~
E-o~
8.3
Page 4
rx.>
0
bD'"'O-.!!
-"~
.z .a
.~.-.
~'""'
~Qj
;3-
..00
0)
;g,
Qj
.g
OJ'''
~~
~O)
U!j
~I::
.~
cOo
~
.~.~
...
0
.Q
0..
~~.!::
1::.8
"
>1::
_0
~~
~Qj
'"
6
U
~
~e
:B=,
..~
00~":
E-ofE
5
2-
~"tJ0
E-o"~
:x:8e
(.:JO)~
~-o
OJ
~.!::
-~g-
..."0
fE
E-.~
~O
o~
~t:
~~
,0
0
c-""
r-'
~
~~
00
00
~
~
00
~
~
rz1
...00.riI'
riI
~~~~
rx.=~
=
~
-Z'
.-_E-o.
~riI~
~o~
~
I::
-~
'A
riI
E-o -~
-b
~
~O
t:
.a Co)~ m
;j-
009
~ O...
= Qr..
~P"'tP
z--=:'
riI;"'~"
~ -&:
'"Z ,rx. 9
P
OJ'
p~p
..:-=:.
(.:J;"'E-oO)
,- r'riI ~.~
r..
'"' rx.
...,""
~01
~t
+~
bD
I::
bD
.~
!j"~I::
zo~'"
0= rilrx.
~
...~
cO)
.~ ~
~.,
I::;j
S
~
~
..e
B Q ~ gj
000
"
]~
E-oOo
.t:.~
..
u
~~
..0)
.,.
~~"tJ .,
00
tfJ
~
U
Oo~
..0).-OJ
-.~
~~"tJ OJ
'"';jot
.~
.~
";3
'0 ~
W1 ~
Qj-
~
~
~
00
~
~
00
~
~
O.t
riI
==
~
~
~
coo cd
Qj ~
bO
'"' .~t:
...!::.~
>
bD
t:
E-.""
~.c
~
~
0
0"
N
g
~
~ 5
E-. >~
~ u
~
350 83
98-46
.~
.~
.
.:
:;;
8:=
~
0
0
Q
~
~
CQ
=
E-i
00
Z
'""'00
Q
~
o g""'
~
C""'
ZZ
~D~
..,
~
...
'"
-5
~
'"
~
OJ
OJ
'&
.:
8.3
Page
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
~~~D~D~D~D~
D~D~D
"'"'
~
~'"
"E
C')
~~~
.0
"'"'
'"' ~as ~to
,",s '"
.0
"'"'
~~ '"I:J
'"
'"
~ ~
'g
~
~
~'"
as
'"'
OJ'"'
""'
01
to
",.n.n
"'";J
G
G
""to
...:
B
0
.!i
to
'";J
G
Q)
t)
G'
OJ
:
obi,
.:
'";J
G
~~
B
0
.!i
""to
~~
~.
~,
Q)
.:
.&
.:
Q)
to
",.n
'"'
~
':'" a
'"
",..,
0:
'"
'f;,.:!i
2"'"' ""
""'
~"'..
Q)
","
0;"
~""'" ""'
0
~
OJ
'";J"
G
""to
--"
B
~
.!i
'"
.:
'Q
.:
Q)
~
'"
Q)'" ""
='
-..;
zz
Q)
>
.!i
2;
...C""'
~
r_,<"'.!i
>
~~
~,
.!i
~O""tO
u
1::"".0
Go"'"
B
0
q~
~
~,
~
'"
0
~.:
'::
=
~
u
o~
~~
~.
rk~
'-":
~ ~~
~
.:
,~
~
~i
r..>~
;j""tO
00]
"'-
,",~'"I:J"
;::;
~
~
o;J
~
~
~
~
~.Q'"'
",.~
C""'~
~ ~
~o
~
00
~
-OJ
~ ~
~Q
0
~
CQ
~.o
~ 00
=
~
~
0.0
E-I~
~
r_"
00
35083
98-46
i
00
~
~
~
~
r..
'""
00
t:'
:s:
Eoo
.00
~
~
0
~Eoo
...,
~Z
""00"
~
~
.
~
rz.
.9
'.
0:2-:
>0
d.c ~
"C=~
uu
0 C ..
-.-" ..00
9>..,-;;;
>u
~g'
E-.E-.
~s
"'
00
rzJ
0
Z
S:!;
:1::8
0..
~rzJ
rzJ
p
~
rzJ
""
..E-.
~ ~
0 ...
PE-.
Page 6
8.3
'
.
N.
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUA~
.:.:
000000
.:.:.:~
~~ ~~ ~~ ~ ~~ ~~
00
u
"1::
z
rzJ
rz.
-;;;~S
...c'"
;I:rc:;
~o
P4rzJ
~
..."'.~.Q
.~
.a ..>
"',.e
-;;;
"0
~E]
",-c
.,..
bo,OS
..~~
.d
E-'d
0.8
OJ,",
:j ,.
a.,
""'0.
"0.
~~
c.~
S~
...
..>
E-.
>,~
.DE-.
"'d
.d
"
00
~
~
6
S
0
~
c.'"
~~(d-~
..':0
o,,::p.
oo~
u
u
oo~
u~
tt:
'"
gj
".Q"
,;
'"
I:
oS
P4
It:
d
3.s
~
~.~..
-~
bG
3
=
0
.~
.: -g td
~~~'"~...
"'dd
o~
E-. E-.
~
~
;>;>.d
f"'
f"'..
-'g
~]"';
"""
888888
~
~--s
t"'
E-.
.It:
.-d
0,
>
0
d
'"
I:: f
-;;;c=o
.D 0 ""
e~~
~0.cC
<
",..:"biJ
~~--=
~"M
"O.E~
~C='
,'- ~
E"' Z
~o
~
0 t-'
~~
""
~""
O~
~ ~
60
., -bOo
~ >
..: > ~
0
"'iX!"
~..
.,
o.o~
'""'E10>
lU""" g:
.(.
~ rz.
..."'-,
~>
.-0
~.
~>
.-0
-;;;'d";;:.O
"":3
..0.:3 os
0 .~ .!!
tJ"~
rzJ~:g
Eoo...
,..J'"
;:J 0
00
1:"':
".-""""0","","
~.D~.o~.o
"S"6"E1
'"
'" ~ '"
..lU
~.
;>,
.(.
rzl
...0
-"
..01
=t c:
c: .~
.(":os
go
-00
~...
~ ~
~
'"
~
c
'"
.0
S
0'
0."
'"
S
S.5
OJ
~c.
.~
'"'
~~
-;;;.9- ..~
~
bG
'"
0
-;;;
'"
;:J
bG
~
~
.a
~..
0 to
~
=
rzl.s
~
F...",
0/ c "
~ :=.E
-u..
:3.
.U
O~OS
~ c -.,
~-a;"
.8
bG
.~
.9
~
~
~~.BrJ
to)
.s
.."
OJ
u...bOO
~
~S
"'"
.9
.0
bG
...~
~
to
-;;;
'"
~.!,j~
~.=
0)
It:
:<
-..'"
0
$
~
~00
00
r_'
r.
~.~
~
~== 00
~
~
r~'
C\l
..9A...
ow
Z
-"~
E-I
0
0
.;
"
0
OD
0
ci,..,
~
~
35083
98-46
.
0
0
.;
~
~
0
,,:
~
~
~
1:1
f"'
r.1
~
~
~
s
rn g]
~ ~
1:
].S
ffi
I!
z
p;
;::j
0
1%1
p;
Z
zz
'0'0
as~
p;~
..
ri::
!D
COMPLEMENTARY
~.-
8
~..
.0"'018
:5 ~]
~ J%l
Z
FLIGHT
J%l
Eo-..
.QI
"-r.1
flP-o.:
~b..
~:.:
"
00:=
ouo
r-. ..0
ti:;r.1"-
"'" fl
J%l
:x:E..
Page
MANUAL
8.3
'"
~ Z Sa
COOH..
zo
~r.1~
~~ E
~11.
..~
.~
:J
"."
.: ~
~
.~~
.!3
~:5
fa
to"
-"
8P;
~ZSea
..~
P;ucoo...,p-o
~ ~ te:'
Eo-
~ ~
~
Z
~~
e
0
.. ~
r..
~ -'" ~
~n
rnrn]u!
LfblJJ
..~
] 11
Zp.~
.,
..
~."
~-?o;:~
s ':
cg 8.
""'
t!!
zba.. ~
~~
~ ~~rJ e~ ~ 1
DO
;:JEo-~ZZ
.u
:::I...
"-~
as~ ~~
.:
~,,;~
!;. ~:g~
z
~~
.,gz~
;j"'"
~.:.2
as
U
:g:J".s~
8 ~ -g 1::"
.,-.8 110 Z
~"3flp;-i;
"0
: 11~~ ~i]'=d
/I
""
~"as"
::J:=~
~nu"-,,";
~~"..u'
Eo-~:::IO .."'O_";w.."
..~..~
Oy'
-P-o..;m
~~r...""
~ Eo- ,,~
~
Eo00~
-QI::
..00
'--
o~
rn
E-I~
sE-I
~
~~
~<
~
rn
~t
r.1i'
~~
OJ~
Q~
~]
~ g
~
o~
~
...
~ ~
i
Z ~
r.1...
~rn
~
'<
~
~
:=
0
~
.., .~ Z ,~
...
'0
HEo-UJJ%l...,
"""""~'
.a ~ Z..t
rn
~f::
1%Ir..
~M
~ ~
gJ-~
.""oEoa.o~p::
o"":x:
az
UJ
~Eo-
Po'"
110
~ ~ ~ lz1
u
OJ 9
'IJ
s.i
~..
..~
..Eogou
"
E
11.!r/1t~
u.." ,
A
P-oU8
..0
U
=,..cJJ
..;
""
"-as
~.,
.,
r..
.,fl
..u
""
"--0;
0..
.2~
coo~
",E-I
E-I 0
C'Q
'2~~u
@;~
~
.,..;
0:1:
..~
-~
1 ~
~ rn
~...04
~
~
~
.~.~
.z~"-5
o~
r.1
~ ~~
-:=
.-OJ
~ 2:
Z >."
~
-J%l
E-.
rn
~
Eo4-<
..~,
-Ie'"
~
""
~
rn
..,..
""-s."g
~"u
z "0
0"
~up-o
35083
98-46
i
~
"..
0 0
~
0
~
:a
.~
~"?
5
00
S
~
~
p,
I-.
e='
o
~
~
~
~
-a
Ot-'
'
OJ
]]
"
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
-~
'[Iill
~DD .j
[IIJOJ
oR"
zz
p.~
~.. "-
~
~~~
DD
z~u
'01
.~.~'01
~~
1
~
ZZ...
~~
o~
.~
.,
t1
E.
u
ZQ
.M
OJ OJ
D~~
M
~
.~
t:i
N.,.,
I:!
eo1-.f:'.9 ~ ~' ~
Od""~Po~
.;:1
~ 5 ~'::fii -g
Po
2 ~ 8
~-a
6-a;
Ai:..
~
oS~
Po
~g.
t-' '
::
~~
a,'?
~.
$
-a
~
..
~
"""
~
e-~.,
z
<00
E-tZ
.,
-:5
"
g
z~
~s
~OO
E-- ~
uE-r_' ~
"'
~E--""E--
~
~
:>
~"
~
:>
.5
.,
!XI
tit
0
350
83
Page8
.
.
.
8.3
N.
,.
bO~
~
~m
U"U
>'>,
""
bO...
~..~
~
;::>
~ e
Z.-
ZZ
Q""
~ ~
~
;::> ~
;j.,
~
'U .c
] .~
~..
.~E-r+=:X:
...~
tit
0 g~
oo~
E--~
~oo
~o
'ME--
~
::I
r..
~
E--E-~:x:
~
rIJ ~$.
oS...
'~.cr..
';:Er..
~.~O
0000$5
0 ...
.S
~
OE-t
00
oS~""gj
;j
'E"?
~'U~~~~~
.~ ~
Z ., ..Po ~_!XI
Co)~
...~ .,,$"'...
~ ...s
...""UPo"'"
-5 I-. ...!J 0,$
~ [>1 ~
Q
~
~
2~
t""' ~
tc..
~
t""'~0
S~]o'Uci...
.'... tIt~.gZ
0
!XIoS.. ~~..
~
s~.o.,
E'U.2
~O
-<
rIJ
-<
...to
00
~
U
r.'
~,.,
~0$5"
f!~
...,
A ~.
.~ Z .9 S $5 8 ~
~~
P
rIJ
~
~
~8~8~~8
~2
~ :-1.
[;""'
~
~
t-'
Z
~
~
~
E-t
~Z~
~
rzl
-rIJ
..'..
~
~~]
~
~
0
~
p..."
0'..;"
~
~
p. Q
8 ~
00
4
.Z"~
00
~
~
~
g
,;
~
...
'5'"
!b~'
~..
~~
~...0 00
E!.
~
-..,,0
c"
-<
fj
'""
..."
00
3...
""5
CD='"
~ _to
~~
a:s
..""'"
~
;.
.a5
3"
--
::J~
0"
"?<
aq
=.
~
"
0000
'<
~ '"" G")
"
<:
~',
'g 0" ~
~""
~g.=,"
~;n' ~
loJ
0"
1n"
~ ro :0
3~
~~ z
-,..l'1
...".~. 0"
..~
-~
i8
~"C
0-3
'%J..,
t--
~
~
..",(Jql""
0..
.g
'"
0;
_.rl\
~
5'-Oj
O'~~:
"to
,.I
...
'"
.-==
~
"",..,
'0'
...
Z
t%J
Eo
~
t%J
~
103
l'j
~
>-
'"...1
CO)
~==
~t"'
5: 0::
rn
t'j
~
~I
,-,
~
~ E
~g
~~
t%J~
~ ~
'''-'is'<0
~.
~::'
'"":J
~ Z
~l'j
w~
~
...'"
"'" c
-=
..-,"
rn ~
0103
Z~
~
~ g
>
t"' ..:3
,
~o
~ ~
..,
~..:3
0 c
rn
~
~
rn
-g
LA..
,...;]
:"
0. ~
0 103
~.~
~
\1.1
'- ..J
~.
OO?
~
0
~...
~o~
...Vo#
~
~
'-'
~
.()
!.!"~
II'
-.., .,-..
" r; aq
~ =' :: '"
","0
,<a.",,'"., ., 0
..,...~", _.".'<
"..
~- ~
:.--<0
~~~
a:III,"g
Ii' ~
0
~
Z...
~
>
~
'--
~II""
.""m"3
"~-"'OO'~
~ ~ c;) .g ~ S- 4) S'
"
~
S-~-Sg"'~3~
GO~ g- ",' II &
,.. ..~ ...'"

~o:
~!!.I:;;o'&"
~ ~ ~ '11 OJ[" :r ~ ~
.-.t-I
$ g.5'-",
-6"'""~
'"-0""
..:S,,..~ '" p. '& ..
'" " 0.'"-"
rn
103
~
'"
103
..S"...l'1 a ;. 53 ~
~"
~ 5'"0'"
a. ...'<
~
g!;
'"OJ
S'K'
Z"~"~"0-3'c
:.-,!!
~..~0-3-=.~:r'-3."
'":I:0..
v~'"
0 G")
'
~".ri,"~",
...
0
a.~ .,"".,
0 Z "," ~o
'
oo~
o
~
.,
0 Z
0 '" III '0'
00. ~3
'0'
~
~
,
:0'
'5
;).
0
"
!!.
..~
..aq
>~
~ g. ~
z
~!"
:'"
~
~0"'0 .,oo
'0 g- ~ ~ ~ z G")
..()...
.,i6~8e.~+
3 ~
~ ~
"
-tit,"
='"
...s'"
-~
~
"J
~
:s
'"-";
.::
..'
g ~ S'
:0' '""
~"'3
~og '"
"o ms-
0- 0
"..,
"'G"),"
~ 9"&
'0'..."
0.'"
<,..' ~
:.--g
5'
~
m
()
_.~
'<"
~~
a.
.g
~
t%j
Z
CO)
0"
t%j
~a' ~
8 OS
~
s:3
".
"::'~
...,~.
1:
>~
~
:r~. g~
d
;'
a...".
00 ".~
"0
",,'
...,,~...
~~
~~ 'g ~ ~
-'""
Z a. !"~
~ _.z""...'""
~ -g
0-30-3~~0-3"'0-3::;;~
='"""""
"""""..
",...
,,"0
"".'"
!".
~ g
&3
;;. g"
00"-
...'"
.,,"~
::.~~ ~
~
,,:S
0 ".
E::r~
'"
:::,,~ ~
""
='"s:~
Ji.
'"
.,' ~"
0"
'"" .,
":1.
g.
"C'5
..co
~
'i: ~
g-
~-'
~~
5'~-_.~
F;5'0
:r
~ 00
"
0
:f#:0-2
go:r
""",,
I: ::.
~'""~
~
0..",
g':;"~"
p. ...~
~s:
0"
,~;.;:
..,G
.;.
00~
:!ig
~"<
In."""
'" 1:s:
~...~
~"
g ;'0
~g
In-<
00'"
~2
'"_.~
~
.,
.,.;~~;'
gi?;,
9~-g6,
lVONVW
~H~Il~ A~V~N3W31dWO)
coB
6 ~62d
rn
1a
'"
~.~6c
E-o
..,.
.,
Eo!
'<
Z
~Z
..0
0
.
";.04
.0
~
c..
::> E-o
.,~
E-'
~
]
0.
~,Q
~s
~
~
~~
.91/)
~ ""
~.
0 .~E""
E-o
'"
~'"
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUA~
z z
I~
00 00
~ ~
>- >-
:.::
bI)
C't CQ.qo
0
0.
":
'"
..
OJ
~
~
S
.,c"
~6B=
::zc"E's.
..o.,~
.,
bo.L::
.0
~
...
...
a ."'
00
.~
c
~
0
0
e
:21 gJ
p, -c:;
~
"'
II~
O>~
...~
~8
-a a;
~=-
0~
C.).~
e:::.:i:
0>po 0.
...:21
eO
'"
,
~~.L::
~C,)
~ g
C'tg'.
~
S
...0
:0 -5 ".~
i:!:::c
0 ...~ .c'"
v'"
~~
c
.,
~
E--
g;"'~bOo-~
...~
",v
~.,"~
"'c~"
"..:Eo'~'"
~o."",
~
OJ
::.: ~
1/)",
0. 0
...0
"' ."
,...""
..g
81':..o'
'"OJ
""'.E'"
~~"':>'
':.,0..,
.,'5,""
rz1
-"'..
~:..
C,)
.0
I/)
""
~
a
~ I ""':
II"".f,.
00 go
6 ~~
Page 10
8.3
e"="
og~~
00""'"
-;j
==gco
!DO-.c
:
...'"
0""""
:::
~~~
-"'..:
.:~
I:
'""
~
Z
z
'""00
ro
<
~~
o~
~<
~E-'
'""
O ~
E-'~
OJ 0
~
...~"'
~ C
Polo
~~
~~
,-,
~-~
~
'""
'""
-r..o
p ~
o
~
~
~
o~~
~ ..
z~ ~
~"
z"
't".
""
~~
~=
Eo!~
~..
~ ~
00 >
...'""0
u=
.,
:I:
.c
.B
E-'
~
~
00
~
0
Z
~
z
r9J
~
..:'
.,
0.
Q'~
-~
Eo!.-,~
00"".9
0
Eo! ffi~
:<
=
00
"'"
~
'""
'""
a
"l
~
~
~
z
~~
~
;J 0
00
~ ~
~
~o
8 ~
...~
r"
rz1 \1..1
=...1f4
~
[:..,
rn
., ~
g~
~~
~
35083
96-46
.
0
.
.
II
.E--
.
.~
~
r.1~
~
~
<
~g
-oC
0
r/J
5
z
~C)
~~
~E
r.1
~
r.1 ~-~
~]
~~
~C)
~DO
~
~
~ DO
'"
~
gQj ...Po
~
mN
'tti-.14-
DO
bo
I:
~:fi
E-o
.,.,.
,g J,
08
...~.
N
.g~
It:
~
0
~
.,
Q
rn
""""
E-oE"'
~O
'a.
Qj
'0
..e
~
g0)
lIS
'tti.14
:5~
.0 ~
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
~
~
"".u.u
.u
E-o
S
-S~
~'Oj
QA
'"
t!
~;g
Z'"
-:;
f-.
u
~~
:::I
~ 8 ~
:::>..'i!~..'i!~
a
B
QI
~o
~ t
0
'"'
~
0 ~
r.1c
z~
z.g
...' Q
~
~
0
-';::!:
~
..
Il. ~ .~~
~"'...>
"";=~
00)
J;!.
u
0):;
8",
[~
s~
~ Po
..~
~::3.s
"1i1~
o-~
:I19:; .._lIS"'"
gj..
o~
..,~
~ ~
~ f:j
PoZ
~o
~.5
.fL.
~ '0
~.~
O)S
t:::::
~~
~
< r/J
~ o
Z
~ ~"'..
0
.t:~
~
r.1 cC)
r..
r.1 ~
~ 'g
~0)2J
..,<
...
.!.:
1:'"
6iJ
..
IQ
IQ
t'I
.!.:
S",
0) 0)
I::~
'" '"
QA
~.s
~'a
~~
"'-0
~."l
:r:~
I::"";=.r;;~ U
lIS
U
bQ~"'I::'"
.S
6' .--
bOO)
It:~ ~
NO
~'"
1::'"
~
'"
..,0
'-0
0) ,".-
<
A.!
...'"
0).0
0):-"
!;?bIJ5::
.~ I:: u.o
"~'o;O)!l
0
[/) ~ It: '"
"'I:Po~
0 "'.~
0)
0,,'" ...E t.:1:
.-.t:'"
.~~ ~...O)
~O)
t:
"g
'
::::
Po
8.3
Page 11
...(ij
OIlS
:E~
z;>.t:
rl<
~ r4
1:
.f-.
~~
-< ~
k..;0a:
uC
lIS
O~
~... ~
0
~~
~:r:
-.Q
~'&
..
...~
...~
IIS~
..G
r/J
~
~
8~
u
"':5
"E.14
~
Q)~I::
~ 0'"
0;:1.0
Po.s ~
~..
~
...
~
...
~
=
0 uo"",
~~Q)~
It:oa~
r/J
"""0
~~~
[/)8:-,.
U"
~~
CQ
0'
~
!7:
~CQ
=
~
~
~
i~
rl\
'.1..1
~
fj~0
~
0
U
...~
~
~
=<
.Z
~
Po
..
>
..0)
~.oc
kU
~""
<
~
C)
.Q
.5
~r.1~'"
~
~
~
:5
.-
Z0
r...'
Eo4 ~
I:~
0 u
N ~ 0'"
O:5
= 0'"
~...
~
~
~
~
~
m
~
~
00
[%:j
~
r/J
~
""0
~O)
~
~~~~
~~
35083
98-46
"
z
~D
~DD
~
~
~. DD
.s
~ IJ
~~
-;
~."'~ .
a...
E
e0
'"t-
.u
E.o
~
~
'<
"A
.,...0::uS
~
Z"
Ii"! 0l
.~
~Z
~~
~
Ut)
CI}
~ -Eo-
~
~~
SZ
~. ~
Q
,.oJ'"
0
...Q,~
~
C
p:
~
-fi
.:>,
..
,-
~~~
0 >
51'"
.,CD
f"
Ur/j
~~
(.) 0'0
~ I::
~ .~
!:C
(.) .,
~ -"
~ ..N
.,'"
~
~
.9 :!.
~
""
""
.to
..c
.-0
.a Q,
I::.~
~"Z..
U .~
-a ..u
to
C>
...~
~
-U
'3
.,
bO
sCI}
~
~E.o
Q)
~ ~
~'"
~.8
~-
p~ t)
~
~ ~t
0
~'5
0
Z .~
~~
c =
Z,
,
g
.,
~.,
Eo-0
~~
~~
.82:.+,
zCl}
~.~
CE::
~<
~ ~
~
~'"
'&,"
.,~;g
., 0
..~.c
~
-.,
8'"
~-5
bD
I::C'"
., ,~.. ~>
CI}
~
~
.,~
O.Q
ZO
CI}
rIJ
f"'
.=
.=~f:
~ ~.c
:>E.oE.o
~ S
1::'~~
11~~
(.) ~
~~
E-o t)
~
< =
Q)
O~
E-o::3
E-o...
CI}
Z
E.o
~.6iI
U =
~~
"=
-0.
~.CQ
~
to
U~
okO
~
""'
\1..1
~-""
E-o
~ ~ 00
8.~
Q.,-;n
~:>
C>.
E-o ~ 'e~
1'1\
-~
~
~
~
~
.0
r... .rIJ
=...f4
""",..,
.Z'-'
r"
""
~
g ~
~
:g =
.;
'"~
:>
~
35083
Page 12
8.3
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
98-46
:!Ih
ttl""
-~
iH~Il~
.~~~!
lvnNVW
89
U ~6~d
::!
A~V~N3W31dWO)
~
Dr
"
=~
rn
=:
>4><>4=~~
~nn::!..,
~~~ ~
~~
)4~)4o<~
...>4n>4
...
o. >4><)4 0"
~
~
ii"
~
'iO'
~~
~
~
o-~
~~
fig:
OJ
.~
~
~
rn
=:
'w Z
~~
~=
~>
t'"~
~~
~~
~~
~
==':j
~ =:
t'"
~ rn
~
O ~
rn ~
n
~
rn
~
~
-==
0...
o~
-03
~0-3
~
~
=:
~
~
w
(;
~
-03
=
~
~~
0 0
z~=
>00
~
Q1
Q
~
.c
':3
~~
00
rn
rn
s~
~"
~
.0
...rn
...
~
/\
Z..,
i~
~
-03=
-<
C1
.~
:;'3 ~
P"~
"""
:~
~
~~
""
~~
!"".o
C1~
~
rn
,,~
,.z
~~
/\
0
'0
a 0-3 ~
~g.~"
f!.~,,~" ~
tII~c..
:6
,,0~s-
0-3 c::
~
~
~-.~"-"
DQ
/\ ~
~
~~
0-3C::
~ ~
"w
~E..
i"~~
~'i'i
~
ii" ii" ii"
'C'C'C
Oofo.C)
"
'!IJ
~" ~
o-
"E..
~3=
;:00-
:6
,,0~ E..
0-3 c::
~
~
!P.'C
-.~
= ~
I;.o~.o
~A.../\
/\ ~
~
~~
'E"
g:
~
:z
!Z
&.
.5
E8 OSE
g"
~
~
0-3C::
~ ~
"w
~E..
EZ-OO
"
~
Co
~
e..
~
~.,~
!
~
~~
DO.
DO
DO
DO
~
~
Q, 0
-fo
~
~
~~
.,gfj
"i
~~.:4
~
E-.
~~
.,g~
::><
E-.
~~.:4
~~"~""
::><
~
0
=c
o~
e;.~ mm
~.9-.9-.9e..~
~~"
~o
00
v
Q)
:s
.s
2
.
8.3
Page 14
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
0
~
=.
m
-fo Q,":'
~ = :z:
.~
~
~.~
.,~~
~o s~
-0 ] ~ ~
. ~'s. II
.---"~ m
=:Z:~e-.s
~ "? &!., ~
~tO.,1I
=
"
~
~
~
.=
~
Z~~~2
>.:4
=0 ~
:S~~Z
=~f~
z ~
~~o8
OJ ~
= Z
.~.
~ ~
10
,
---~
+ =
~
0.,-
0
m
00
Eo"Z
=0
0
E-i
~ :<
..
~~
<0
~~
<;
>--<
o~
~~
z~
O'~
;=
~
0
~ 0e..
~ ~
Eo-
<
~
0
~
=
Vv
fj>
;- ~
~00
~
m
0
."N.$.
~ "91
.g~.g
..
~
::
::><'::>
:z:
Q.
00
~ =
Q.
r=.
:j
~.;-
;~
II!
Eo-
rl\
\I~
0 .'.
~
~
~Q
~
0
~"'g"
~aQ
-~
S
8
-..
<
z.~
~].
0'
~
::<
~.a
>
.5
~
~ ~.5
tg ="
to ~.,
<0 Q)~
u.~ ~
~IC
~
Q=
.S
<
~
~
.Z
Q
~
00
M
~
Z
~
~ i-~ ;
~O
-<C
~~
~O
,Z~
~ =
= -<
>
~
is
-Z~
~
g ~ ~
e..,
~
Eo00
~
~
~
~
>
00
~
~
g
35083
98-46
.
.
.
.
lvnNVW
C"g
~H9Il~
.~
""
...'C
co
j;
~
..'!-
~~~~$:~~
~~
A~V~N3W31dWOJ
00
~
...,
~ ~
8
m
,..
=
g,
~t;
Z~
00
~
..=
g;~
~~
=::
~~
~
co
...0
~
a-.
.a.a
':':' ~
Ss
~
D'~~.
o~
=
s: g.
a-.
1-'0"0
oZ~
~.~ 0"'~
~
e.
~ s:.
~ I
-z
~I:I.
~ ~.
E =
~g'
a-."
~~
g"'C
Z ~ ~.
:I"-~;
!"""...,~
co
1:1...
0==
OO~OO
toj3S"
~ g ~
o~
~~
~ z
=
I:I.~
COO'
~ ~
~~
I ..=
==
S'
~a-.
~..
O'e.
'-3 ~~
0
>c
==
~.gm
Qq"
..,~.
1-=
O
""p:
0
z=m
S"
rftv. ~.
tojS
n~"
~;-
~~
2~
~~
~~ toj
.a
8
~..
/DQ
~ ciQ'
0'
~
S"
00
~~~~
"
'9:::~
~
nco ~~.
~~:g2
"""""'"
~~"'S
co.
~
0
~
~
~
~.::r-~
?'~~.
0
!"""~~
~
s. ~ Q1
==~S"
e.S ~~.I-'
0
",,~~a...
...M"'"
co
gs:.
0
~
~s:.a~
=::co ~
t s E 0"'
toj
=
s.
8 05
~~~m
g~~
Z-OO
Z
~
I-'
~
co
=1'
.0
0'
..co
~
~
51 a51!d
Q1
...,
0
=..,
~
~
=
rIJ~
==
~
z'-3
6=
"'30
>~
rIJ
=
~
rIJ
-
Q~
~
~
0""
~
~
~.~
-C
==
~
~
Z
?
t!j
t!j
~
~
>
rll
\I~
Q1
~..
~
00
~
~
=
~
.0
~
==
>rIJ
~
~
'-3
~
~
-
oS
m
Q
~
0
f!
I1J
~
S
e.;
~
;
ro
I1J
~~
~Z
~, e-~~
::I
~~
e--~
i~
""
~
~
~~
~11J
1g
~
~
~~
~11J
=~
~ ~
5
~
or:
'-1""
g:
-0
P.
m
oS
V
.,
~
0
i:5
~~
~0
::I
"=
;
.,D
Q
V
C/J
CL.
';
CX)."O
~
C'I
c=
~~...
O!
E"~
~
=
I1J
pO...
I1J
~ ~
~...
~=
0
'-1
=
~ =
5
~ ~
0.0
E =
o~~
7':
~
o
~
0'
~
~
'-100
=. -<
Q
~ i
~~
~o
~~
~t:
'-1
~
I1J ~
E"
~ ~
~ =
00
E"oo ~
E"
~
~
-0
Page 16
8.3
.
.
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
35083
98-46
",,","""d-
"
~
"'"..
8
0=
~
~
D~
rIJ
3'"' ~l%J
eoC/l
~
""
-='
OO
~..
e:
~!
3~
s:
~
~
=:'9
a
~"
'"'
aq
t'"'
='" ~5"
~
~.
~[~
5- ~
~,.
~'"'
R.g
3i
="
~
g'
o~ ~Q
e: ~~
aq -~
~s:=:
8-~ 0 'S.
3i
~
=
-"
oo
~':':
~
~
8
-"-
~=:
00
~
~8
~
,..,
~
0
=
rIJ
~
'
~.
~
0
~
8
~
t"
'""'
Q
0
~
0
>-3
=
~
~
>
~
=0<
~.
C>~
Q1 ~
~
=
..rIJ
';' ~~
i
~ !
-~
0"-030
~
'""'=
'""'
t" ~
rIJ
0 ~
..
"'-3
!
..~
t"
'""'
~
=
~
e
.
o~ aq
2.
='
0" 5
=' r;
g,~
-s:
5.,
'[~
s,] ~ ='
o-~
0+
~_.
0
8.go~ e:~'"
~='='z=:
...'0 8 .as.
co
.~
!:!.-~='C"'"'"
="'S: 8
ooa~
-0003
.='co
"z
~
~
r"
>
00
~
~
~
! ~ ~ ~.
~" .ZZ
-- ~
""""
/\/\
b~~
0,",
.:!
'"' =
~'O-.
3
~.:-
~
~
-\I~
~
>
rIJ
~
>
-03
~
rIJ
-03
~
g:; ~g, 0
=
s: ~ !""'-.=
'"'"~
=::;'0
,.
'"'
0
~m
=
-."Z
""'"
,,~~
~
=::.
-='~
~
S:'"
a
=:
~C~~;
'9.~
~~w
g:'"'"
(1g~
o~"
'"'"
~""g-"
~ i d ~ ~ C.
ot"
"o t"t"::;
0 0
==0 3==~
~~
'O~~
,,~colJl~o
00
='oo~"
'0'"
3='
'0 ~ '0 '"
CO" ='~
COco
=~=
=':.- =00
,,~g-_.
co~ '"'='
e~
~ _.0
~3
0."
""
~'g-
s:
:.-".
~
~...
~
s:
s:
~l%J
C/l
~
'0
~
s:
g='
i ~ ~ oo~8~
-'"'
~...'<
D~
~
"
~.-03
~
~'"'
:g
c.ot"
~=0
33~
os:
< ~
co'"'"
co='
='0<
~=
~(1
'"'
0
~
t"
~0
g-.I"o~
~
~
=
...3o~!!
58
~ S'
~
'J~
IE
~'"'"
~
..~s:
g- ;:s;:s
o:.-s:
~
iH~Il~ A~ViN3~31dWO)
b
0
~
...;1)
~...
0
"2
~
~
~.
<
co
-~
i
~
~~
-t~8
~~'U
~~m
eo" ~
".
~'B: ;:s
8 OSE
" ~
0~l%J
~
oQ,",C/l
~
d
g,'9."
-3...
g-'0
d
E"'~
-03 ...0".
'"' 0- s:
==,~
<'190
~.,:='
~
C
Q
=
"-03
~... c.og:;e
=~
'"'"...
~o
o~
~
"'gp
0"
,..."
~
~
"
""'".
.:,s:
'0
0
...0
"'g
:I: ,...
z-oo
f:if'
~~
~
'Os:
: s:
~6~d
~~
012
~~
3'"'
? S-
lvnN~
"8
It
I'!!'
"'c
0
~
~
~Z
rn
o
~
e
Co
[IIIIIJ
;
~OJ
.a
"0
bo
.~
..
~
...
~
~
0
~
.;;
~
Co
e
.s
~
~
5
~...
.
.
MANUAL
8.3
Page 18
"i
OJ
..."0
~
:I ~
10
0)
C')
...8
~.,
..
.~ Co
~e
z8
~~
Co:l
e
0
~
t)"
~.~
.; .~~
.,~
~bo
oJ::"
=0...0
>++
OJ
oJ::..
~
~
..0OJ...
~
E
Co
'-'
:3
,
=
~
0 '"=
-e
-= g
oJ:: .~
.~ "0-e
;> OJ
to
OJ 0
",.2.E
0
~
~0""" Z
OJ
~
=
Q
...
~
~
Z
Z
0
Q
~~
~
...t)
.-~
~~
A
w
""""~
'"
.~
.~ .Q
.!S..
gE
; !.5
bo
.~~.,
; ~ "0
.~ 0~ ~w
-=~ -t)
~
"0==
:I.,"'"
> oJ::g
.a..
= .oJ::
=
0
><
..;0
..oJ::
~..
~
~
"".,
J.2
~.s=
~
Z
~~
,-,
~
=
8
~.~
~
~.r:.
.=
Co
bo
.5
~~
.]
;::
~
~
-.
E-.r:.
r..
0
OJ
.r:.
.s.
-<
o.s~
~
..
~s~
8 0 0
I~O
IO:I~'"
v =.~
~
"=10'"
~'t~~
3E<~
E17 ~
-<
~E~tC
:10
~:J~
rn
~
~
00
=
~~ rn
<~.$~
0'
~
"0
OJ..
Co'"
>.
""00
Z
z~ ~ci
Co
0=8'
00
=
..e
.Z
~M~ -<
rn
~
0
0
~
l:t
~
r..
-<""""
~
~
0 =
~ ~...
~
~
~ !
~
rn
,-,
~
kQ
~
..,
'-'
~
~ ~
~ =
0
0
rl\
11..1.
...16
~
~
~
-~
= -<
.Z
Q
Z
,.-.,"
-~
~
-r.l""'"
~
~
00
~
~
"!
~
.;
~
35083
00-23
SECTION8.3:
~
..~
~
--
TEST SHEETS
340
80
80
00
(rpm)
420
430
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MAN~AL
Replace
theFigure
of thepage
19withthefollowing
Figure:
"<
~ji
~c~
~ ~ ~
<=i
~ ~ t
[OJ, -;
~~-S
50
320
Z~=
"Z~
~:g"S
10
20
30
40
0:-
8.3
Page 19
*RR*
-40
-30
-20
-100
'<
'"
8
rn
t=
~
(.)
-<
0
Z
~E--t00
:=
350 83
02-13
.
.
I-
-30
-40
-20
-10
~
>"
~
8.3
Page 19
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
30
20
z
Q)
E
...
a
Pm
.
;a-
1
=
-(
E--
40
60
80
0
~
...
<=.g
z~.~
AI/)~Po
~
'=
~t-- Q)
11
~.
cn.!4...
~I/)...
0 CD0
E-0
~
.!4
~
.'=
U
320
50
40
30
~ ~
20.
~
~
-<
00
10 ~
E-11.
0
0
u
;:j
~
=
~ 0
Z
E-I
~t~
00
II:
00
2Po
5
~~
0
E--
..-,-,
35083
98-46
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANI'AL
~ ~ ~~ ~~ ~" ~"
&!
~
-(5
&!
~
~
(5
~
(;
!!(;
~(;
oo
"~
00
"t:OJ 00
~"
00
."t:
-c. --"--
~
~
cn
E-o
E-o
H
<
0
~H
00
"~
!!
~
f::
,..,
cn
0
U
~~
e!!!
~
000
U
fj~
~~
00
~~
"
o~
E-o~
~~
~
Z ~
0
~~
0
Z
E-oo
PI
Z
~<
~
cn
~~
~
E--
'"
~
0
c-I
E-t
2:
~
,
., b8
;::
.~
0, Q -.g
0""""
...
~'~.'fi
;;;;...e
r-1
'-0
"'Q
':;:
to
0
,.J
00
~ -<
.>.
Z0
..r_'
0
0
.;"'"
..00
,,;
10'"4
c-I:=
E-t1:
~~
~.:a,
~ .o~
-c
-.:a,
E-'~
!Z.,
In 0,
_.~
-~.~
~'U
.~
~ ..
o!::
~bO ~bO
:::...:::~
E-t'U E-t'U
oot:
>
~
00
-
~8
E-'"i1 E-'"i1 E-'"Qj ~
rn~
~p. ~~
rn~
~~
:;J
'iU
~
""
...
~
...0
~ g
1:1
"
~
~
c-I
cn
E-'bO E-'~
1n.5
In.~
!Z... z+-
1::;3 In;
g:,
ti'
.5
'0
~Q~bO
~
r_'
glo'"4~
-~bO
-a]
oot:
cn
10
bO ~ '"
~.~
o!::
w~bO
~~...;::
g..g E-t'U
P 8~
~~
bO
-a
.0,
CIS ~.'" InQ

InQ In~
..,
.-:ICIS .-:I'"
.-:I~
00
>
m'U 0
j~
0,
H
"'...~
So
,n
~
~~
~:~
"'.i::
E-o
Q,
0
~
'U
e0
cn
~
"g:,
..
E'
.5
.s
~
~
~
e
OJ -f3,
OJ:::
.i::
~
-OJoot:
'"
'"
-a
'iU
E-o
01::
gJ
t:
cn
~
Eoo
;.
"
"0,
.!!.OJ~~
~Oln~
>
to)
~
.-'"
~...
OJ
1:
H
OJ
bO
~
"OJ
oot:
350
83
8.3
N.
Page 20
.~
.
.
.~
tIJ
~
0
~
0(
E::
0
~~
~o
~
0
z
tIJ
~~
<
Eo!
~
tIJ
~
;;I
o~
u~
o~
z<
~
U
~~
~oo
~~
~o
0...
~o
r-.LO
~
~Eo!~
=0
u~
r&1
Z
:<tIJ
~
~
r-.
tIJ
~
tIJ
~~
~Q
0~:E't~<
~O
OOQ
CQ
0
~
0
IQ
IQ
C'I
0
IQ
...t0
0
...
t0
000
~
~
gt...t-000000
e..cZ
~e
O~
~t
~~
~~
~~...
0000
~
OO~
~i9
~~
0...
~~
~~
~
p
tIJ
tIJ
~Z.'=O
~~
U~
OQ
~
~ ~
if
tJ
~g
0
1
~
=
'tj
~
0
tJ
""
~""
=z
.~ b
,
.-
~ @
~
'
S">
r:l~
r_'..,
~ ~"~
0(
~
~
~
~
~~
;e ;e
~~z~
oobO~"> S
Eo!
tIJ
0'
~ Q
~
~
..'01
~S
~Z
U
~
;;
~
~
~
-=
w~,..
~ ~
A
~
E-I
~
cry,...
c
.;8 =
goo
350 83
Page 21
8.3
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
98-46
SECTION
8.4
.DAIL~~;~:
CHECKS
THE EXTERNAL AIRCRAFT INSPECTIONS

(to be performed
INSPECTION ASSOCIATED WITH THE DAY'S FLIGHTS must
qualified
for
performing
maintenance
or by a pilot
training
(*),
refer
to SECTION 4.
During
daily
inspections,
the pilot
must report
to
to
be
daily
taken.
1.1
are
Certain
the part
INSPECTION
the event
person
in
criteria
described
of doubt
or if
a defect
is identified,
charge
of maintenance
for
the action
for
in
the
defects
on
Aircraft
the
items
Maintenance
checked
certification
of operators.
ASSOCIATED
authorities
may demand
WITH THE DAY'S
during
Manual.
special
action
performed
and
qualifications
on
FLIGHTS
General
This
inspection
is to be performed
once only
either
after
the last
flight
of the day or before
the
first
flight
of the next
day of flying.
The inspection
associated
with
the day's
flights
enables
the aircraft
to
be maintained
in a condition
suitable
for
performing
another
day of
flying.
This
consists
in performing
a visual
or tactile
check of the
condition
of a component,
or of an assembly,
in order
to detect
any
defects
which
may be detrimental
to its
correct
operation
without
recourse
to special
techniques
or tooling.
Record
in the
the
total
number
pilot's
log-book.
Pay particular
asterisk
(*).
In
the
After
of
attention
event
performed
external
providing
acceptance
inspections
NOTE:
The
in
the
before
each flight)
and the
be conducted
by a person
having
undertaken
suitable
If
following
daily
inspections,
a detailed
inspection
or maintenance
is
required
in order
to make the aircraft
flightworthy,
this
must be
under
the responsibility
of a qualified
aircraft
maintenance
specialist
must be recorded
in the aircraft
documentation.
MANUAL
that
the
Ng and
Nf cycles
performed
those
operations
identified
to
inspection
associated
with
during
the
immediately
before
a new day of flying,
it
aircraft
inspections
to be performed
before
that
it is performed
by the same person.
grounding
-Perform
resuming
-Wipe
the
operating
an
for
more
inspection
flying.
servocontrol
fluid
before
than
one
day's
day,
flights
is
an
replaces
the
each flight,
week:
associated
piston
moving
by
the
with
rods
the
with
flight
flights
of
the
day
before
a cloth
impregnated
controls.
with
35083
8.4
00-23
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL'
: Magnetic plugs which do not have an electric

indicating system
may be checked for metal chips during the ALF check before
the 30-flying hour limit.
NOTEB : This check for defects

ALF check nearest
30-flying
or during the
hour limit.
: Magnetic plugs which do not have an electric

indicating
system
may be checked for metal chips during the ALF check nearest to
th_e 15-flying
1.2
can be performed daily
to the
InsDection
R
R
R
hour limit-.
associated
with fliQhts
STATION1
-All
transparent panels
,...
-Door jambs, canopy arch members
-Cabin access door
,
,
-Pitot
heads and static vents ...,
Cleanliness (clean if required)

No faults nor cracks
Security and correctly locked
Fit blanking covers, if
necessary
STATION2
-LH baggage compartment door.
-LH landing
gear
.Shock
absorber
Condition, security,
open, all
objects tied down, close and
lock
.Wear resistance
plate
,...
Condition
Condition,
,...
Condition
-MGB cowlings
Open:
-MGB oil
-Transmission
deck
-MGB suspension bars
-DUNLOP servo-controls
condition
systems
Check level
Cleanliness
Security
no leaks
of locking
, Security, no leaks, no cracks

on the body leading to seepage
Security, no leaks
-SAMM servo-controls
-Hydraulic
system
Security,
-Hydraulic
filter
Clogging indicator
visible
-Cooling
-Universal
-Firewall
fan
joint
Motor
assembly
...,
no leaks,
security,
blades
Security,
locked
lines
not
condition
R
of
pins in place and
Condition
350B3
8.4
00-23
Page 2
-MAIN
*
ROTOR SHAFT
Swashplate
bearing:
be performed
minutes
after
check
within
rotor
to
five
stops
No abnormal
heating
felt
touched
with
hand,
runs,
no change
in
scaling
of paint.
.Scissors,
swivel
swashplates,
bearings
.Swashplate/pitch
end-fitting
Pitch
Condition,
change
interface
change
security,
No traces
of contact,
scaling
on swashplate
yokes
Condition,
rods
rod
end-fitting
shaft:
All
and
hub
Condition
ROTOR HUB
and
frequency
2-layer
lower
must
be
aligned
of
paint,
no cracks,
blistering,
marks.
Security,
* Star
* Star
recesses
* Spherical
thrust
and
marks
visible
the shaft,
under
the
crazing,
nor tool
-MAIN
paint
attachment
upper
paint
visible
section
of
particularly
no friction
play
rod
* Rotor
when
no grease
color
nor
rods,
pointer
MANUAL
corrosion
general
condition
No delamination
No cracks
(splinters)
bearings
adapters
frequency
'..".
adapter
No elastomer
scratches.
cracks
Check for
adapter
Refer
.Self-lubricating
bearings.
No
faults,
extrusion,
clearance
and
to
unbonding,
blisters,
the
NOTE
between
metal
the
shim.
B.
debris-nor-play.
Refer
to
NOTE B.
Bushes
.
in
STARFLEX
the
hub
ends
of
anms
the
No
space
bead
.Magnetic
-Shock
the
NOTE B.
~al
~.
Security
plug
mount
* MAIN ROTOR BLADES
between
and
chips.
Attachment,
the
bush.
adhesive
Refer
Refer
general
of polyurethane
coating
and of
tabs
(visually
to
to
R
R
condition
protection
the
zone of
inspect
for
the
debonding,
blisters,
scratches,
cracks
dents
and distortion).
On
the
edge
-Engine
air
.Manufacturer
intake
air
intake
stainless
strip,
steel
inspect
leading
for
holes
(erosion),
splaying
and dents.
Condition,
security,
blanking
cover
fitted
if
necessary
Condition
of seal
350
B3
8.4
00-23
Page
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
-Engine
cowling.
-Engine mount
-Engine and engine compartment
.Engine and accessories
.Systems
.Controls
.Transmission
deck drain
.Fuel filter
.Oil
filter
-Freewheel
-Tail
-Aft
pipe.
baggage compartment door
STATION3
-Horizontal
stabilizer,
tail bumper
-TGB
-Tail
rotor guard (if
fin,
fitted)
STATION4
-TGB
.Bellcrank
hinge pin
.Sealant bead
.Magnetic plug
-Horizontal
tail bumperstabilizer,
"" TAIL ROTORBLADES
"" Tail
rotor blade spar
.Laminated
.Blade
half-bearing
horn
fin,
Open: condition of locking

systems
Condition, security
General condition, cleanl.iness
No leakage
Interference
Not plugged
Security:
clogging indicator
not visible
Security:
clogging indicator
not visible
Operate from the tail rotor:
the free turbine should be driven
when the top tail rotor blade is
i s pushed forwards.
When the tail rotor turns
counter-clockwise,
the freewheel
should de-synchronize (less
important load), Refer to NOTEB
Condition, security, blank~
cover fitted if necessary
Security, closing
Security, condition
Oil level, no leaks
Security. condition
Security by applying a load on
the drive shaft
No Play
Condition
No metal chips. Refer to
NOTEA.
Security, condition
R
R
Attachment, general condition

of polyurethane protection
coating in the trailing
edge'
(visually
inspect for
debonding, blisters.
scratches,
cracks, dents and distortion).
On the stainless steel leading
edge strip,
inspect for holes
(erosion), splaying and dents.
Check for abnormal spar noise
when the rotor is bent inwards
and outwards to form an arc,
Refer to NOTEB.
No bonding separation, deep
crack or emergence
No play
350 B3
8.4
00-23
Page 4
.
.
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
-TRH
.Pitch
change control
.Paint
line on pitch change
control
and space~/baffle
."'.."'.
Pitch change rod swivel bearing
Condition,
security
No misalignment.
Check, refer to NOTE B :
.the
absence of~
(J) by
twisting
the blades back and
forth,
low amplitude
movements
(A) (Refer to Figure 3)
.the
condition
of the ball
joint,
by visual
inspection,
that no teflon
material
has
squeezed out,
that the ball
shows no signs
or burnishing
or scoring.
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Figure 3
0
0
.;~
~
.,;
Q
A
* BALANCEARM HINGE:
(Flapping
hinge bearing)
according
type:
.Type 1 : cups on either
of the pin
Type 2 : flapping
Type 3 : bearing
rubber
to
side
Visual
play
and no metallic
particles
No play
bearings
outside
cone
No cracks,
extrusion,
bronze
chips
Security
Condition,
no cracks.
Particularly
at the six
lateral
attachment
points
on
the fairing
(use a mirror,
if
-Tail
boom fairing
-Forward
fairing
and head shield
.necessary).
350 B3
8.4
00-23
--
Page 5
R
R
R
R
R
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL'
STATION5
-Battery
-RH baggage compartment d90r
-RH landing gear
.Shock absorber ,..",.,
.Wear resistance plate
-MGB cowling
Security
Security,
,.".,...
,
-Transmission
deck
-MGB
.Flared
housing magnetic plug
-MGB suspension bar
-DUNLOP servo-controls
-SAMM servo-controls.
-Hydraulic
system
-Hydraulic
reservoir.
-Engine oil tank, system
-Engine oil cooler
-Universal
joint assembly
-Firewall
-Engine mount
-Engine and engine compartment
.Engine and accessories
.Systems
.Controls
.Transmission
deck drain
* MAGNETIC
PLUGS:
.ARRIEL engine magnetic
plugs without electrical
indication.
,
-Engine
and MGBcowlings
condition,
locking
Condition, no leaks
Condition
Open: condition of locking
systems
Cleanliness
Leaktightness
No metal chips. Refer to
NOTEA.
,. security
Security, no leaks, no cracks
on the body leading to seepage
, Security, no leaks
Security, no leaks, lines
Check fluid level, security,
tightness
Oil level, security, tightness
Security, no leaks
Security, pin fitted
Condition
Condition. security
General condition,
No leaks
Interference
Not plugged
R
R
.
R
R
cleanliness
No metal chips on forward and

aft reduction gear magnetic
plugs, Refer to ~
Closing, locking
STATION
6
-Seat
-Cabin
Security, pin in place

General cleanliness
350 B3
8.4
00-23
Page 6
""iI,"'
.COMPLEMENTARY
1.3
FLIGHT MANUAL
Fliaht
report on the VEMD
.-Procedure
for recording the Ng and NF cycle count:

.Read the cumulative Ng and NF cycles after the last
day.
.Record the values in the aircraft
log-book.
flight
of the
NOTE: When the cumulative Ng and NF cycles reach 999.99, the counter
returns to zero. Take this into account for updating calculations.
If the number of Ng and NF cycles are not read before the
electrical
system is switched off, delay the procedure till
next flight,
but do not exceed the flights
of the following
2
the
day.
DAILY OPERATING CHECKSFOR OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
For each optional equipment item installed

check must include:
-a
-a
on the helicopter,
the daily
check before the first

flight
of the day,
check after the last flight
of the day.
These checks consist in performing a visual examination of each optional

equipment item in order to check its aeneral condition and security on the
aircraft,
in particular
for:
-windshield
wipers,
-fire
extinguisher,
-ski installation,
-air
ambulance installation
(stretcher),
-flares,
-cargo swing,
-ferry
tank,
-blade protection against sand,
-sand filter.
The optional
equipment items which require
specific
checks are listed
below.
2.1
AIR EOUIPEMENTOR BREEZE ELECTRIC HOIST INSTALLATION
The hoist must be checked by the hoist operator.

-Check
that the hoisting
blocks and snap hooks function
correctly.
-Perform a hoist functional

check: unwind the cable over approximately
0.6 m (2 ft) and then rewind it : check that the .Up' end of travel
contact functions correctly.
-Check to be performed during the inspection
nearest the 3D-hour operating limit.
associated
with flight
35083
8.4
00-23
Page 7
AIR EOUIPEMENT
HOIST fitted
with an end-of-travel
microswitch
MANUAL'
monitoring
system:
Complete the check with the following:
-Switch
on the electric hoist.
-Unwind the cable by approximately
-Wind the cable:
one to two metres.
As the cable winds up, check that:

the GREENlight is LIT,
the RED light is EXTINGUISHED.
-On completion of the hoisting
the hoist operator's grip.
operation,
maintain the "UP" order using
During the "UP" order, check that:

the GREENlight is EXTINGUISHED,
the REDlight is EXTINGUISHED.
-Maintain
the "up" order on the hoist operator's
grip and press the test
push-button:
During the "up" order, check that:
the GREENlight is EXTINGUISHED,
the REDlight ILLUMINATES.
-Check
to be oerformed everv 25 hoistina
.Free rotation of the hook.

.Condition
of the cable.
.Operation
of the cable extraction
-Ooerations
ooerations
mechanism.
to be oerformed everv 50 hoistina
ooerations
.Grease the hoist brake assembly.

.Clean then grease the cable winding screw.
350 83
8.4
97-40
Page 8
.
.
.COMPLEMENTARY
2.2
EMERGENCYFLOATATION GEAR INSTALLATION
.Check
before
the
first
-Place
the emergency
safety
pin in place.
-Check
that
engaged.
Check after
fliQht
floatation
gear
the circuit-breakers
the last
in low position,
in the aft
2.3
are
the
sea, wash the
CROP SPRAYING INSTALLATION
R
presence
of qualified
staff
to
ENGINE FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM

-Check
that
the pressure
of the
R
cylinders
is correct.
.CARGO SWING
-After
the last flight,
hook at the lock input.
2.6
locked,
fliQht
This optional
equipment requires
the
perform the daily
operating
checks.
2.5
pins
baggage compartment
If the aircraft
has flown at low altitude
over
inflation
cylinders
and the cradle assemblies.
2.4
.
.
FLIGHT MANUAL
lightly
grease
(G354) the
end of the
load
SSg WIRE ANTENNA INSTALLATION

-Check
the condition
and attachment
R
of the wire
antenna.
350 B3
8.4
00-23
Page 9
.
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
3 OPERATION
IN COLD
WEATHER
3.1
General
This section groups all the operating procedures to be followed when
the aircraft
is used in particular
climatic
conditions,
such as cold
weather and snow. Aircraft
servicing does not require any special tools
or systematic replacement.
3.2
General Recommendations
For rational operation of the aircraft
recommendedto carry out the following
-Remove ice or snow deposits
particularly
rotor mast,
at
tail
hinges
drive
in cold weather and snow, it is

basic operations:
from the whole of the aircraft,
and movement transmitting

items
and tail
rotor,
flight
controls,
(main rotor,
engine
controls).
-When the aircraft
recommendedthat:
has been subjected to very low temperatures,
it is
.either
reaular around runs be carried out every two hours for
temperatures of about -20'C and every hour for lower temperatures.
.or Dreheatina of the enaine, transmission assemblies and cabin be
effected before take-off
(although the helicopter is capable of
carrying Dut engine start up and rotor spinning at temperatures down
to -40.C).
During the preheating operation, carefully
wipe out the deicing water
to avoid all water accretion on the aircraft
and water re-icing as soon
as preheating is over, particularly
on the AIR INTAKESand components
located above the air intakes.
PRACTICAL
ADVICES
:
-For
the preheating
good condition
only.
and deicing
Do not
operations,
refuel
the
use appropriate
aircraft
while
heaters in
the heaters
are
functioning.
-During the preheating operation, do not leave the aircraft

unwatched.
Keep an extinguisher available at hand.
-Avoid directing
hot air towards the following parts of the aircraft,
tanks and fuel, oil and hydraulic fluid lines.
3.3
Lubricants
to be used
for Transmission Assemblies
~~~
Refer to "Limitations"
SECTIONof the Basic Flight
Manual.
NOTE: It should be rememberedthat when changing the oil, the system is

first to be flushed in accordance with the recommendations in the
maintenance publications.
3S0 B3
8.4
97-40
Page 10
COMPLEMENTARY
FUGHT MANUAL
.3.4
Useof Batteries for Startina

During long periOds in inoperation it is recorrrnendedthat the battery
be stored in a warmarea.
If a ground power unit is not available, start-up may be carried out
using the aircraft
battery or two aircraft
batteries connected in
parallel.
The starting envelope is related to the temperature and is indicated
in the supplement instruction for operation in cold weather.
3.5
Preparation for Fliaht

Independently of the inspections prescribed
the fallowing operations and inspections :
in SEGION8.4.1,
perform
Main rotor blades

-remove
Removethe blade socks, then remove snow if need be and, if necessary

ice from blades using hat air flow at a te~erature
not exceeding
80 'C.
Main rotor hub and mast
Remove ice from the swashplates,
rotor head spring antivibrator.
the scissors,
the
servo
controls
and the
Power plant
-Remove the air intake
snow from the aircraft
cover and the

surface.
exhaust
nozzle
blank
after
removing
-Remove snow and ice accretion in the vicinity

of the air intake, an
either side af the screen and inside the engine air intake duct (remove
the air intake screen if necessary).
-It
Manually and visually check for snow and ice inside the air intake
duct up to the first stage af the compressor :
In case af icing:
.renK>ve ice using a wooden or plastic scraper,
.carefully
wipe the surface using a cloth soaked with isopropyl
alcohol.
.inspect drains, unblanked scuppers; check for snow and ice on
vent and static ports
Tail
is imperative that the air intake be clean
rotor
-RenK>ve the blade sockets. then remove ice from the TRH assembly
(blades, pitch rads...).
-Manually rotate the tail rotor so that the main rotor performs 1 turn
at least, then check:
.the swashplate rotation (rotor brake not blocked),
.the TRH rotation.
.the freewheel operation.
35083
8.4
97-40
Page 11
C~PLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
Structure
-Remove the cabin cover once the inspection is completed.

-Make sure that the windshield wiper has not remained stuck on the
canopy.
FliQht controls -EnQine controls
-8efore
operating the controls, it is recommendedto heat-up the inside
of the cabin.
-Operate the controls progressively, then operate the rotor brake
controls, fuel flow control and collective pitch control over their
c~lete
travel.
!!,~S
tail
re~ommend~dgot to oerform extensive travel

rotor controls.
of the cvclic
and
Fuel svsten bleedino

Do not bleed the fuel system under a te..,erature
-10 .C where valve seals prove inefficient.
3.6
Check after
Last Fliaht
equal to or lower than
of the Day
The operations described in SEGION 8.4.1 are to be c~leted

following actions.
by the
-Inspection
of the engine magnetic plugs should be performed within
30 min after the rotor has stopped rotating, in order to avoid seal
damaging.
-Care must be taken not to leave doors open.
-Install
the air intake cover and exhaust nozzle blank.
-When the aircraft
is parked in an unsheltered area it is reconmendedto
apply anti-icing
materials and to carry out the aircraft
parking and
mooring.
NOTE: ANTI-ICING
MATERIALS
--Anti-icing
fluid -isopropyl
alcohol as per AIR 3660 or deicing
as per AIR 356S(MIL-A-6091).
-Anti-icing
sealing co..,ound 8.437.
-Anti-icing
-Anti-rain
-Anti-icing
Kilfrost
co..,oundE.57.
material
S.P.R. G7.
material
to be applied
.
on blades:
Kilfrost
ABC or
DF.
CAUTION: -REFER TO GENERAL

INSTRUmONSFORTHE USEOF
-ANTI-ICING
MATERIALS.
-ANTI-ICING MATERIALS
CANDAMAGE
THEHELICDPTER
C~PONENTS.
-USE RECOMMENDED
ANDAPPROVED
ANTI-ICING MATERIALS
ONLY.
350 83
8.4
97-40
Page 12
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
SECTION
9
OPERATIONAL
DATA
CONTENTS
9.1
WANDELAND GOLTERMANNHAILERS OP 2480
9.2
EMERGENCYLOCATORTRANSMITTERS
9.3
SCHERMULYFLARES
9.4
AIR AMBULANCEINSTALLATION
9.5
SWIVELLING LANDING LIGHT
9.6
RETRACTABLESWIVELLING LANDING LIGHT
9.7
SEARCHLIGHT
9.8
RESERVED
9.9
SKI INSTALLATION
9.10
FREON AIR CONDITIONER
8
350B3
9.0.P6
0~-03
Page 1
CIJAPlEMENTARYFLIGHT MANUAL
SECTION
9.1
WANDELAND GOlTERMANNHAILERS
1~
The hailers
are designed to transmit
or a continuous
signal
(siren).
The effect
of this
oPtional
equipment
either
messages of a h;gh
on the add;tional
sound level,
performance
data
is negligible.
.2
DESCRIPTION
~
co
The system ma;nly
cons;sts
of :
-two
amplifiers
located
in the LH side baggage hold,
-four
hailers
mounted in pairs on the landing gear rear cross beam,
-one
microphone located on the RH side of the copilot's
seat and fitted
with two push-buttons:
a black one for the mike function
and a red one
for
the s;ren.
The system
a fuse.
is
switched
on by means of a push-button
and is protected
by
.
.
35083
9.1
97-40
Page 1
SECTION
MANUAL
9.2
1. ;!Q!'!'!nJJ,.L~;~~~~~-I~
1
GENERAL
The
JOLLIET
simultaneously
243.0
The
J.E.2
on
MHz)
unit
to
aid
operates
operated
manually
front
panel,
or
emergency
locator
the
international
transmits
distress
helicopter
and
search
automatically
in
the
radio
beacon
frequencies
rescue
signals
(121.5
MHz
and
operations.
event
of
crash
impact.
It
may be
by means of a switch
on the transmitter
by means of a remote
control
switch.
2 COMPONENT
lOCATIONS
-A
locator
rear
-A thebeacon
-A
control
beacon
luggage
location
switch
pilot's
side.
-An
antenna
is
-A
label
fitted
is
attached
to
bay.
label
is
is fitted
located
close
the
structure
attached
underneath
on the tail
to the switch
to
the
the
and
is
outside
instrument
located
of
inside
the aircraft.
panel
on the
boom.
reads:
EMERGENCY lOCATOR TRANSMITTER

AVIATION
EMERGENCY USE ONLY
3
3.1
CHECKING
PROCEDUR~
Pre-fliaht
Insoection
Beneath
the
instrument
-Check
that
remote
panel:
control
switch
is
set
to
"AUTO".
Ontransmitter:
-For
old
.check
generation
that
the
.press
-For
.set
.set
in
the
new generation
the switch
the
switch
locator
switch
is
"RESET"
to
beacons:
set to "AUTO".
pushbutton.
(NG) locator
"OFF/RST"
back
to
beacons:
for 2 to
3 seconds,
"AUTO".
8
350 B3
9.2
02-03
.""~
co ".
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL.
3.2
Pre-fliaht
Checks
-Select
the international
distress frequency on the aircraft
VHF or UHF
system.
-Set switch beneath instrument panel to "MANU"for approximately
R
one second.
-The transmitter
output signal should be audible in the headphones.
-Set switch back to "AUTO".
R
3.3
Post-fliaht
Check
After landing, ensure that the emergency locator

accidentally
been switched on.
transmitter
has not
4 OPERATING
PROCEDURE
4.1
Automatic Ooeration
The transmitter
is actuated automatically
the switch is set to "AUTO".
Imoact detector
8
in the event of an impact if
R
reset:
-New aeneration locator beacon (NG) :

Select the locator switch to OFFjRST, hold it
2 to 3 seconds then select it back to AUTO.
in this
position
for
-Old aeneration locator beacon:

The impact detector may be reset by means of the "RESET" push-button
on the transmitter
front panel;
the reset push-button also stops
the transmitter
output signals if the unit is operating.
4.2
4.3
ManualOoeration
The unit
may be actuated manually by setting
Portable
Ooeration
The transmitter
the switch to "MANU".
may be used on the ground as follows:
-Remove the transmitter

from its mount.
-Select
an unobstructed area.
-Extend the built-in
antenna.
-Place
the unit upright with the antenna on top.
-Switch
on the transmitter
by setting the switch to "MANU".
8
35083
9.2
00-23
Page 2
SECTION
2. ~
1
9.2
EME:~~T:Q!L~~
GENERAL
The
ELT
the
helicopter
96
radio
international
The
of
It
the
beacon
in
is
transmitter
starts
cable
may be breakage.
switched
transmitter
an
emergency
an emergency.
frequencies
instrument
MANUAL
It
(121,5
-243
operating
on manually
or
via
the
transmitter
transmits
via
-406
MHz).
automatically
in
the
remote
which
is
simultaneously
switch
control
case
located
switch
used
on
of
on
located
to
impact
the
locate
the
or
top
under
in
face
case
of
the
panel.
2 COMPONENT
LOCATION
-A
-An
-An
transmitter
attached
to
the
external
label
indicating
AUTO -MANU
control
switch
structure
inside
transmitter
located
location.
under
the
the
rear
cargo
hold.
instrument
panel
-Anpilot'sAUTO side.
TEST/RESET
pushbutton
located
next
to the control
-A
red XMIT ALERT indicator
light
located
on the instrument
switch.
panel
pilot's
side.
-An
antenna
on
-A
label
fitted
on the
on
the
the LH side
of the cabin
roof.
close
to the switch
reads:
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER
FOR AVIATION
EMERGENCY USE ONLY.
3~
3.1
Pre-flioht
Check
-The
InsDection
the following
remote
control
CAUTION:
IF
under
the instrument
panel:
switch
is set to "AUTO".
THE SWITCH IS
THE TRANSMITTER
Check
-The
-The
SET TO "AUTO"
WILL
AND THE CONNECTOR IS
UNPLUGGED,
OPERATE.
the following
on the transmitter:
connector
is plugged
in.
switch
is set to "AUTO".
8
N
35083
9.2
02-03
Page
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL'
3.2
Pre-fliaht
Checks
-Tune in to 121.5 or 243 MHz.

-Press and hold pressed the "AUTOTEST/RESET"pushbutton.
The following should occur:
.The red "XMIT ALERT" light comes on.
.The transmitter
should be heard on the distress frequency.
~
3.3
: If the indicator light flashes, it indicates

are faulty or the transmitter
is inoperative.
Post-fliaht
Check the following
4
4.1
that
the batteries
Check
After landing, check for untimely transmitter

ALERT" light should be extinguished).
-The
operation
(the red "XMIT
on the transmitter:
switch is set to "OFF".
OPERATINGPROCEDURE
Automatic Ooeration
The transmitter
will begin operating automatically
in case of impact if
the remote control switch is set to the "AUTO" position.
The red "XMIT ALERT" light comes on during transmitter
operation.
Resettina
the inlJact detector
-Control
switch set to "AUTO".I
-Press the "AUTOTEST/RESET"pushbutton.I
-The transmitter
should cease operating.
NOTE: If the transmitter continues transmitting,
perform the operation
again. If, after several attempts, the transmitter
remains in
operation, set the switch on its top face to "OFF".
4.2
Manual Ooeration
The transmitter
will begin operating when the remote control switch is
set to "MANU".
The red "XMIT ALERT" light comes on during transmitter
operation.
4.3
Portable
Ooeration
The transmitter
-Set the switch to "OFF".

from its support.
-Work in a clear space.
-Hold the transmitter
in the vertical
position with the antenna upwards.
-Set the switch to "MAN/RESET"to begin transmission.
35083
9.2
02-03
Page 4
..-
SECTION
MANUAL
9.2
3.~~~ill~~:;;~~b.Q!;~Qg-IM~~M!I!;.B
1
GENERAL
The
NARCO
simultaneously
243.0
ELT
Mhz)
to
910
on
emergency
locator
the
international
transmits
distress
radio
beacon
frequencies
aid
helicopter
search
and
to
structure,
rescue
signals
(121,5
Mhz
and
operations.
COMPONENTS -LOCATION
-A
locator
beacon,
rear
baggage
-An
external
-A
-An
-A
attached
hold.
identification
the
label
of
the
is
locator
control
unit,
located
on the
instrument
antenna,
located
on the tail
boom.
label
fitted
close
to the switch
reads:
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER
positioned
inside
the
beacon.
panel.
FOR AVIATION
EMERGENCY USE ONLY.
3~
3.1
Pre-fliaht
On the
Insoection
instrument
-check
that
panel:
remote
On transmitter,
check
-ON-OFF-ARM
3.2 Pre-fliaht
-Select
8
3.3
is
set
switch
is
set
to
"ARM".
that:
to
"ARM".
Check~
the
international
-SetUHF
system.
control
-The
-The
indicator
transmitter
-Set
control
post-fliaht
After
control
unit
distress
switch
light
on
output
unit
switch
to
"ON"
frequency
for
approximately
the remote
control
signal
should
be
to
on the
unit
audible
aircraft
two
VHF or
seconds.
lights
up.
in the headphones.
"ARM".
Chec~
landing,
accidentally
ensure
been
that
switched
the
emergency
locator
transmitter
has
not
on.
e
N
350 83
9.2
02-03
~L--
Page
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANLJAL" .
4 OPERATING
PROCEDURE
4.1 Automatic
Ooeration
The transmitter
is actuated automatically
assuming the switch is set to "ARM".
~
8
in the event of an impact,
: In order to reset the locator beacon following

actuation, proceed as follows:
automatic
-Select
the remote control switch "ON" for two seconds, or
the transmitter
selector to "OFF".
-Re-select
the switch to "ARM".
4.2 Manual ODeration

The unit
4.3
may be actuated manually by setting
the switch to "ON".
Portable ODeration
The transmitter

from its mount.
-Select
an unobstructed area.
-Extend the antenna.
-Place the unit upright with the antenna on top.
-Switch
on the transmitter
by setting the "ON-OFF-ARM"switch to "ON".
8
N
35083
9.2
02-03
Page 6
COMPLEMENTARYFLIGHT MANUAL
I RR4C I
SECTION 9.2
KANNAD 406 AF EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER

1 GENERAL
The emergency locator transmits radio beacon signals simultaneouslyon

the international distress frequencies 121.5 MHz, 243.0 MHz and 406.025 Mhz
to aid helicopter search and rescueoperations.
It can be actived manually or automaticallyin case of a crash.
2 DESCRIPTION
The KANNAD 406 AF beacons consist essentially of the following:

-A transmitter, located in the rear cargo compartment is fitted with "ARM-ON-OFF" switch,
-An antenna, located in the upper section of the intermediate structure,
-A remote control switch, located in instrument panel.
1
a
a
ON
ARMED
g
>
TEST/RESET
~
REMOTE CONTROL PANEL
KEY
REPERE
DESCRIPTioN
FONCTION
Amber light
-ON : transmission is effective

-Test mode:
.One long flash indicates good test.
.A series of short flashes indicates bad test.
.Beginning of the test is indicated by a short flash.
Buzzer
-Aural signal
3 position switch
The switch of the ELT is in position "ARM"

-ON : beacon is actived.
-ARMED: arms the shock sensor circuit.
-TEST/RESET:
.Self-test mode.
.In case of activation, the ELT can be
reset by switching to TEST/RESET.
350 B3
9.2
02-20
Page 7
*RR*
.
.
(';UMI-'Lt=Mt=N
I 1\M T r-LI\-,n
I IVI"I"U~
-.
I RR4C I
3 OPERATION
3.;;~ ~heck
-On transmitter:
-In cockpit:
check that ARM-OFF-ON
switch is set to ARM.
check that remote control switch is set to ARMED.
3.2 Ooeration Testina

The self-test mode is a temporary mode.
This mode is selected either:
-When switching from OFF to ARM the switch of the EL T.
-When switching to TEST/RESET on the remote control panel (provided
that the switch of the EL T is in position ARM).
The buzzer operates during the self-test procedure.
~
: It is strictly prohibited to test the EL T by transmitting.
3.3 Post-Flioht Check

After landing, set the VHF receiver to 121.5 MHz to ensure that the
emergency locator transmitter has not accidentally been switched on.
4 OPERATING
PROCEDURE
4.1 Automatic Ooeration

The transmitter is actuated automatically in the event of an impact
assuming the switches are set to ARMED.
~
: The TEST/RESET position stops locator transmitting and resets the

impact detector.
.4.2
Manual Ooeration
The unit may be actuated manually by setting one control switch to ON.
4.3 Portable Ooeration
The transmitter may be used for self-contained
operation on the ground
as follows:
-Remove the transmitter from its mounting bracket.

-Disconnect the coax from the aircraft antenna.
-Select an unobstructed area.
-Extend the built-in tape antenna.
-Place the unit upright with the antenna on top.
-Switch on the transmitter by setting the ARM-OFF-ON switch to ON.
35063
9.2
02-20
Page 8
*RR*
.SECTION
MANUAL
9.3
SCHERMULYFLARES
1~
SCHERMULY flares
Two flares
are
PILOT'S
Firing
are
carried
used
on
to illuminate
a support
on
the ground
during
night
operations.
the port
side
of the fuselage.
CONTROLS
of
the
flares
is
controlled
electrically.
The
control
system
comprises:
-a
-a
"FLARES"
push-button
firing
push-button
The firing
fuse
panel.
circuit
is
on
situated
on
the pilot's
protected
by a
the control,
cyclic
control
fuse
situated
grip.
on the
control
console
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
The
For
of
It
may
maximum altitude
for
firing
the flares
is 1500 ft
(500 m).
maximum effectiveness,
the second
flare
should
be fired
at an altitude
at least
800 ft
(250 m).
should
be noted,
however,
that
firing
the
flares
below 1200 ft
(400 m)
be dangerous
if
a fire
hazard
exists
in the
area
to be illuminated.
.
.
35083
9.3
97-40
Page
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
9.4
AIR AMBULANCEINSTALLATION
1~
The air antJulance duty version is designed to carry one or two stretcher
patients accompanied by one or two medical assistants seated on the R.H.
rear bench seat.
2
.
DESCRIPTION
Fitting
the
-held
out
dual
in
controls
the
air
and
ant>ulance
if
necessary
role
involves
the
rear
left
removing
the
hand
bench
copilot'S
seat,
seat.
The lower stretcher (6) rests on the cabin floor, it is secured with
straps (3 and 5) to mooring rings and brackets. The top stretcher (1) is
by supports (2) on the rear bulkhead, a frame (4) at the front, and
secured by straps (7) to the floor-rnounted mooring rings.
.654
~
:;e;
""
~
350 B3
9.4
97-40
..",--
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
3 UTILIZATION
Three configurations
-1
-2
are possible:
stretcher (upper or lower)

stretchers
NOTE: If
-the
only one stretcher

lower stretcher.
is being used it will
be time-saving to use
Whennot in service the stretchers are folded and stowed with their straps
in the baggage hold. The upper stretcher support frame folds down onto
the cabin floor.
Stretchers
are installed
1. Lower stretcher
2. Upper stretcher
3.1
order:
(6)
(1).
PreDaration of the Cabin

Installation
preliminary
3.1.1
in the following
of the air antJulance duty versiDn requires a number of

cabin alterations.
Lower Stretcher
-Remove:
-Fold
3.1.2
dual controls, copilot's seat, seat cushions from L.H.

rear passenger seat.
up L.H. rear passenger seat against rear bulkhead.
UDDer Stretcher
-Remove:
dual controls (tail rotor control pedals need not be

removed), copilDt's seat, seat cushions from L.H. rear
passenger seat, L.H. carpeting.
-L.H.
rear passenger seat remains open.
-Raise the support to vertical position and secure.
3.1.3
Upper and Lower Stretchers

-Remove:
~
dual controls, copilot's seat, L.H. rear passenger seat

cushions and seat, L.H. carpeting.
: For the "Dlush" version, both armrests of the L.H. rear

passenger seat must be removed.
350
83
97-40
9.4
.
Page 2
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.3.2
Installino the Stretchers

-Open the port side doors.
-Load the stretchers into place in the cabin forwards.
.Set the lower stretcher on the cabin floor
.Set the upper stretcher on the support post.
-Engage the rear handles of the stretchers in the brackets on the rear
bulkhead.
-Secure
the retaining
straps and hooks at the front
and "PIP'
pins
at the rear.
CAUTION:
~
THE PATIENTS ARE STRAPPEDTO THE STRETCHERSAND MUST BE

EMBARKEDFEET FORWARDS,HEAD TOWARDS
THE TAIL.
.
.
3S0 83
9.4
97-40
Page 3
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.~ECTION
9.5
SWIVELLING LANDING LIGHT
1~
This swivelling landing light that can be orientated in azimuth, is an

optional equipment item designed to improve safety during the approach
phase and taxiing operations.

This optional equipment is installed
on the bottom, forward R.H. side of
the lower structure.

Its
lighting
power is 450 Watts.
0
0
m
m
0
~
>
~
~TROL$
The controls of the swivelling landing light

collective pitch lever handgrip assenbly.
are located on the pilot's
An ON/OFFswitch is used to control the lighting which is confirmed by

the illumination
of an indicator light on the instrument panel or on the
Warning-Caution-Advisory panel.
A four-way switch is used to retract
and extend the landing light.
3 CIRCUITPROTECTIOt!
Circuits
are protected as follows:
-a
2.5-A/Iq). fuse on the R.H. side panel for the control
-a
2D-Amp. fuse in the electrical
circuits,
master box for the lighting
circuit.
350 83
9.5
97-40
Page 1
MANUAL
SECTION 9.6
RETRACTABLESWIVELLING LANDING LIGHT
.1
GENERAL
This
swivelling
and azimuth,
the approach
landing
light
that
can be orientated
is an optional
equipment
designed
to
phase and taxiing
operations.
This
optional
equipment
the lower
structure.
It
lighting
power
is
is
installed
on the
both
improve
bottom,
in elevation
safety
during
forward
LH side
of
located
on
450 Watts.
0
0
.;0
..
ci
..
0
,;
~
CONTROLS
The controls
the collective
of
the
pitch
An ON/OFF switch
the
illumination
is
of
warning-Caution-Advisory
retractable
swivelling
landing
lever
handgrip
assembly.
.-a
are
used to control
the lighting
which
an indicator
light
on the instrument
is
confirmed
panel
or
must
be used
by
on the
panel.
The rear
(spring
return)
position
retract
the searchlight.
This
ensures
that
the searchlight
the "RETRACTED" position.
The extension
and orientation
of
the four-way
control
button.
light
of
the
is
always
the
"ON"
switch
switched
searchlight
are
off
when
carried
it
to
is
out
R
R
R
R
R
R
in
using
CIRCUIT PROTECTION
Circuits
are protected
as follows:
-a
2.5-Amp.
fuse
on the RH. side
20-Amp.
fuse
in the electrical
panel
for the control
master
box for the
350
circuits.
lighting
B3
circuit.
9.6
98-46
Page 1
Ca\1PLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.SECTION
9.7
SEARCHLIGHT
1~
The LOCATORsearchlight
by a swivelling
light
rescue,
is intended
to facilitate
to illuminate
the ground
certain
missions
(search,
surveillance...).
2 ~OMPONENT
LOCATIONS
This
-A
installation
consists
450-W power light

of the
.a
.a
.a
.a
.a
-A
-An
lower
structure,
located
of :
A) secured
forward
to the bottom,
LH side,
that
forward
LH side
comprising:
is hooked on1:O a
betWeen 1:he two seats.
amber light
indicate
near the control

the
searchlight
handgrip
support,
which
illuminates
to
is on.
-r!fltj
.;g
~
~
~
mainly
(Detail
glass dome (3),

swivelling
parabolic
reflector
(4),
fixed-arc
lamp (5),
housing (2),
mount (1).
control
handgrip
(Oetail
B) which, when not used,
support
installation
beam in order
5
Detail
Detail
35083
9.7
97-40
'"""j
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL
OPERATION
An ON/OFFpush-button (6) located on the control

and off the LOCATOR
searchl;ght ;nstallation.
gr;p ;s used to sw;tch on
Full brightness ;s obta;ned 15 seconds after the searchl;ght has been

sw;tched on. Th;s ;s connrmed by the ;ll...inat;on
of the anmer indicat:or
light.
A four-way button (7) ;s used to operate the reflector
the l;ght: beam in the des;red direction.
~
: To prevent any premature damageto the l~
for orientating
;t is adv;sable :
-after
the searchl;ght has been switched on, to wait: 15 seconds
before switch;ng it off,
-after
-seconds
the searchlight has been sw;tched off,

before switch;ng it on again.
to wait 30 to 60
.
350839.7
.
97-40
Page 2
C(.1PLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
.~ECTION
9.~
SKI INSTALLATION
l~
The ski
installation
snow-covered
is designed
for
takeoff
or landing
on normal
or
ground.
DESCRIPTION
The skis are secured to the pads via clamps. SEFA skis have a glass-fiber/
resin laminate
structure
and SURFAIR skis have a metal structure.
The rear spatula of the ski is reinforced
with one or twO struts.
SURFAIR skis enable 4 pairs of Alpine skis to be carried.
SEFA
~
g
>
~
SURFAIR
.~
~
>
~
QPERATION
Special
attention
landing
is
required
to the
tail
rotor
ground
clearance
when
in deep snow.
35083
9.9
97-40
Page 1
MANUAL
SECTION 9.10
FREON AIR
CONDITIONER
.1~
The air conditioning
within
the cabin.
system
is
designed
to
lower
the
ambient
temperature
SYSTEM CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

-Available
to
the
pilot
.2
0:
EVAP EVAP COHOCOHO
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
Rocker
switch:
.
2
Rocker
Protection
fuses
and fan blowers
Ventilation
-Available
Six
.ventilation
to
swivelling
switch:
FUNCTION
.OFF
.FAN
.AjC
neutral
engaged
engaged
Stops
system
operation
Switches
on ventilation
Switches
on ventilation
air
conditioning
.LOW
.HI
.MED
neutral
engaged
engaged
Slow ventilation
Fast ventilation
Medium ventilation
for
condenser
and
outlets
the
DaSSenQers
and adjustable
outlets
used
to
obtain
the
desired
rate.
35083
9.10
97-40
Page 1
..
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
3 UTILIZATION
~~~ation
-Set
rocker switch 1 to FAN to obtain cabin ventilation

to A/C to obtain air conditioning.
-Select
~
ventilation
rate using rocker switch 2.
: It is recommendedto close the external

using the system in the air-conditioning
efficiency.
ventilation
flap, when
mode, to get a better
R
R
R
System shutdown
-Set
rocker switch 1 to OFF (neutral
-Should
the system fail,
position).
set rocker switch 1 to OFF.
.
.
PERFORMANCE
DATA
The impact of the air conditioning

system on the performance data given
in the Basic Flight Manual is negligible.
.
.
350B3
9.10
00-23
Page 2
.COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
SECTION 10
.ADDITION~~ANCE
DATA
CONTENTS
.
.
.
10.1
BASIC PERFORMANCE
DATA
10.2
EFFECT OF EQUIPMENT ITEMS ON PERFORMANCE

DATA
10.3
PERFORMANCE
DATA WITH SANS FILTER INSTALLED AND PROTECTIONOF THE
AIR INTAKE AGAINST INDUCTION OF SNOW
350B3
R
R
10.0.P6
00-23
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
SECTION10.1
BASIC PERFORMANCE
DATA
.Figures
-DETERMINING THE CORRECTED

WEIGHT
-TAS/CAS
IN FAST CRUISE
-TAS/CAS
IN RECOMMENDED
CRUISE
-FUEL
CONSUMPTION-RANGE IN FAST CRUISE
-FUEL
CONSUMPTION-ENDURANCE IN RECOMMENDED
CRUISE
-RANGE IN RECOMMENDED
CRUISE
-FUEL
CONSUMPTION -ENDURANCE
6
IN CRUISE AT MINIMUM
HOURLYFUEL CONSUMPTION
.
.R
350 B3
10.1
98-46
Page 1
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUA~
SONDITIONS
-WEIGHT
LOADS:
LIMITATIONS
WITH
INTERNAL
2250 k9 ( 4961 Ib)
CORRECTED
TO
WEIGHT
DETERMINE
(on
SPEEDS
facing
page)
(lbx100)
.
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
49.6
52
54
56
57.3
60
61.7
I
0
0
0;
..
~
~
>
~
-40
-30
-20
-10
!
EXAMPLE:
OAT
OAT
10
20
30
40
2000
(OC)
= 15C
2500
CORRECTED
WEIGHT
= 2000
3000:
WEIGHT
(kg):
g:
WEIGHT
I
Hp
= 6000
fI
CORRECTED
Figure
= 2500
kg
N
350
83
10.1
98-46
Page 2
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
CONDITIONS
-STABILIZED
ELECTRICAL
LEVEL FLIGHT WITH

COMSUMPTION
~ 50 A
TAS/CAS
.FAST
IN
CRUISE
.
-40
-30
-20
-10
0
OAT
10
20
rC)
glO '1~0'
110'
120 '130
l(klt)'150
.
0
0
..:
<
~
>
~
.;
~
~
w
1
'
m
I ' I .I
' I ' I ' I .I
' I ' I
70 80 gO 100 110 120 130 ( kt )150
CAS
EXAMPLE:
OAT = 15.C
Hp
= 6000
220
CORRECTED
ft
=:> CAS
240
260
280
WEIGHT = 2500 kg
= 223
km/h
F-N
Igure 2
35083
10.1
98-46
Page
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUA:'-
CONDITIONS
-WEIGHT
lOADS:
LIMITATIONS
WITH INTERNAL
2250 kg ( 4961 Ib)
CORRECTED
WEIGHT
TO DETERMINE SPEEDS
!
(on facing
page)
32
34
(lbx100)
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
49.6
52
54
56
57.3
60
61.7
0
0
..
.;
~
~
>
~
-40 -30 -20 ;-10 0

OAT
EXAMPLE:
OAT
Hp
10 20
30
40
2000
(OC)
= 15C
= 6000
WEIGHT
II
2500
CORRECTED
= 2000
(kg)
kg
Figure
1
CORRECTED
3000
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
-2500
N.
kg
350 83
10.1
98-46
Page 4
CONDITIONS
-STABILIZED
LEVEL FLIGHT
-TAS AND CAS CORRESPOND
TO THE Ng READ
ON THE UPPER LH PRESSURE AlTITUOE
CURVES
TA
.RECOMMENDED
SIC A S IN
CRUISE
.
m
OAT
('C)
90
.I
100
.I
110
'
", I
120,130
.I
(kt)
TAS
.
g
ci
w
>
"!
~
OD
~
II:
'"
120 140 160 180 200 220(km/h)260

I ' 1 ' I ' I ' I ' I ' I ' I ' I
60
70 80
90 100 110 120 130 ( kt )
TAS
EXAMPLE:
OAT;
15'C
Hp = 6000 ft
CORRECTED
WEIGHT
= 2500
kg
CAS = 212 km/h
F"
Igure 3
35083
10.1
98-46
-",
Page 5
C~PLEMENTARY
FLIGHT
MANUA'c
CONDITIONS
-STABILIZED
LEVEL
FLIGHT WITH
ELECTRICAL CONSUMPTION ~ 50 A
FUEL
CONSUMPTION
RANGE
18
IN FAST CRUISE
(kg/h)
.8
(Ib/h)
16
350
14
300
12
250
10
100
.
200
80
0.4
0.5
'0~8'
,
, ,
0.6
~ ' ,
0.7
11~2'"
, I'
, , , II'
2.~
, .,
'1~4'
0.8(\<g/km)
,
'1~6(k9/NM)
I ...,
I .
3.5 (lb/NM)
CONS./SPEED
(km
1000
500
NM)
80
400
60
300
~ .
40
200
200
100
"
0
0
.:<
~
~
.;
~
og
"!
>
wOO
I
EXAMPLE:
OAT
Hp
= 15C
= 6000
TAS
It
= 230
RANGE
km/h
= 570
FUEL
= 80 %
km
.N
Figure 4
35083
10.1
98-46
Page 6
I11III
...COMPLEMENTARYFLIGHTMANUAL
CONDITIONS
-STABILIZED
LEVEL
FLIGHT
WITH
ELECTRICAL CONSUMPTION ~ 50 A
FUEL CONSUMPTION
ENDURANCE
IN RECOMMENDED
CRUISE
!
(k~)
(kgINM)(lblNM)
~60
0.8
1.6
~\~ 'j
~~
3.5
1.5
S I.~
1.4
Z~
0 0.7
~
iz.,O
2.2.0
Q.
!'.!, 0.6
1.3
2.~O
240
II)
1.2
1.1
2.5
2.~0
260
(.) 0.5
0.9
0.8
0.4
0.7
0.3
1.5
0.6
50
40
30
0'
20
I-
10
<
.7~
'"~ '"'
.:.,
~p
-10
-20
-30
.--48
(.)
Z
0
::>
()
c(
C!
2
1
~
~
0
70
'
80
I '
160
.I
90
'
180
.-'
I '
100
I
.I
200
220
'
110
I '
I '
240
120
I '
I '
130
I
260
.I
280
'
140
I '
I '
150
I '
300
I '
( kg/h )
I '
320
I ;
1-
34.0 ( Ib/h )
HOURLY
EXAMPLE:
OAT
Hp
= 15.C
= 6000
fI
CONS.
TAS = 230 km/h
=:> CONS./SPEED
FUEL
=:> ENDURANCE
= 2 h 30 min.
=:> HOURLY CONS. = 133 kg/h
= 80 %
Figure
= 0.58
kg/km
35083
10. 1
00-23
Page 7
.
.
."
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
CONDITIONS
-STABiliZED
-ELECTRICAL
lEVEL FLIGHT WITH

CONSUMPTION
~ 50 A
RANGE
IN
RECOMMENDED
-CRUISE
2200
( Ib )
4500
2000
CI
-N
1800
I:I:
0'
4000
at
-~
1600
g
u.
~
1400
3500
0
~
rJ
1 -
0
0
~
.0
~
0
0
x
-6
~
x
:.
2 E
Co
Co
:I:
:I:
10
12
ISA -20
WEIGHT
.-~~UU
2000
---1800
Kg
kg
kg
ISA -10
STD-ISA
-tttfJI-
ISA +10
Q
w
~
Q
..
=
.;
~
~
~
ISA +20
~:
0
100
I' , , , I ' , ,
0
OAT
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
, I ' , , , I ' , , , I ' , , .I ' , ., I' , ., I ...,
I' ...I'
100
200
300
400
RANGE
= OoC
WEIGHT = 2100
kg
Hp = 7500 ft
RANGE
F'
~
1111._-
Igure
900 1000 (km)

, , ,I ' ,.
500 (NM)
FUEL = 85 %
-
= 700 km
6
350
83
10.1
98-46
Page
8
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
CONDITIONS
-STABILIZED LEVEL FLIGHT
FUEL
CONSUMPTION
ENDURANCE
IN CRUISE
AT MINIMUM
HOURLY
FUEL CONSUMPTION
35
70
40
80
4
.-90
!
-::;- 5
U)
UJ
t)
<
<1
100
5
-4
OAT "C
.
.
110
12
60
---
tt
240
10
220
01'
200 J:I
ai
Z
180 Z
0
::.
ai
0
t)
t)
>-
160 >-
-J7
-J
a:
a:
:)
06
0
140:)
J:
0
J:
120
~
:
.;
~
~ 0
~
5
100
4
ENDURANCE (h)
EXAMPLE:
OAT
= 1S"C
Hp = 6000 ft
WEIGHT
= 2000
FUEL = 80 %
F
Igure
kg
=;. ENDURANCE
= 4 h
N
35083
10.1
98-46
Page 9
..
RR 48 SUPERSEDES
RR 4A
SECTION10.2
EFFECTOF EOUIPEMNT
ITEMS ON PERFORMANCE
DATA
Disregard
the
information
given in RR 4A
...
...
...
35063
10.2
02-18
Page 1
"RR"
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANJIAL .
B
SECTION 10.2
complete
description
the
EFFECT OF EOUIPMENT ITEMS ON PERFORMANCEDATA

table
by the
i.
:
following:
Fast cruise
Equlpment
installed
Bubble
Recommendedcruise
.
Airspeed
window
fuel
km/h
kt
-1,5
Range
Airspeed
con sump
tion
km/h
-1,5
% -1,5
fuel
kt
%
Range
consump
tion
-1,5
"AIR GRISCHAAG"
.
35083
10.2
02-13
Page
*RR*
.COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
SECTION 10.2
.EFFECT
OF EQUIPME:r~~~~~ERFORMANCE
DATA
Equipment
Fast cruise
Hourly
Airs eed
fuel
km/h kt
consump
tion
installed
Heating and demisting

systems exceeding
t4 limitations"
Heating
and
demisting
+ 4 %
-4
4 %
-4
-2
-8
-4
-4
-2
-1
-4
-2
-1.5
-2
-1
-1
-6
-3
-2
-4
-2
-4
-2
-8
-4
+ 4 %
-4
+ 4 %
-4
+ 2 %
-2
50 A
High landing
gear
Skis
Electric
Emergency
flotation
hoist
footstep
* Reduction
account
% -4
-2
-1.5
-2
-1
-1
-6
-3
-2
-1.5
% -4
-2
-1.5
-1.5
% -4
-2
-1.5
% R
gear
Hailers
OP 1810 and 1811
Range
systems within
t4 limitations"
Electrical
consuR1)tion>
.Long
Recommended cruise
Hourly
Airspeed
fuel
Range
km/~ kt
consump
tion
in
fast
-4
-4
or recommended cruise
when engine
is
running
at max.
-4
performance
is
-4
not to
be taken
%-
into
torque
35083
10.2
00-23
---
Page 1
.
MANUAL
SECTION 10.3
.LEVEL~~:~-
~RMANCE
SAND FILTER
INSTALLED
AND
PROTECTION
OF THE AIR INTAKEAGAINSTINDUCTIONOF SNOW
1
SAND FILTER
NO OPERATING
(Protection
against
induction
of
snow)
Figures
-DETERMINING
THE CORRECTED WEIGHT
-TAS/CAS
IN FAST CRUISE
-TAS/CAS
RECOMMENDED CRUISE DATA
-FUEL
CONSUMPTION -RANGE
I~ FAST CRUISE
-FUEL
CONSUMPTION -ENDURANCE
IN RECOMMENDED CRUISE
1
2
3
4
5
-RANGE
SAND FILTER
The
2.1
IN RECOMMENDED
CRUISE
In
level
OPERATING
flight
TorQue
performances
are
modified
as
limit
FUEL
CONSUMPTION
Fuel
consumption
in fast
cruise
(Figure
2.2
In
follow:
RANGE
range
+ 1 %
-1
4)
EnQine
limit
OUTSIDE
LOWER THAN
STANDARD + 15.C
.TAS/CAS
in
AIR
TEMPERATURE
HIGHER THAN OR
EQUAL STANDARD
+ 15'C
.
)
ue
consun1J
lon
ln
recommended cruise
+ 1 %
-1%
Range in
-1
-3
cruise
recommended
(Figure
6)
N
350 83
10.3
00-23
Page 1
.
.
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
CONDITIONS
-WEIGHT LIMITATIONS WITH INTERNAL
LOADS: 2250 kg (4961Ib)
CORRECTED
WEIGHT
FOR DETERMINING
THE SPEEDS

I
32
34
(lbx100)
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
49.6
2
4
6
7.3
0
1.7
.
0
0
..
"'
~
0
"'
>'
~
-20
-10
10
20
30
40
3500
OAT (.C)
EXAM PLE :
OAT = 15.C
WEIGHT
Hp = 8000 ft
=:> CORRECTED
Figure
= 2000 kg
WEIGHT
= 2700 kg
35083
10.3
00-23
Page 2
..
.COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
CONDITIONS
-STABILIZED
LEVEL FLIGHT
-SAND
FILTER NOT OPERATING
OR
PROTECTION
AGAINST INDUCTION
OF SNOW
TAS
-CAS
FAST
CRUISE
IN
.
-10
OAT
10
rC)
9'0
'
100
'
1~0
'
1~0
' 130
'
TAS
.
.
l~O(~)
,~
~~\."
...1-
O~
Q
Q
,,;
..<<
a:
>
..
120
1m
'
EXAMPLE:
80
'
200
I
'
100
' ,
240 (km/h) 280

'
CAS
'
' ,
120
'
140 (kt)
OAT = -1S'C
CORRECTED
Hp = 0 ft
=>
WEIGHT
= 1800 kg
CAS = 270 km{h

N
Figure 2
35083
10.3
00-23
Page 3
-I
.
.
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHTMANUAL ..
CONDITIONS
-WEIGHT
LOADS:
LIMITATIONS
WITH
2250 kg (4961Ib)
INTERNAL
CORRECTED
WEIGHT
FOR
DETERMINING
THE
SPEEDS

32 34 (lbx100)
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
49.6
52
54
56
57.3
60
61.7
,
0
0
..
'"
.,;
"
0
'"
>
~
-40
-30
-20
-10
10
20
30
40
3500
OAT (.C)
EXAMPLE:
OAT = 1S.C
WEIGHT
Hp = 8000 ft
=;> CORRECTED
= 2000 kg
WEIGHT
= 2700 kg
Figure 1
35083
10.3
00-23
Page 4
MANUAL
CONDITIONS
-STABILIZED
LEVEL FLIGHT
-SAND
OR
PROTECTION
AGAINST INDUCTION
OF SNOW
TAS
-CAS
IN RECOMMENDED
-10
OAT
10
20
30
40
50 16~ I ' .~8~ I .,
rC)
90
100
~~I
CRUISE
' , ,2,2~ ' , , ~~0,~),2F
110
1120
130 (kI)140
TA~
'.0
O't-
0
0
.;c
()
w
~
>
..
~
~
~
W
I'
60
EXAMPLE:
160
18
m
I .I
' I ' I ' I ' I ' I ' I
70
80
90
100 110 120 (kt) 140
CAS
OAT
= -15'C
Hp = 0 ft
180
CORRECTED
=>
WEIGHT
200
220
= 1800
kg
240
260
CAS = 225 km/h

Figure
350 83
10.3
00-23
Page
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
CONDITIONS
-STABILIZED
-SAND
FILTER
PROTECTION
LEVEL
FLIGHT
NOT OPERATING
OR
AGAINST
INDUCTION
OF
SNOW
FUEL
CONSUMPTION-RANGE
IN
FAST
CRUISE
(kg/h)
80
b/h)
350
u>
z
0
U
140
300
~.
2
250
0
:I:
0
200
80
150
60
30
OAT
40
500.4
0.5
'0~8' I '~
(OC)
0.6,
0.7
0.8
0.9
1 (kg/km)
' I '1~2' I '1~4' I '1~6' I '1~8' (kg/kt)
, , , I ' , "
2
(NM)
1000
500
(km)
I'
, , 'I'
2.5'
, , 'I'
, , , I
3.5
(lb/NM)
I CONS./SPEED
80
400
60
(!)
300
[[:
200
40
0
0
.;
-<
0-
-<
~
10
20
...
0
'"
~
~
~
EXAMPLE:
0.4 0.5 0.6
OAT = -5C
Hp
4000
0.7 0.8
TAS = 250 km/h

ft
=>
RANGE
560
0.9
FUEL = 80%
km
.N
Figure 4
350
B3
10.3
00-23
Page
.COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT
MANUAL
CONDITIONS
-STABILIZED
LEVEL FLIGHT
-SAND
OR
PROTECTION
AGAINST INDUCTION
FUEL
CONSUMPTIONENDURANCE
IN
OF SNOW
-RECOMMENDED
CRUISE
(kg/km)
(kg/NM) (lb/NM)
0.9
3.5
0.8
3
c 0.7
w
~ 0.6
2.5
(/)
~ 0.5
0
~~
S I.\l""")
0.4
1.5
50
40
30
20
-10
.
.
-..
::
'-
I-
Q.
:t:
< -10
0
-20
-30
_6-40
:'5
w 4
0
0
.;
<
u
w
~
~
~
(%)
< 3
a:
c=>2
z
~O
70
'I".'
150
80
90
I '
200
100
,
.,
110
120
I '
250
EXAM PLE :
130
,
HOURLY
OAT = -15C
TAS = 225 km/h
Hp = 0 ft
FUEL = 80%
F -N
Igure
=>
=>
=>
140
I '
300
150
,
'I
160 (kg/h)
.
350
(Ib/h)
CONS.
CONS./SPEED
= 0.62 kg/km
ENDURANCE
= 2h 25min
HOURLY CONS. = 139 kg/h
35083
10.3
00-23
Page 7
..
COMPLEMENTARY
FLIGHT MANUAL
CONDITIONS
-STABILIZED
-SAND
FILTER
PROTECTION
LEVEL
FLIGHT
NOT OPERATING
OR
AGAINST
INDUCTION
OF
SNOW
RANGE
-RECOMMENDED
IN
CRUISE
2200
C)
( Ib )
4500
2000
I-
:I:
ffi
1800
:>
4000
-Jo
:>
IIJ ..
:)
Ii.
0
IQ
1600
0
~
3500
0
-0
1400
2000
( m )
1000
4000
? 6000
2000
8000
10000
3000
12000
-20
t, ~
WEIGHT
~ ~ -10
ff33s
a: ~
~,..,
~;-;
kg
2000 kg
---1800
kg
-2200
~~
LU Z
C! ~
a: ~cn +10
"""
"'"" 0
<OFQ
:~
~
+200I' , , ,100
I' ,., 200
I" , 'I'300'"
0
100
400
I""
500
I""
200
I""600
300
I:j
~:
I' 700
'"
I"" 800 I".' 900 ,.' 1000
,
400
500
(km)
.
(NM)
RANGE
OAT
=+3C!STANDARD
WEIGHT
=2050
kg FUEL
=88%
Hp = 6000 ftl
ATMOSPHERE
=>
RANGE
= 645 km
N
Figure 6
350 B3
10.3
00-23
Page
Group of Companies
AS350 Series Repetitive

Airworthiness Directives and Service Bulletins
A/C Reg.:___________ A/C W.O. No.:___________

A/C T.A.T.:_____________ Date:_______________
* Denotes certification by approved pilots is acceptable
AD or SB Number
Subject Description
Compliance
Due At
*AD T2000-340-080
(A) R2
Inspection of T/R drive shaft fwd fairing IAW Alert Service

Bulletin # 05.00.35. (Applicable to AVO only)
Daily & 100

hrs
*AD 92-078(B) R2
MO5 chip plug inspection IAW SB 292-72-0157

(Applicable to IUX)
Daily or 8
hrs
*AD 84-064-037(B) R3
Insp. of T/R spar without disassembly IAW SB 05-11R5
30 hrs
SB 65-00-38
T/R spider bearing/plate assembly inspection
100 hrs
AD 84-064-037(B) R3
Insp. of T/R spar without disassembly IAW SB 05-11R5
100 hrs
*AD T2001-640-089
(A)
Insp. of T/R Blade trailing edge IAW Alert Telex 05.00.40

Paragraph 2.A NOT TO EXCEED 10 HOURS
Daily or
10hrs
AD 89-155-054(B)R4
Greasing of M/R swash plate bearing with Aeroshell #7 IAW

SB 62-12R2
(N/A to HMZ, HAF, IUX, GSC, AVO, GSW, GSP, FHN,
RTM, RTL)
100 hrs
AD 93-090-067
Insp. of sliding windows IAW SB 05-25R1

(N/A to GSC, AVO, GSP, FHN)
100 hrs
AD 98-173-073(a)
Insp. of mounting and greasing of T/R drive shaft bearings

with Aeroshell #22 IAW SB 05-00-08R5
100 hrs
AD 2002-044(A)
Insp. of Siren Cargo Hook for corrosion on the lock catch.

IAW SB 05-00-41 (Applicable to AVO only)
Daily with
underslung
load
AD2002-344-093(A)
Insp. Of Sliding Door Aft Guide Roller and Middle Rail. IAW
Alert Telex 05.00.41
(Applicable to HMZ, GSW, AVO, & FHN)
100 hrs
E:\MAINT\INSPECT\AS350\AS350 Series AD's & SB's.doc

12/4/2002
Initial
Group of Companies
AS350 Series Repetitive

Airworthiness Directives and Service Bulletins
A/C Reg.:___________ A/C W.O. No.:___________

A/C T.A.T.:_____________ Date:_______________
* Denotes certification by approved pilots is acceptable
AD1990-064 (A) R1
Engine compressor erosion check IAW maintenance manual

Chapter 71-00-08 SB A292-72-230 issue 1 (N/A to AVO)
400 hrs
AD 84-064-037(B) R3
Insp of T/R spar with disassembly IAW SB 05-11R5
500 hrs
AD 85-135-042(B)
Check that FUEL is engraved on A/F fuel filter every time

the filter is replaced IAW SB 01-14
(N/A to AVO)
500 hrs
AD 86-097-047(B)
A/F fuel filter bowl tightening procedure IAW SB 28-08

(N/A to AVO)
500 hrs
AD 86-125-48(B) R1
Behavior of helicopter on the ground with rotors turning IAW

SB 01-17A
500 hrs or at
each
occurrence
AD 90-198-056(B)
Check presence of shunt on the battery temp probe IAW SB

01-29R1 (N/A to AVO OR ANY WIRING HARNESS WITH 3
WIRES ON THE BATTERY PROBE)
500 hrs or at
each battery
installation
AD 2001-580085(A)R1
Tail Servo control- Eye end fitting for proper locking IAW
Alert Telex No. 05.00.37
550 hrs
E:\MAINT\INSPECT\AS350\AS350 Series AD's & SB's.doc

12/4/2002
"':fl/fl:,1:;,',;'.'
; ;~~
'!',r "2-:~""
~,';;;~ilij.~-
;.i~ii;;;~,*'"
~.,:I.."';)\":::"
'"." -:-
.''i.;;~:~"'j.\'"'!;;t
'Ai\~f;.~\',:;:"
')i.1~'~"..!.~~
"'i"4!;-';"~;;'
;~~'i)':'
r"
;7
OPERATIONAL
TIPS FOR A STAR OPERATORS
J Here is a q~ick review of how to countcycleson the Arriel engines. The pilot shouldrecordboth powerturbine
and gas turbine cycleswith eachentrymadein the flight log book.
I. Powe-rTurbine (Np)
Powerturbine cyclesarestraightforward: 1 FLIGHT = 1 CYCLE
where a flight is: One startfollowed by
One engineaccelerationto take off power followed by
Oneshutdown.
2. Gas Turbine (Ng)
Gasturbine cyclesarecalculatedusingthe following formula: Ng Cycles = Kl + K2 calculations
whereKI is the coefficientfrom table 1 colTesponding
to the maximumNg reachedduringthe flight
and K2 is the coefficientfrom table2 colTesponding
to the Minimum Ng reachedat or below 85%
during the flight.
TABLE!
Max Ng
durina fli ht
100
99
98
97
~--j
TABLE 2
Kl
Coefficient
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
Min Ng
K2
at or below Coefficient
85%
81-85
.05
76-80
.10
75 & lower
.15
96
95
0.6
94
93 or lower
0.55
0.5
Notes:
1. Do not include the Ng reached as part of the normal shut
down
2. Do not countanycycles for groundruns (Np orNg).
Example:
100%
100%
%
Ng noted during flight
80% on Approach
Land
To
Start Up
Max Ng during flight = 100%

Min Ng during flight = two times at 82%
one time at 80%
___~
&
Shut Down
Kl = 1.0
K2 = 2 x 0.05
Ng cycles= 1.0+ (2 x 0.05)+ .10 = 1.20
K2 = .10
Np cycles= 1.0
.~~
eurocopter
canada
~:~.~-

AS350B3 Flight-Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AS350B3 Flight-Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FLIGHT

French flight manual.

PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

LIST OF ADDITIONAI- APPROVEDPAGES

This manual assigned to the helicopter mentioned on the title

is coded and consists

This manual assigned to the helicopter

mentioned on the title

: The date is coded and consists of the last two figures

manual contains the following additional yellow page(s) :

Ma.nual ~onta.ins the following

This manualcontains legally approved information, together with

not subject to approval.

-The approved information is contained in PART1 "FLIGHT MANUAL",

The list of effective

are covered by SECTIONS1 through 10.

SDecial Svstems and Procedures

Manual (PART1) is drawn up for each

Special features of a particular

in the manual over the

contained in the green pages supersedes or supplements

Page 0.0.P1 or SUP.0.P1 page 3 give the list

through rush revisions

The date code is composedof the last two digits

of the year, followed

Normal revisions fully or partially

(printed on yellow paper)

Rush revisions partially

The revised manual issued on white pages, corresponds to the recomnended

: These pages are unaffected by normal and rush revisions

In the case of minor errors (typing errors, bad printing) likely to

pounds per square

MQrg : Unless otherwise specified, the air speed

ENGINE (or POWER) PARAMETERS

and engine managementdisplay

PLACARDSAND INSTRUMENT MARKINGS

RR 28 (SECTION 2.1 page 1) SUPERSEDES

RR 2A (SECTION 2.1 page 1)

The paragraph 2, is to be replaced by :

-modification 350AO8-3929 or modification 350AO7-2839

TYPES OF OPERATION APPROVED

of FAR PART 27.

-Day VFR fl ight

CENTRE OF GRAVITY LIMITS

The c.g. datum is located

The datum is the aircraft

VNE with doors closed

VNE with doors open or rellK>ved

with four standard doors (LH and RH hand doors)

VNE is limited to 70 knots (130 km/h -81

MPH) for the following

Any other configuration

with one or two sliding

If all four doors have been rellK>ved, VNE is limited

SLIDING DOOR ON THE LH SIDE AND STANDARD DOORS ON THE RH SIDE

135 kt (250 km/h -155 mph) OR VNE (*)

THE SLIDING DOOR:

SLIDING DOOR ON THE RH SIDE AND STANDARD DOORS ON THE LH SIDE

110 kt (204 km/h

70 kt (130 km/h -81

THE SLIDING DOOR:

(*) whichever is the lowest of the 2.

DOORS ON THE RH SIDE AND ON THE LH SIDE

110kt (204km/h-127 mph)